CHIMNI

DOC.
NO:- BE-LAL-ECV-103-S-0001
LALITPUR SUPER THERMAL POWER PROJECT 3X660 MW

LALITPUR, UTTARPRADESH
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
CHIMNEY
BAJAJ INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT

COMPANY LTD.
3X660 MW LALITPUR SUPER THERMAL POWER PROJECT

UTTAR PRADESH
TE CHNICAL S P E CIFICATION
FOR
CHIMNE Y
BAJAJ INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT CO.LTD
MAY 2011
CARBERY INFRATSTRUCTURE PTE LTD

3x660 MW Lalitpur Super Thermal Power Project
Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:
CONTENTS
SHEET 1 OF 2
CONTENTS
SECTION
SUBSECTION
A1
SCOPE OF ENQUIRY
A2
DEFINITION OF TERMS AND SPECIFICATION

DOCUMENTS
A3
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
10
PROJECT INFORMATION
C1
SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES AND PRICES GENERAL NOTES
C2
SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES AND PRICES
C3
LIST OF BID DRAWINGS
D1
CHIMNEY
REQUIREMENTS
TECHNICAL
D2
EARTHWORK IN GRADING EXCAVATION AND

BACK FILLING
D3
CONCRETE & ALLIED WORKS
26
D4
SUPPLY AND FABRICATION OF STRUCTURAL

STEEL
10
D5
ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL
D6
PAINTING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL
D7
GALVANIZING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL
D8
REINFORCED CONCRETE MULTIFLUE CHIMNEY
47
D9
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
30
D10
INSTRUMENTATION
REQUIREMENTS
B
C
TITLE
SPECIFIC
AND
NO. OF
SHEETS
CONTROL
CARBERY INFRATSTRUCTURE PTE LTD

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:
CONTENTS
SHEET 2 OF 2
CONTENTS
SECTIO
N
E
SUBSECTION
TITLE
NO. OF
SHEETS
E1
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
35
E2
HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
27
F1
SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION
F2
SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM GENERAL

CONDITIONS
F3
SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENTS
F4
SCHEDULE OF RATES FOR LABOUR
F5
SCHEDULE OF BIDDERS EXPERIENCES
CARBERY INFRASTRUCTURE PTE LTD

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A1
SHEET 1 OF 3
SCOPE OF ENQUIRY
1.0
SCOPE
The scope of work covered in this enquiry, in general, comprises of supply of
all material, design and construction of complete civil, structural and electrical
works in connection with construction of 1 no. of 275 metre high chimney
having Reinforced Concrete wind shield, with structural steel flues, ducts and
supporting structures for the proposed 3x660 MW super critical thermal power
plant being constructed at Mirchwara and Buraugaon, Lalitpur district, Uttar
Pradesh.
1.1
Some of the important items of work are given below:

a) Analysis and Design of RCC Chimney including all connected works.
b) Supply of all materials required for construction except Cement and
Reinforcement steel.
c) Construction of Reinforced Cement Concrete base raft supporting the wind
shield as well as duct supports, staircase support, etc including excavation,
dewatering, backfilling, etc complete.
d) Construction of R.C.C wind shield using Jump form/ slip form at lower
levels and construction using slip forming beyond breech openings,
including provision of openings of various sizes in the windshield at various
levels.
e) Construction of RCC roof slab for the wind shield including acid resistant
tile protection of the roof and drainage arrangement of roof.
f)
Providing structural steel platform at various levels such as roof supporting

platform, flue support platform, restraint platform, access platforms, etc with
openings for flues, flooring of gratings, hand rail, etc including their bearing
supports on the wind shield.
g) Providing structural steel flues supported from support platforms. Top

portion of flue near roof slab will be of stainless steel.
h) Providing structural steel support for bottom portion of flues.
i)
Providing bottom portion of structural flues below expansion joint supported

from below on structural steel platform.
j)
Providing flue support assembly at support platform, where the flues are
suspended and, flue support assembly at bottom on which the bottom
section of flue is supported, of specialised construction details.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A1
SHEET 2 OF 3
SCOPE OF ENQUIRY
k) Providing restraints to the flues at various levels with brackets and buffers
of specialised construction details.
l)
Structural steel flue gas ducting of rectangular configuration from terminal

points of supply for steam generator vendor, of structural steel up to circular
steel flue including structural steel stiffening arrangement for the ducting.
m) Providing restraint and support arrangement for ducts on the windshield of

specialised construction detail.
n) Providing ash hoppers of structural steel connected at the lowest level of
flues.
o) Providing supporting arrangement for duct supports outside wind shield of
specialised construction detail.
p) Providing insulation on the outside of the steel flues and ducts including
protective aluminium Sheathing.
q) Providing structural steel work for supporting, bottom supported portion of
flue and ducting, inside of windshield.
r) Provision of structural steel staircase inside wind shield from ground floor
level to top support platform for flues with interconnection to various
platforms and cage ladder from top support platform to roof of chimney.
s) Painting of RCC windshield and structural steel works.
t)
Aviation warning lighting, general lighting inside the chimney and

obstruction lighting and all connected electrical works including embedding
conduits, junction boxes, pull boxes, cabling, etc.
u) Earthing and lighting protection system including all connected works from
top of chimney to terminal point outside chimney at ground level as shown
in tender drawing.
v) Supply and installation of rack and pinion type lift inside the chimney.
w) Provision of inserts/ pipe sleeves for mounting instruments for monitoring
air quality, including conduiting, junction boxes, pull boxes, cabling, etc.
x) Provision of discrete strakes of galvanised structural steel on the top one
third height of chimney.
y) Wind tunnel studies including future chimney

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A1
SHEET 3 OF 3
SCOPE OF ENQUIRY
It is proposed to develop the power plant in future by installing another

three units at different stage. It is expected to get one more similar chimney
in the vicinity. Hence it is expected the CONTRACTOR to do the wind
tunnel studies by considering the present & future Chimneys. For location
CONTRACTOR shall go through the plot plan available with owner.
As the schedule of completion of Chimney construction is in fast track, the
starting of construction of chimney after model studies is not acceptable.
Hence based on the experience, CONTRACTOR shall consider 1.15 times
the wind load on chimney for analysis & design; the same will take care of
additional stresses due to wind tunnel study. However the contractor shall
carryout the wind tunnel study parallely & any modification required shall be
under the scope of CONTRACTOR.
1.2
It is not the intent to specify completely herein the complete details of design
and construction of the structures/ works covered in this enquiry. The works
shall conform in all respects to high standards of workmanship in a manner
acceptable to the PURCHASER who will interpret the meaning of the drawings
and specification and who shall have the power to reject any works or materials
which in his judgement are not in full accordance with the specification
requirement.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A2
SHEET 1 OF 6
DEFINITION OF TERMS AND

SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
1.0
DEFINITION OF TERMS
1.1
OWNER' shall mean LALITPUR POWER GENERATION COMPANY

LIMITED on whose behalf the enquiry is issued and shall include his
successors and assign as well as his authorised officers/ representatives.
1.2
CIPL shall mean M/s Carbery Infrastructure PTE Ltd or their duly authorised
representatives, who have been awarded complete Balance of Plant Package
for 3X660 MW Lalitpur Super Thermal Power Project.
1.3
PURCHASER mean M/s Bajaj Infrastructure Development Co. Ltd or their

duly authorised representatives, who have been assigned Procurement and
Supply of Equipment, Civil construction and Structural work and Erection,
Installation and commissioning activities for BOP package.
1.4
ENGINEER shall mean any authorised representative like General Manager/

Vice President / Deputy General Managers nominated by the PURCHASER.
1.5
CONSULTANT / PROJECT CONSULTANT / CONSULTING ENGINEER shall

mean TATA Consulting Engineers Limited' or their duly authorised
representatives, who are the CONSULTANTS appointed by the OWNER for
the 'project'
1.6
BIDDER' shall mean the firm/ party who quotes against an enquiry.
1.7
VENDOR/ CONTRACTOR/ FABRICATOR' shall mean the successful BIDDER

whose Bid has been accepted by the PURCHASER and on whom the
'Contract' or Purchase Order' is placed by the PURCHASER and shall include
his heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.
1.8
SUB-VENDOR/ SUB-CONTRACTOR/ SUB-FABRICATOR' shall mean the

person named in the Contract' undertaking a part of the Work or any person to
whom a part of the Contract' has been sublet with the consent in writing of the
PURCHASER and shall include his heirs, legal representatives, successors
and permitted assigns.
1.9
MANUFACTURER', refers to a person or firm who is the producer and

furnisher of material or designer and fabricator of equipment, to either the
PURCHASER or the VENDOR/ CONTRACTOR or both under the Contract'.
1.10
OTHERS' shall mean other successful BIDDERs whose Bids have been
accepted by the PURCHASER and to whom the orders have been placed by
the PURCHASER and shall include their heirs, legal representatives,
successors and permitted assigns.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A2
SHEET 2 OF 6

1.11
INSPECTOR' shall mean the authorised representative appointed by the

OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER or the PROJECT CONSULTANT for purposes
of inspection of materials/ Equipments/ Works.
1.12
PROJECT' shall mean the project specified in the Project Information SectionB of the `Specification'.
1.13
'SITE' shall mean the actual place of the proposed 'Project' as detailed in the
'Specification' or other place where Work has to be executed under the
Contract.
1.14
'MONTH' shall mean calendar month.
1.15
'SPECIFICATION' shall mean collectively all the terms and stipulations

contained in those portions of the 'Contract' known as General Conditions, the
Specifications and such Amendments, Revisions, Deletions or Additions, as
may be made in the Contract agreement and all written Agreements made or to
be made pertaining to the method and manner of performing the Work or to the
quantities and qualities of the materials to be furnished under this 'Contract'.
1.16
'BID' shall mean the proposal/ document that the BIDDER submits in the
requested and specified form in the 'Specification'.
1.17
'PLANT' or 'EQUIPMENT' and 'WORK' or 'WORKS' shall mean respectively the

goods to be supplied and services to be provided by the VENDOR/
CONTRACTOR/ FABRICATOR under the 'Purchase Order' or 'Contract'.
1.18
'CONTRACT' or 'PURCHASE ORDER' shall mean the order and associated

specifications executed by the PURCHASER and the VENDOR including other
documents agreed between the parties or implied to form a part of the
'CONTRACT'.
1.19
The word 'CONTRACT PRICE' shall mean either the lump sum named in the
Contract or the approximate total of all payments as estimated from unit prices
and estimated quantities set forth in the contract which are to be paid to the
CONTRACTOR for the work to be done under this Contract.
1.20
'DATE OF CONTRACT' shall mean the calendar date on which the

PURCHASER and VENDOR/ CONTRACTOR/ FABRICATOR have signed the
'Contract'. 'Effective Date of Contract' shall mean the calendar date on which
the PURCHASER have issued to the VENDOR the 'Letter of Intent'.
1.21
'CONTRACT PERIOD' shall mean the period during which the 'Contract' shall
be executed as agreed between VENDOR/ CONTRACTOR/ FABRICATOR
and PURCHASER in the 'Contract' and it starts with the date of Letter of Intent.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A2
SHEET 3 OF 6

1.22
'GUARANTEE PERIOD' shall mean the period during which the 'PLANT' or
'Equipment' shall give the same performance as guaranteed by the VENDOR in
the Schedule of Guarantee as in the 'SPECIFICATION'.
1.23
'APPROVED' and 'APPROVAL', where used in the 'SPECIFICATION' shall

mean, respectively, approved by and approval of the OWNER/ CIPL /
PURCHASER or the ENGINEER/ CONSULTANT.
When the words 'Approved', 'Approval', 'Subject to Approval', 'Satisfactory',
'Equal to', 'Proper', 'Requested', 'As directed', 'Where Directed', 'When
Directed', 'Determined by', 'Accepted', 'Permitted', or words and phrases of like
import are used, the approval, judgement, direction etc., is understood to be a
function of the OWNER/ CIPL / PURCHASER or the PROJECT
CONSULTANT.
1.24
"PROJECT CONSULTANT's instructions" shall mean any drawings and/ or

instructions oral and/ or in writing, details, direction and explanations issued by
the PROJECT CONSULTANT or the OWNER/ CIPL / PURCHASER from time
to time during the 'Contract Period'.
1.25
'WRITING' shall include any manuscript, typewritten or printed statement,

under or over signature and/ or seal as the case may be.
1.26
'NOTICE IN WRITING' or 'WRITTEN NOTICE' shall mean a notice in written,

typed or printed characters sent (unless delivered personally or otherwise
proved to have been received) by registered post to the last known private or
business address or registered office of the addressee and shall be deemed to
have been received when in the ordinary course of post it would have been
delivered.
1.27
"CONTRACTOR's Works" or "MANUFACTURER's Works" shall mean and

include the land and other places which are used by the VENDOR/
CONTRACTOR/ FABRICATOR or SUB-VENDOR/ SUB-CONTRACTOR/ SUBFABRICATOR for the manufacture of 'Equipment' or performing the 'Works'.
1.28
'VIRTUAL COMPLETION' shall mean that all work is completed as directed

and the 'Site' is cleared to the satisfaction of the PURCHASER.
1.29
'COMMERCIAL USE' shall mean that use of the 'Equipment' or 'Work' which
the 'Contract' contemplates or that for which 'Equipment' or 'Work' is
commercially capable.
1.30
Word IMPORTING PERSONS shall include Firms, Companies, Corporations

and other Bodies, whether incorporated or not.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A2
SHEET 4 OF 6

1.31
Word "IMPORT" (singular only) shall also include the plural and vice versa,
where the context requires.
1.32
'DRAWINGS' shall mean all:

(a) Drawings furnished by the OWNER/ CIPL / PURCHASER or the PROJECT
CONSULTANT as a basis for proposals;
(b) Supplementary drawings furnished by the OWNER/ CIPL / PURCHASER
or the PROJECT CONSULTANT to clarify and to define in greater detail the
intent of the 'Contract';
(c) Drawings submitted by the VENDOR with his proposal provided such
drawings are acceptable to the OWNER/ CIPL / PURCHASER or the
PROJECT CONSULTANT;
(d) Drawings furnished by the OWNER/ CIPL / PURCHASER or the PROJECT
CONSULTANT to the VENDOR during the progress of the work;
(e) Engineering data and drawings submitted by the VENDOR during the
progress of the work provided such drawings are acceptable to the
OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER / PROJECT CONSULTANT;
(f) All drawings attached to the contract agreement and made a part there of.
1.33
'ACT OF INSOLVENCY' shall mean any Act of Insolvency as defined by the

Presidency Towns Insolvency Act, or the Provisional Insolvency Act or any
amending statute.
1.34
Wherever figures are given in this contract under the word 'Elevation' or an
abbreviation of it or where figures representing elevations are given, they shall
mean the elevation relative to the arbitrary permanent bench mark fixed by the
PROJECT CONSULTANT for the particular work, located as shown on site
plan or a datum level established by the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER.
1.35
Wherever in this contract, the words Directed, Required, Ordered, Designated,

Considered Necessary, Prescribed or words like import are used, it shall be
understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or
prescription, etc of the ENGINEER is intended. Similarly, the words 'Approved,
Acceptable, Satisfactory, or words of like import shall mean approved by or
acceptable or satisfactory to the ENGINEER unless another meaning is plainly
intended.
1.36
Award of Contract shall mean the date of issue of the work/ purchase order or
date of issue of the letter of intent whichever is earlier.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A2
SHEET 5 OF 6

2.0
2.1
This 'Specification' consists of six sections as listed below and all of these are
to be considered together for correct understanding and interpretation of the
specification.
2.2
SECTION-A
Section-A covers the scope of enquiry and description of the 'Specification'
document and the list of contents. It also includes Time schedule, instructions
to the BIDDERs & Specific non technical requirements.
2.3
SECTION-B
Section-B furnishes relevant 'Project' information for the reference and use of
the BIDDER.
2.4
SECTION-C
Section-C contains General notes, Schedule of quantities & rates, list of bid
drawings.
2.5
SECTION-D
Section-D comprises technical specifications for works. It also includes specific
technical requirements.
2.6
SECTION-E
Section-E includes General Conditions of Contract.
2.7
SECTION-F
Section-F consists of Schedules of Deviation from technical specification &
General conditions of contract, rates for labour and services, materials, extra
items, equipment, bidder's experience etc.
2.8
The BIDDER shall be deemed to have carefully examined the 'Specification' in

its complete form and to have fully informed and satisfied himself as to the
details, nature, character and quantities of the work to be carried out, site
conditions and other pertinent matters and details.
2.9
In case of any conflict relating to the definition of the terms and conditions of
contract, specifications, designs, drawings and instructions mentioned herein
after and as to the quality of workmanship or materials used on the works, the

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A2
SHEET 6 OF 6

decision of the PURCHASER shall be final, conclusive and binding on all

parties to the Contract.
2.10
In case of conflict between clauses of different sections of this specification, the

following section(s) shall govern:
a) Non-technical requirements: Section-E
b) Technical requirements:
1) Section-C
2) DATA SHEET-A of Section-D
3) Sub-section A3
4) Section-D other than DATA SHEET-A.
In the order indicated above.
2.11
It is the intent of the PURCHASER to incorporate these specification

documents in the final 'Contract' or 'Purchase Order' for the supply of material
and services. The BIDDERs are required to review these documents and
clearly state in their proposals their acceptance of the same. Exceptions, if any,
shall be clearly stipulated in the appropriate bidding schedule. The final
'Contract' between the PURCHASER and the VENDOR/ CONTRACTOR shall
be subjected to such changes, if any, mutually agreed upon between the
PURCHASER and the VENDOR/ CONTRACTOR and included in the main text
of the 'Contract' or 'Purchase Order'.
2.12
The BIDDER shall specify all the deviations with respect to this specification in
the appropriate schedule.
2.13
The BIDDER shall furnish the data called for in the Schedules in the standard
Performa to facilitate correct evaluation of his Bid in a most expeditious
manner. It is in the interest of the BIDDER to submit the 'Bid' in the above
manner, failing which it is likely that his 'Bid' may not be considered.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A3
SHEET 1 OF 10
1.0
INFORMATION FURNISHED
1.1
This specification is intended as a general description of quality envisaged for

material, workmanship and of the finished work. It is not intended to cover
minute details. The work shall be executed in accordance with the best modern
practice and to the complete satisfaction of PURCHASER. Special techniques
approved by Engineer shall be used if and where found necessary.
1.2
The information given in this specification is in good faith and meant to serve
as a guide to the Bidder. It is, therefore, imperative that Bidder shall obtain and
examine for himself all the data, information and particulars required for the
satisfactory execution of the work under this enquiry. The submission of a bid
by Bidder implies that he has fully read the specifications, bid drawing, and
general conditions of contract. Bidder shall make himself aware of the scope
and the specifications for the work to be performed and local conditions and
other features which have a bearing on the cost and execution of the work.
Extra charges for any reason whatsoever will not be entertained by
PURCHASER.
1.3
General Notes (given in Section-C) shall be noted before quoting.
1.4
In case of any conflict among clauses of different technical specifications, the

decision of the PURCHASER/ Engineer shall be final and binding on the
Contractor.
2.0
INSPECTION OF SITE BY BIDDER
2.1
Bidder shall inspect the site, examine and obtain all information required and
satisfy himself regarding matters such as access to site, communication,
transport, right of way, the type and number of equipment and facilities required
for the satisfactory completion of work, the quantity of various items of the
work, the availability of local labour, availability and rates of material, local
working conditions, uncertainties of weather, obstructions and hindrances that
may arise, etc which may affect the work or cost thereof, before submission of
his Bid. Ignorance of site conditions shall not be accepted by the PURCHASER
as basis for any claim for compensation. The submission of a bid by the Bidder
will be construed as evidence that such an examination was made and any
later claims/ disputes in regard to rates quoted shall not be entertained or
considered by the PURCHASER.
2.2
The rates quoted by Bidder shall be based on his own knowledge and
judgement of the conditions and hazards involved and shall not be based on
any representations of the Engineer.
3.0
VALIDITY OF BID

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A3
SHEET 2 OF 10
The Bid shall remain valid for acceptance for three (3) months from the due
date of receipt of the Bids and during this period no bidder shall be allowed to
withdraw the bid.
4.0
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
On receipt of bidding document, bidder shall acknowledge the receipt and
confirm his intention to bid for the work. Any addendum issued by
PURCHASER/ OWNER / CIPL / Consultant shall become part of bidding
document and bidder shall submit Original addendum duly signed and stamped
as a token of his acceptance.
5.0
MATERIAL SUPPLY AND FACILITIES BY THE PURCHASER
5.1
The PURCHASER will provide the following facilities to the Contractor free of
cost.
(a) Provision of one permanent benchmark and base line for laying out.
5.2
The PURCHASER will provide the following facilities to the Contractor on

chargeable basis.
(a) Construction power at one point.
(b) Construction water at one point.
6.0
PRICES AND RATES
6.1
Prices and rates quoted shall include cost of all materials labour, supervision,
setting out, machinery and equipment, transport charges, wastage of material,
all consumables such as, but not limited to petrol, oil, diesel, lubricants, drill
bits, pipes, ropes, etc construction facilities such as scaffolding, cribbing,
tarpaulins, wind break, etc taxes, duties, royalties, octroi and any other levies
payable on all transactions, all leads and lifts, etc overheads/ profits of
Contractor for due performance of the work under this contract. The rates shall
also include cost for mobilization/ demobilization of equipment.
6.2
Prices and rates quoted shall be deemed to include everything necessary to

satisfactorily complete the work as determined by the Engineer though they
may not have been specifically referred to in these documents.
6.3
Prices and rates quoted shall be firm for the entire duration of the contract and
any agreed extensions thereafter.
6.4
No price escalation on any account shall be allowed during the entire period of
Contract.
7.0
LIST OF WORKS

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A3
SHEET 3 OF 10
Bidder shall submit along with their bids complete particulars of similar jobs
executed by him.
8.0
BID DOCUMENTS
8.1
Under Section-C3, list of the bid drawings enclosed is indicated. The drawings
are intended to give the Bidder general idea of the type and extent of work
involved. As such, they are indicative and for bid purpose only. Engineering
Design and construction drawings will be prepared by the contractor. Work
shall proceed only after approval of construction drawings by the
PURCHASER..
8.2
No alteration or mutilation, other than filling in particulars wherever called for,

shall be made in the bid documents. Any changes/ modifications made by the
Bidder on the bid documents itself shall not be taken into consideration.
8.3
In case of conflict regarding interpretation of the intent or meaning of the

specification or drawing, the Engineer shall interpret such intent or meaning,
which will be final and binding on the Contractor.
9.0
SECURITY DEPOSIT
Successful Bidder shall be required to provide a security deposit of 2.5% of the
total contract price and shall furnish immediately after placement of LOI, either
in the form of unconditional Bank Guarantee (in the format given by
PURCHASER) from a Nationalized bank or Demand Draft drawn in favour of
M/s Bajaj Infrastructure Development Co. Ltd or as advised by PURCHASER.
This Bank Guarantee shall be valid till completion of the defect liability period.
10.0
MOBILIZATION ADVANCE
Interest free mobilization advance of 5% (Five percent) of the contract value
will be paid to the successful bidder on submission of an unconditional Bank
Guarantee for equivalent amount in the standard format given by the
PURCHASER from a Nationalized bank. Mobilization advance will be paid only
on completion of mobilization at site and after the submission of Security
deposit.
Mobilization advance will be recovered from the running account bills of the
Contractor on pro-rata basis till the mobilization advance is fully recovered.
11.0
RETENTION MONEY
10% of the gross value of each RA bill will be retained as retention money. The
retention money will be released only after satisfactory completion of all the
works and against a bank guarantee (from a Nationalized bank) of equivalent

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A3
SHEET 4 OF 10
amount. This bank guarantee towards retention money shall be valid till
completion of defects liability period.
12.0
TIME OF COMPLETION AND WORK SCHEDULE

Work covered under this tender shall be completed within 24 (twenty four)
calendar months from the date of issue of Letter of Intent (LOI) or Work Order
(WO) whichever is earlier.
The following intermediate milestones shall be adhered to meet the project
schedule:
Sl. No.
a).
b).
c).
d).
e).
f).
g).
Description of Work
Mobilisation and completion of all foundation works
below ground level including backfilling etc
Completion of windshield
Schedule
Erection of steel floor framing

Erection of steel flue and completion of all works for
Unit-1
Unit-2
Unit-3
Completion of all works for the chimney
15
4
12
18
21
24
26
12.1
The Contractor shall, within two weeks of receipt of the Letter of Intent submit
to the PURCHASER for his approval, a detailed work schedule showing how
he proposes to carry out the work. It shall specifically mention time period as
well as dates of commencement and completion of each activity. Contractor
must strictly adhere to the approved schedule. The PURCHASER reserves the
right to revise the schedule at his discretion in order to keep up to the
completion date and to suit the project requirement and such alterations shall
not entitle the Contractor to any extra payment.
12.2
The whole works must be proceeded with, within such sections and at such
times and in such order and manner as described in these specifications and
as directed by the Engineer. No extra payment or relaxation in the rates will be
permitted on account of this.
12.3
Contractor shall make all necessary arrangement at site to mobilize and

maintain machinery, equipment, labour, material and operators to guarantee
such minimum/ peak rate of progress of the work as is required by the agreed
schedule for the timely completion of the work.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A3
SHEET 5 OF 10
12.4
Bidder shall furnish along with the bid a list of machinery and other equipment
he proposes to employs in the work.
12.5
The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for providing accommodation
for all their staff and storage space for equipment and consumables such as
but not limited to petrol, diesel, lubricants, oxygen, acetylene, welding rods, etc
together with sufficient quantity of spare parts for efficient and uninterrupted
execution of the work.
12.6
The Contractor shall furnish the engineer monthly report describing the
summary of the progress/ milestones achieved on each of the major fronts
during the month accompanied with Photographs. Apart from it weekly work
charts shall be submitted.
12.7
Extension of contract period will not be granted by the PURCHASER except

only under force majeure conditions equal to the time, force majeure conditions
were in existence. Monsoon or inclement weather shall not be considered as a
reason for extension of time.
12.8
Idle time charges for any reason whatsoever shall not be entertained by the
PURCHASER
If the Contractor fails to maintain the stipulated time of completion specified
herein above, he shall be liable to pay penalty as set out in `General Conditions
of Contract' under Section-E. It shall be clearly understood that failure to meet
interim completion dates shall also attract penalty.
13.0
NIGHT WORK
The time of completion as defined in clause herein above, shall be deemed to
exclude working during night shifts. However, Engineer may consider granting
permission for working during night shifts, if he considers it essential in order to
complete the work in the stipulated time, on specific request by the Contractor.
Where night work is in progress, the Contractor, at his cost, to safeguard the
workmen and the public shall provide sufficient lights, shall take suitable
precautions to prevent accidents. Accident-prone areas shall be barricaded and
provided with red lights as caution to prevent accidental falls. Contractor shall
take all necessary precaution to ensure the quality of work.
14.0
EQUIPMENT
14.1
Along with the BID the BIDDER shall furnish a detailed write up as to how he
proposes to erect the structural steel platforms inside the windshield and the
sequence of construction. If any floor framing is to be designed for any
additional erection load the same shall be indicated in the write up. Similarly
the BIDDER shall furnish a detailed write up as to how he proposes to erect the

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A3
SHEET 6 OF 10
flues and support the same on the support platform. In case he intends using
the floor above for locating jacks for lifting the flue cans, he shall indicate the
additional load the designer has to provide for as erection loads. The BIDDER
shall also describe in detail how he proposes to erect expansion compensator
at the expansion joints.
14.2
The BIDDER shall furnish a list of equipment he proposes to deploy at site to

meet the tight schedule. This shall include a centralised batching plant to
manufacture concrete, transit mixers; concrete pumps, lorries and tippers with
adequate standbys. The list shall also include slip form equipment in perfect
working condition and laser beam surveying equipment to ensure the verticality
of the chimney construction. They shall include sufficient number of jacks,
ropes and other lifting mechanism to ensure uninterrupted erection of flues.
14.3
CONTRACTOR shall provide all fuels and lubricants required for the operation
and maintenance of construction machinery and equipment as well as his
transport vehicles.
14.4
Contractor shall provide and maintain at the site necessary number and type of
machinery and equipment including survey instruments in good working
condition for proper setting out and timely completion of the various works
covered under this specification. All arrangements for transporting the
equipment, men and machinery, to and from the site shall be done by the
Contractor at his own expense. No claim shall be entertained for mobilizing
additional equipment and/ or personnel to complete the work within the
stipulated time.
14.5
The Contractor shall ensure a continuous supply of coarse and fine aggregates
and other materials conforming to the specification for the duration of the
contract period.
14.6
Contractor shall provide all fuels and lubricants required for the operation and
maintenance of construction machinery and equipment as well as his transport
vehicles.
14.7
Contractor shall ensure that work shall proceed uninterrupted even in the event
of power failures. As such, adequate number of diesel operated machinery
(such as concrete mixers, vibrators, welding sets, etc) shall be provided by the
Contractor as an alternative arrangement in case electrically operated
machinery are proposed to be brought to site.
15.0
WORK EXECUTION AND SUPERVISION
15.1
Contractor shall have at the site adequate number of qualified engineers and
supervisors with experience in execution of similar type of works and also
sufficient number of foremen and operators for machinery and equipment, for
satisfactory progress and timely completion of the works.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A3
SHEET 7 OF 10
15.2
In the event of occurrence of any accident at/ near the site of work or in
connection with execution of the work, a report shall be made immediately to
the Engineer, giving full details of the accident. He shall also report such
accidents to all the competent authorities.
15.3
The Engineer reserves the right to order in writing from time to time during
progress of the work, removal and re-execution of any work which is not, in the
opinion of the Engineer, in accordance with the specification.
15.4
During inclement weather, rains, Contractor shall suspend grouting/ concreting

for such time as the Engineer may direct and shall protect from damage all
works already in progress or completed just then. All such temporary protective
measures shall be at Contractor's cost and any damage to works shall be
made good by the Contractor at his own expense.
15.5
Should the works be suspended by reason of strike/ riots by Contractor's own

employees or any other cause whatsoever, save and except the force majeure
condition, Contractor shall take all precautions necessary for the protection of
work and make good, at his expense, any damage arising from any of these
causes.
15.6
PURCHASER reserves the right to split up the work mentioned in the scope of
enquiry among more than one Contractor at the stage of initial award of
contract or during progress of work due to unsatisfactory progress of work at
site by the Contractor. Bidders quoted rates shall remain unaltered even if the
work is split up. PURCHASER will not entertain any claim from the Contractor
as a result of such splitting up.
16.0
SURVEYING AND LAYOUT

Only a base line and one permanent benchmark would be furnished to the
Contractor on site. Surveying and laying out of all works shall be done by the
Contractor at his cost. Contractor shall maintain without disturbance during the
course of execution of the work the reference line and the benchmark. The
Contractor shall also check the accuracy of positioning of the footings and
anchor bolts for the structural to be erected by him. Any discrepancy shall
immediately be reported to the PURCHASER.
17.0
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
17.1
The Contractor will be required to provide at his own cost all facilities for his
office, warehouse, tool room, change room or any other building/ structure
required to execute his work.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A3
SHEET 8 OF 10
17.2
Each Contractor shall establish his own office/ shed at specified place inside
the plant. The office/ shed shall have proper ventilation lighting and sanitary
facilities. The Contractor shall obtain clearance from the PURCHASER before
construction of the office/ shed.
17.3
All royalties shall be paid by the Contractor as also all tolls, local and other
taxes, etc at no extra cost to PURCHASER.
17.4
All materials supplied by the Contractor shall be of the best quality and shall
conform to this specification. Approval in writing shall be obtained from
PURCHASER before any alternative or equivalent material is proposed to be
used by the Contractor.
17.5
Contractor shall furnish manufacturer's test certificates for the materials

supplied by him. Where such certificates are not available, the specimen of the
material shall be got tested at a recognized testing laboratory (approved by
PURCHASER) at Contractor's cost.
17.6
Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits and

commencement of work at no extra cost to PURCHASER.
17.7
Contractor shall take all necessary insurance coverage as per the statutory
requirement at no extra cost to PURCHASER.
18.0
DEMOBILISATION
licenses
before
On completion of work, the Contractor shall promptly demobilize from the site
and leave the place in a manner as directed by the PURCHASER/ Engineer,
including cleaning of the area. Contractor shall start demobilization only after
the successful completion of the contract with the permission of PURCHASER.
19.0
OTHER WORKS
During the course of contractors works, other works either by the
PURCHASER or by other Contractors or by both simultaneously will be in
progress within the project area. Contractor shall make his best effort to work in
harmony with others in the best overall interest of the project and towards its
speedy completion.
20.0
SECURITY & SAFETY RULES OF PURCHASER
20.1
All persons employed or allowed at the site shall at all times conform to all
regulations laid down by the PURCHASER.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A3
SHEET 9 OF 10
20.2
Contractor shall strictly abide by the rules and regulations of security and safety
enforced by the PURCHASER. Contractor shall provide proper identity cards,
badges, etc to his employees whenever directed by the PURCHASER.
20.3
Contractor shall be solely responsible for the security of his personnel and
equipment.
20.4
Contractor, his employees and agents shall not disclose any information or
drawing furnished to them by the PURCHASER/ Engineer. All drawings,
reports or any other information prepared by the PURCHASER/ Engineer/
Contractor, either individually or jointly for the execution of the contract shall
not be disclosed without prior written approval of the PURCHASER. No
photographs of the work or plant within the project site shall be taken without
prior written approval of the PURCHASER.
20.5
Contractor shall adopt all safety measures/ provide necessary protection to

already constructed foundation/ structures irrespective of the sequence of
construction.
21.0
PAYMENT
The mode of submission of bills and payment shall be as indicated in the
General Conditions of Contract under Section-E.
22.0
SUBMISSION OF BID
22.1
Procedure for Submission

The completed bids shall be submitted on or before the last date and in the
manner described in the notice inviting tender.
22.2
Bid shall be sealed and cover shall be super-scribed.

BAJAJ INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT CO. LTD.
PROJECT : 3X660 MW LALITPUR POWER GENERATION COMPANY
LIMITED .
PACKAGE : CHIMNEY
22.3
Each page of the bid document including the bid drawings shall be signed and
dated in ink by the Bidder as a token of having examined the same. English
language and metric units shall only be used.
22.4
Any corrections in the rates entered in the Schedule of Quantities shall also be
signed and dated by the Bidder in ink, before submitting the bid. Noncompliance with these conditions will make the bid liable for rejection.
22.5
The bid prices and rates must be filled only in the Schedule of Quantities.
Bidder shall also fill in the schedule of deviations from technical specifications

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: A3
SHEET 10 OF 10
and general conditions of contract. If these schedules of deviations are not

filled up, it shall be deemed that the bidder abides by the stipulations as in the
bid documents.
22.6
Bid shall be accompanied by a covering letter, in which Bidder may furnish any
information, which he wishes to be considered along with the bid.
22.7
All accompaniments of the bid shall be in duplicate.
22.8
Bidder shall submit along with his bid an attested copy of Income Tax and
Sales Tax Clearance Certificates, audited balance sheet for the last three
financial years and latest solvency certificate from the competent authorities.
22.9
Details of concurrent commitments of bidder along with list of similar works

executed in last five years and list of Manpower and equipment to be deployed
on this project and schedule of execution shall be furnished along with the bid.
23.0
PURCHASER RESERVES RIGHT

The PURCHASER reserves the right to accept any bid irrespective of whether
it is the lowest or otherwise or reject any or all bids without assigning any
reasons whatsoever. PURCHASER reserves the right to split the work and/ or
delete or add some works from the scope of this contract.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: B
SHEET 1 OF 4
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT INFORMATION
1.
Owner
: Lalitpur Power Generation Company Limited
2.
Consultant
: TATA Consulting Engineers Limited
3.
Project Title
: 3x660 MW Super Thermal Power Project
4.
BOP Contractor
: Carbery Infrastructure PTE Ltd
5.
Location
: At Mirchwara and Buraugaon near Utari river, Lalitpur

District, Uttar Pradesh, India
6.
Nearest Railway station
: Lalitpur railway station (At a distance of 37 km from

site) in the connecting railway line between Jansi &
Bhopal.
7.
Site elevation
: 324 m/ 325 m/ 326 m
8.
Access Road
: Approach to site from national highway which is about

23 km from Bansi on NH-26 which connects Jhansi
and Sagar.
9.
Nearest Airport
: Gwalior Airport (At a distance 186 km from site)
10.
Nearest Sea port
: Kolkata
11.
Latitude of site
: 24 47' 0.65'' N
12.
Longitude of site
: 78 38' 0.74'' E
13.
Metrological data
a)
Temperature
i)
Annual mean of daily max.
: 32.4 0C
ii)
Annual mean of daily min.
: 17.5 0C
iii)
Annual mean of monthly max.
: 45.1 0C
iv)
Annual mean of monthly min.
: 1.9 0C
v)
Maximum extreme temp recorded
: 46.2 0C

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: B
SHEET 2 OF 4
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT INFORMATION
vi)
Minimum extreme temp recorded
: 0 0C
vii)
Temperature to be considered for design

of electrical equipment/devices
: 50 0C
viii)
Ambient DBT for performance guarantee

of boiler, ID fan, PA fan, FD fan & ESP
27 0C
b)
Relative humidity
i)
Maximum
: 87 %
ii)
Minimum
: 22 %
iii)
Annual mean of maximum
: 65 %
iv)
Annual mean of minimum
: 49 %
v)
Ambient RH for performance guarantee of

boiler, ID fan, PA fan, FD fan & ESP
c)
Rainfall
i)
Annual variation
: 3.0 mm to 387.3 mm
ii)
Average annual RF
: 91.42 mm
d)
Wind Data
i)
Basic wind speed
60 %
: 47 m/s
14.
Languages Spoken in the Region
: Hindi
15.
Official language for the Contractor to deal with
: English
16.
Tropicalisation
: All equipment supplied against this

specification shall be given tropical
and fungicidal treatment in view of
climatic conditions prevailing at site.
17.
Cooling water inlet temperature

a)
Design (Condenser & PHE secondary

side)
: 33 0C

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: B
SHEET 3 OF 4
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT INFORMATION
b)
18.
19.
Maximum (Condenser & PHE secondary

side)
: 36 0C
Seismic data as per IS: 1893-2002
: CIVIL
a)
Zone
: Zone-III
b)
Zone factor-Z
: 0.16
c)
Importance factor (I)
: 1.75 (as per latest IS: 1893)
Auxiliary power supply
Auxiliary electrical equipment to be

supplied against this specification will be
suitable for operation on the following
supply system.
a)
For motors rated above 1500 kW
11000 V, 3 phase, 3 wire, 50 Hz (Medium

resistance earthed)
b)
For motors rated 200 kW and up to

& including 1500 kW
6600 V, 3 phase, 3 wire, 50 Hz (Medium

resistance earthed)
c)
For motor rated below 200 kW
415 V, 3 phase, 3 wire solidly earthed AC
d)
DC motor starters, DC solenoids,

DC alarm, control and protections
220 V DC, 2 wire, unearthed DC
e)
AC control & protective devices
110 V, 1 phase, 50 Hz, 2 wire AC supply.

The single-phase 110 V AC supply will be
derived by Contractor by providing 415 V/
110 V control transformers of adequate
rating with MCCB/ MCB on both the
primary and secondary sides.
f)
Uninterrupted power supply
240 V, 1 phase, 50 Hz, 2 wire AC supply
g)
AC solenoids, space heaters (for

motors rated 30kW and above)
240 V, 1 phase, 2 wire, 50Hz AC system

with effectively earthed neutral. The power
supply will be derived by Contractor by
providing 415V/ 240V transformer of
adequate rating with MCCB/MCB on
primary/secondary sides.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: B
SHEET 4 OF 4
PROJECT INFORMATION
PROJECT INFORMATION
h)
Solid state controls

solenoid valves)
i)
(including
24 V DC, 2 wire, supply from (24V DC

supply derived from 110 V AC UPS
supply)
Lighting fixtures
240 V, 1 phase, 2 wire, 50 Hz earthed AC

system.
j)
Lighting fixtures and space heaters

in panels
240 V, AC 1 phase, 2 wire, 50Hz earthed

AC system.
k)
The above voltages may vary as follows:

All devices will be suitable for continuous operation over the entire range of voltage
and frequency indicated below without any change in their performance.
i.
AC supply
Voltage variation
10%
Frequency variation
+5% to -5%
Combined voltage &
ii.
DC supply
frequency variation
10%
Voltage variation
+10% to -15%

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: C1
SHEET 1 OF 2

GENERAL NOTES
1.0
The Schedules in SectionC2 and C3 must be read in conjunction with the

enclosed specifications and drawings. The BIDDER is deemed to have
examined the technical, general and special conditions of contract and to have
acquainted himself with the site conditions and the details of the work to be
done, and the manner in which the work is to be executed at site.
2.0
The Lump sum price should include cost of all materials, labour, tools, plants,
equipments all requirements of temporary work and contingencies whether
referred to or not in the specification, for the satisfactory and proper completion
of the job.
3.0
The BIDDER shall quote his rates against items listed in SectionC3 which
may be required to be executed or deleted by him as a variation from the Lump
sum Price quoted, and for works which may not fall under the Lump sum Price.
4.0
The rates given in schedule C3 will not be considered for tender analysis. The
rates quoted shall be reasonable.
5.0
Rates and prices shall be written in ink and shall be both in figure and in words.
6.0
Where there is any discrepancy between the rates quoted in figures and words,
the rates quoted in words shall prevail.
7.0
The Lump sum price quoted shall include for minor details of construction
which are obviously and fairly intended and which may not have been referred
to in this document but are essential for the satisfactory completion of the work.
8.0
Rates against the Lump sum Price and for item rates shall include cost of
dewatering where necessary and no claim for payment on this account will be
entertained by the PURCHASER.
9.0
Rates quoted shall include for clearance of site both prior to commencement of
work and after its completion. Access road required for construction is deemed
to be included in the Lump sum price quoted.
10.0
Being a Lump sum Tender, the payment clauses mentioned in detailed

specifications of SectionD are not applicable for any work / item carried out
under the scope of Lump sum Contract.
11.0
Abbreviations used for the unit of various items are as stated below:
t
Tonne (1000 kg)
kg
Kilogram
rm
Running meter

Uttar Pradesh
GENERAL NOTES
mm =
Millimetre
m2
Square metre
m3
Cubic metre
No
Number.
SECTION: C1
SHEET 2 OF 2

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: C2
SHEET 1 OF 5
SL.
NO.
1.1
DESCRIPTION
Lump sum price for designing, supplying, constructing and
commissioning of one number tri-flue RCC Chimney 275 m High
including but not limited to excavation for foundation raft with dewatering, if required, back filling including compaction and disposal
of surplus soil to stack or fill, concreting of raft including removal of
muck, laying of PCC mud mat, casting of pedestals for supporting
flue ducts and stair case, providing of dowels in raft to start shell
construction, approved quality earth filling over raft, RCC flooring
with integral finish inside the chimney including laying PCC over
rubble soling over compacted earth filling, windshield including air
inlet and outlet openings with Aluminium louvers and GI/ SST bird
screens, internal RCC corbels at various levels to support structural
steel beams, RCC roof slabs including acid resistant tile protection
of roof, drainage arrangement of roof, structural steel platform at
various levels with openings for flues, flooring of gratings, handrail
etc including bearing supports, structural steel flues supported on
platforms at various levels including expansion compensator, flue
support assembly of specialised construction details, restraints to
flues at various levels with brackets and buffers of specialised
construction details, steel flue gas ducting of different
configurations, restraint and support arrangement for ducts, ash
hoppers of structural steel, insulation on the outside of steel flues
and ducting including aluminium sheathing, structural steel
staircase including inter connection to various platforms, structural
steel work for supporting bottom portion of flue and ducting,
openings for aviation warning lights, access to roof slab, opening
for flue ducts, strakes with galvanised MS plates etc including cost
of all materials, labour, hot dip, galvanising, anti corrosive painting,
hand rails, access, maintenance and clean outdoors, hot dip
galvanised MS ladders, lightning protection system, earthing
system, aviation warning beacons, flood lights, lighting conduits
with cable boxes, control panels, main distribution boards/ lighting
distribution boards, photo cells, portholes with their fittings for
installation of gas analysers with access platform arrangements,
steel reinforcement embedments/ inserts, anchor bolts, pipe sleeve
etc. painting both internal and external surfaces supply and
installation of lift, providing and installing of hoists for construction
purposes with all accessories for men and material, necessary
staging, shuttering (formwork including slip form), scaffolding,
bracing, centering, including supervision, supply and cost of all
materials, labour, all tools and plants, equipments, winches,
machinery (including diesel operated) and all leads and lifts
vibrating, curing etc. dismantling etc., clearance of site to restore it
AMOUNT
(Rs.)

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: C2
SHEET 2 OF 5
to original finish and all other remaining & finishing works, complete
to form a workable complete chimney arrangement as detailed in
the scope of work, as per specifications, as depicted in the bid
drawings and as directed by ENGINEER.
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
PERCENT
OF
LUMPSUM
PRICE
2.0
Price Break up as a percentage of the Lump sum price quoted

under item 1.1.
2.1
a)
On approval of design criteria, G.A. drawings and design &

detailed foundation drawings
0.5%
b)
On approval of design & detailed shell, shell openings

drawings
0.5%
c)
On approval structural steel design drawings
0.5%
d)
On approval of fabrication drawings
0.5%
2.2
2.3
Foundation Works
a)
On completion of Excavation work including disposal
1%
b)
On laying raft including pedestals for duct & stair case earth
filling (inside), earth filling (outside), compaction etc
10%
c)
On raising RCC shell to 0.00 m level
1%
RCC Shell
a)
On mobilisation of slip form equipment at site
1%
b)
On erection of slip form equipment in position
1%
c)
On completion of RCC shell
Up to 30.0 m level
5%
Completion of NDT test on wind

shield
1%
Up to 80.0 m level
6%
Up to 170.0 m level
6%

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: C2
SHEET 3 OF 5
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
Up to 270.0 m level
8%
On finishing roof slab and

parapet
2%
Steel Beam Platforms

a)
On fabrication of steel beams and painting
6%
b)
On erection of steel beams including grouting
4%
c)
On laying of gratings and handrails
1%
Lining And Insulation

a)
On fabrication of steel flues
12%
b)
On erection of steel flues
7%
c)
On completion of insulation and cladding works
3%
Staircase and Ladder

a)
On fabrication and galvanising
1.5%
b)
On completion of erection work
0.5%
Lift
a)
On supply of lift at site
1%
b)
On erection of lift including completion of all related works
1%
Painting of Chimney
a)
External surface of chimney
1.5%
b)
Internal surface of chimney
1.5%
2.9
Electrical works including earthing, lighting works, aviation

obstruction lights, lightening protection works, etc
2.10
Miscellaneous works like grade slab, port holes, access doors,

platforms, wire mesh screens, louvers, roof drainage arrangement,
etc
5%
5%

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: C2
SHEET 4 OF 5
2.11
Finishing works, site clearance, etc
1%
2.12
Final commissioning and completion of all other works in all

respects
5%
Total
100%
NOTES:
1.
In the event of the Tenderer not accepting the break-up of lump sum price his bid
shall be treated as unresponsive and shall be summarily rejected.
2.
The bidder shall under no circumstances change the pattern of the break up.
3.
Intermediate payments shall be released in stages to the extent as per price

break up given above.
4.
This schedule will not be considered for bid analysis. The rates quoted shall be
reasonable.
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
Unit
3.1
Excavation below ground/ grade level in all kinds of

ordinary and hard soils for foundation/ footings, trenches,
etc including de-silting, dewatering, if required, shoring,
strutting as necessary, backfilling around foundation with
selected earth and consolidating by watering and
transporting excess excavated soil to stockyards as
directed by the PURCHASER.
m3
3.2.
Providing and placing reinforced cement concrete with 40

mm down graded coarse aggregate excluding
reinforcement but including dewatering if required,
shuttering, scaffolding, vibrating, finishing, curing, for all,
etc complete.
For works below ground level as per specification and as
directed by the ENGINEER:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
M25
M30
M35
M40
m3
m3
m3
m3
Rate (Rs.)

Uttar Pradesh
3.3
Providing and placing reinforced cement concrete with 20

mm down graded coarse aggregate excluding
reinforcement but including dewatering if required,
shuttering, scaffolding, vibrating, finishing, curing, etc
complete for all works below ground level as per
specification and as directed by the ENGINEER.
a)
b)
c)
d)
3.4
M25
M30
M35
M40
m3
m3
m3
m3
Same as above but providing above ground level

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
M25
M30
M35
M40
3.5
Providing and laying plain cement concrete in blinding

layer/ fill under etc with 40 mm down graded coarse
aggregate including dewatering, shuttering, curing etc
complete for the following grades:
(a) 1:4:8
3.6
Providing, supplying, cleaning, cutting, lapping, bending as

per drawings and placing in position reinforcement bars at
all locations and levels including binding with 2 strands of
18 gauge soft annealed wire/ welding as required etc
complete as shown on construction drawings:
(a) Mild steel bars conforming to IS: 432 Grade-I
(b) High yield strength deformed bars conforming to IS:
1786
m3
m3
m3
m3
m3
T
T
SECTION: C2
SHEET 5 OF 5

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: C3
SHEET 1 OF 1
LIST OF BID DRAWINGS
SL.
NO.
1
TITLE
DWG. NO.
RCC CHIMNEY WITH THREE

FLUES - GENERAL
ARRANGEMENT
CIPL-LPGCL-CHM-001
REV.
NO.
0
TYPICAL DETAILS OF FLUE CANS

AND BEARING ARRANGEMENT
FOR 275 M HIGH CHIMNEY
CIPL-LPGCL-CHM-002

FLUES - EARTHING AND
LIGHTNING PROTECTION
LAYOUT
CIPL-LPGCL-CHM-003

FLUES - LIGHTING LAYOUT
CIPL-LPGCL-CHM-004

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D1
SHEET 1 OF 9
CHIMNEY - SPECIFIC TECHNICAL

REQUIREMENTS
1.0
STRUCTURAL STEEL
1.1
Supply of structural steel as well as stainless steel of tested quality is in the

scope of CONTRACTOR. Structural Steel plates shall conform to grade E-250
(Fe 410W) quality B (killed) for plates and grade E250 (Fe 410 W) quality A
(killed) for rolled sections. Stainless steel used shall confirm to AISI 304L.
Structural steel shall be procured from SAIL, TATA Steel, Vizag Steel, Jindal
Steel and Essar Steel. Re-rolled materials will not be acceptable.
CONTRACTOR shall furnish test certificates for all the materials supplied.
1.2
In addition to standard engineering practice in detailing the following special

requirements shall be strictly followed while detailing:
1.3
i)
All the main beams resting on the wind shield shall be fabricated in shop
as one piece.
ii)
The splicing of web and flange shall be staggered. All splicing shall be
by full strength butt welds and all such splicing welds shall be checked
by radiography.
iii)
All site connection shall be by means of high tensile bolts of grade 8.8.
iv)
Connection of shoe and bracket of the flue support shall be by means of

precision bolts in close tolerance holes.
v)
All bolts connecting flues as well as bolts for the support shall be
provided with high tensile nuts, washers and helical spring locking
washers.
vi)
Vertical joints in the flue shall be staggered by at least 2 metres.
vii)
In the case of beams weld between flanges and web shall be calculated
using standard procedure considering shear as the full shear capacity of
the web. Continuous weld shall be provided keeping the size of the weld
uniform for the full length of the girder. However in no case the thickness
of fillet weld shall be less than the web thickness.
viii)
Connection of bracings with the beams shall follow the details made
available in design drawings, where such details are not made available,
the connections shall be designed for 50% of the tensile strength of the
number unless the design drawing indicate a higher load carried by the
member.
Weld between flanges and web for beams shall be made using automatic
welding machine with proper sequence of welds to avoid warping.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D1
SHEET 2 OF 9

REQUIREMENTS
1.4
Electrodes used shall be Low hydrogen type. Electrode shall be of the make as
approved by the PURCHASER. Electrode used for stainless steel and high
tensile steel shall be compatible type in quality & strength.
1.5
On award of work the CONTRACTOR shall submit to PURCHASER his field

quality plan outlining the type, detail and extent of inspection of weld he
proposes to execute in the rate quoted for various items. The field quality shall
include the minimum requirement as listed below under clause 1.6 Inspection
of welds.
1.6
Inspection of Welding
The extent of quality control in respect of welds for structural elements shall be
as follows.
1.6.1
Visual Examination
All welds shall be 100% visually inspected to check the following:
i)
Presence of undercuts
ii)
Surface cracks in both welds and base metals
iii)
Unfilled craters
iv)
Improper weld profile and size
v)
Excessive reinforcement in weld
vi)
Surface porosity
Before inspection, the surface of welds metal shall be cleaned of all slag,
spatter matter, scales etc, by using wire brush or chisel.
1.6.2
Dye Penetration Test (DPT)

This test shall be carried out for all important fillet welds and groove welds to
check the following.
i)
Surface cracks
ii)
Surface porosities
Dye Penetration Test shall be carried out in accordance with American

National Standard ASTME 165.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D1
SHEET 3 OF 9

REQUIREMENTS
1.6.3
Ultrasonic Testing
1.6.3.1
Ultrasonic test shall be conducted for all groove welds and heat affected zone
in dynamically loaded structures and for other important load bearing butt
welds in statically loaded structures as desired by PURCHASER to detect the
following:
i)
Cracks
ii)
Lack of fusion
iii)
Slag inclusions
iv)
Gas porosity
1.6.3.2
Ultrasonic testing shall be carried out in accordance with American National

Standard ANSI/AWS D1-92 Chapter 6: Part C.
1.6.3.3
Before ultrasonic test is carried out, any surface irregularity like undercuts,
sharp ridges, etc shall be rectified. Material surface to be used for scanning by
probes must allow free movement of probes. For this purpose, surface shall be
prepared to make it suitable for carrying out ultrasonic examination.
1.6.4
Radiographic Testing (X Ray and Gamma Ray Examination)
1.6.4.1
This test shall be conducted on beams for 5% of length of welds for welds
made by manual or semi-automatic welding and 2% of length of weld if made
by automatic welding machines. The location and extent of weld to be tested
by this method shall be decided by PURCHASER to detect the following
defects:
i)
Gas porosity
ii)
Slag inclusions
iii)
Lack of penetration
iv)
Lack of fusion
v)
Cracks
1.6.4.2
Radiographic testing shall be conducted in accordance with American National

Standards ANSI/AWSD1.1-92.
1.6.4.3
Any surface irregularity like undercuts, craters, pits etc, shall be removed

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D1
SHEET 4 OF 9

REQUIREMENTS
before conducting radiographic test. The length of weld to be tested shall not
be more than 0.75 x focal distance. The width of the radiographic film shall be
width of the welded joint plus 20 mm on either side of the weld.
1.6.4.4
CONTRACTOR shall provide testing equipment for conducting non-destructive

tests for confirming the integrity of welding wherever necessary as directed by
the PURCHASER.
1.6.4.5
In the case of main beams 100% of the splicing shall be inspected by

radiography. Complete fillet weld between web and flange shall be subject to
DPT/MPT.
1.7
Acceptable Limits of Defects of Weld
1.7.1
Limits of acceptability of welding defects shall be as follows:

i)
Visual Inspection and Dye Penetration Test

The limits of acceptability of defects detected during visual inspection
and Dye Penetration Test shall be in accordance with clauses 8.15.1
and clauses 9.2.5.3 of American National Standards ANSI/AWSD1.1-92
respectively, for statically and dynamically loaded structures.
ii)
Ultrasonic Testing
The limits of acceptability of defects detected during ultrasonic testing
shall be in accordance with clause 8.15.4 and clause 9.25.3 of American
National Standards ANSI/AWSD1-.92 respectively, for statically and
dynamically loaded structures.
iii)
Radiographic Testing
The limits of acceptability of defects detected during Radiographic
testing shall be in accordance with clauses 8.15.3 and clauses 9.25.2 of
American National Standards ANSI/AWSD1.1-92 respectively, for
statically and dynamically loaded structures.
1.8
Rectification of Defects in Welds
1.8.1
in case of defection of defects in welds, the rectification of the same shall be

done as follows:
i)
All craters in the weld and breaks in the weld run thoroughly filled with
weld.
ii)
Undercuts, beyond acceptable limits, shall be repaired with dressing so

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D1
SHEET 5 OF 9

REQUIREMENTS
as to provide smooth transition of weld to parent metal.

iii)
Welds with cracks and also welds with incomplete penetration, porosity,
slag inclusion etc exceeding permissible limits shall be rectified by
removing the length of weld at the location of such defects plus 10 mm
from both ends of defective weld and shall be re-welded. Defective weld
shall be removed by chipping hammer gouging torch or grinding wheel.
Care shall be taken no to damage the adjacent material.
2.0
2.1
Preparation of surfaces, specification for primer coat, intermediate coat finish

coat and final finish coat for the steel work of various structural steel plant
forms are described in Section-D8.
2.2
All the surfaces of the flues which will be protected by insulation, shall be given
a coat of zinc phosphate primer 35 micron thick after the surface is cleaned by
mechanical cleaning as per IS: 1477 Part-1. Inside surface of the shell also be
given a coat of zinc phosphate primer after surface preparation as above.
However, portion of the flue support which is not covered with insulation shall
be provided with painting in line with Cl. 2.1 above.
2.3
All gratings shall be electro forged and shall be hot dip galvanised using
minimum of 610 grams of Zinc per sqm of exposed area.
2.4
All hand rails shall be electro forged and shall be hot dip galvanised using
minimum 610 grams of Zinc per sqm of exposed area.
2.5
Complete stair case supporting structural steel shall be hot dip galvanised
using a minimum of 610 grams of Zinc per sqm of exposed surface. Cage
ladder from flue support floor to roof shall also be hot dip galvanised similar to
the staircase.
2.6
Strakes shall be provided with galvanising using a minimum of 900 grams of

Zinc per sqm of exposed surface.
2.7
Exposed surface of all embeddments shall also be given galvanised protection.
3.0
HYSD REINFORCEMENT STEEL
3.1
HYSD reinforcement used shall conform to the provisions of IS: 1786-2008

and shall be of strength grade Fe 415D and Fe 500D. Deformed bars
produced by re-rolling finished products such as plates and rails or by rolling
materials for which the metallurgical history is not fully documented or not
known are not acceptable as per clause 1.6 of IS: 1786-2008.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D1
SHEET 6 OF 9

REQUIREMENTS
4.0
CEMENT
4.1
For slip forming operation only ordinary Portland cement, 43 grade conforming
to IS: 8112 shall be used. Pozzolana Cement conforming to IS: 1489 shall not
be used for slip forming operations.
4.2
For foundation raft of the chimney ordinary Portland cement 43 grade

conforming to IS: 8112 shall be used.
5.0
G.I. DISCRETE STRAKES

Discrete strakes shall be provided generally as per IS: 4998 Part-I at the top
one third height of the chimney. In order to limit the weight of the strake the
strake may be fabricated out of high tensile steel of grade E 410 (Fe 540) of
killed quality. Supply of steel is the responsibility of CONTRACTOR. The flange
of the tee will be fixed to the wind shield through bolts inserted into the tapped
nuts fixed to the wind shield. The BIDDER shall design and submit a scheme
for erection of these strakes making use of the existing floors to fix the lifting
devices. Only after the erection scheme is approved, the fabrication shall
commence. The strakes shall be given galvanic protection using at least 900
gram of zinc per square meter of exposed surface.
6.0
LOAD BEARING INSULATION BLOCK
6.1
Load bearing insulation blocks shall be of natural grade fibre reinforced

asbestos or an equivalent material which shall satisfy the following physical
properties.
a)
Minimum compressive stress prior to onset of compression yield shall be

not less than 12 N per square millimetre.
b)
Minimum shear strength shall be 30 N per square millimetre when tested

in accordance with BS: 3497.
c)
Thermal conductivity shall not exceed 0.6 kcal/m/hr/C to a mean

temperature of 200 C.
d)
Coefficient of linear expansion shall not exceed 1.2 x 10-5/C.
e)
Limiting temperature permissible for continuous operation to be not less

than 320 C.
6.2
Insulation blocks shall be fabricated in accordance with the specific instruction

of the manufacturer.
6.3
The adhesive used for bonding purposes shall be FORTAFIX FIBER CLAD

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D1
SHEET 7 OF 9

REQUIREMENTS
adhesive manufactured by FORTA FIX Ltd PETER BOROUGH, UK or material

with equivalent high temperature properties as approved by ENGINEER and
insulation block manufacturer. Adhesive to be used shall be strictly as per
manufacturer instructions.
7.0
PTFE BEARING
7.1
PTFE shall be fabricated from unfilled Teflon TFE- Fluro Carbon resin as
manufactured by Dupont LTD or from a Fluro ethelene polymer giving
equivalent properties.
7.2
Surface of PTFE in contact with stainless steel shall be dimpled in accordance

with BS 5400 Section 9.2, lubricated with silicon grease and protected from
damage and contamination at all stages prior to completing erection of flues.
PTFE and stainless steel bearing plates shall comply with the relevant
requirements of BS: 5400 section 9.2 and in particular those pertaining to
workmanship and tolerance.
8.0
EXPANSION COMPENSATOR
8.1
The suspended portion of the flue shall be connected to the bottom supported
portion of the flue by an expansion joint. The joint shall be able to compensate
for large thermal movement of steel flue shall be gastight, acid resistant, heat
resistant and provide an adequate insulating medium to avoid overheating in
the access areas around flues.
8.2
Flue gas condition for design of expansion compensator is as given below:

Normal operating gas temperature
140 C
Maximum abnormal gas temperature
400 C
Normal draught condition
Positive pressure (+10 mm water

gauge)
Maximum draught condition
Negative pressure 140 mm water

gauge
Positive pressure 250 mm water
gauge

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D1
SHEET 8 OF 9

REQUIREMENTS
8.3
Site drilled holes in the stiffening angle for securing the top edge of the fabric
compensator shall be so located that the hole centres coincide in plan with the
centreline of holes for fixing the bottom edge of fabric. Holes shall be drilled
after erection of the bottom support flues has been completed. Fabric
compensator shall not be used at site as a template for locating holes.
9.0
NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING OF CONCRETE
9.1
Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity (UPV) test shall be carried out on the bottom portion
of the wind shield where the stresses are critical. The UPV test shall be carried
out on the wind shield from the starting point above the base raft and shall
extend to 6 m above the top of the flue opening in the wind shield. Further
concreting shall be taken up only after UPV test readings are completed. The
test shall be conducted generally as per IS: 13311-Part I.
9.2
UPV test shall be carried out by the direct transmission method specified in IS:
13311 (Part-I). All surfaces of structural concrete shall be divided in grids of
300 mm x 300 mm and tests shall be carried out at the grid points. Care shall
be taken to ensure that the point of transmission of ultrasonic pulse and the
point receiving pulses are exactly opposite to each other. Then the UPV values
mapped orthogonally will identify the specific zone of existence or otherwise of
Voids/Cracks within the concrete.
9.3
Measured velocities above 4000 meter per second are indicative of good
concrete. Measured velocity between 3500 and 4000 meter/ second requires
rectification measures in the form of grouting using epoxy/ polymer grouts. In
case the velocity is less than 3500 m/s for more than 20% of the surface, the
portion of the shell will have to be re-concreted.
9.4
Where slip forming is resorted to, particular care shall be taken to avoid
dragging of the concrete. As soon as dragging is noticed the slipping shall
be immediately stopped. Proper inspection by UPV test and rectification if any
shall be carried out before proceeding further. UPV in such areas will be to
CONTRACTORS account.
9.5
CONTRACTOR shall identify a reputed experienced specialist agency to

undertake the work. The agency shall be approved by ENGINEER before the
testing commences.
9.6
A detailed report of ultrasonic investigation shall be submitted by the Agency to

the ENGINEER for his review. The report shall include recommendation on
remedial measures, if any, required based on quality of concrete. The
CONTRACTOR shall carry out such remedial measures as approved by
ENGINEER, followed by UPV test on the repaired surface. Repair work
followed by UPV test shall be repeated, until the results at the repaired zones
are satisfactory to ENGINEER. These results shall be included in the final

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D1
SHEET 9 OF 9

REQUIREMENTS
report on testing.
9.7
The CONTRACTORS scope includes providing temporary platform and

ladders for easy access to the location of testing.
9.8
CONTRACTOR shall be paid the lump sum amount quoted in Section-C3

against the item for conducting UPV test only after satisfactory completion of
tests, rectification if any, and final acceptance of the portion of the structures
tested, by ENGINEER. Cost of Repetitive work of conducting UPV test in case
of defective concrete shall borne by CONTRACTOR.

3x660 MW Lalitpur Super Thermal Power Plant
Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D2
SHEET 1 OF 6
EARTH WORK IN EXCAVATION AND FILLING

INCLUDING DEWATERING
1.0
SCOPE
This specification covers the general requirements of earth work in excavation
in different materials, filling in areas as shown in drawing, filling back around
foundations and in plinths, conveyance and disposal of surplus soils as
directed by the ENGINEER and all operations covered within the intent and
purpose of this specification.
2.0
APPLICABLE CODES
The following Indian Standard Codes, unless otherwise specified herein, shall
be applicable. In all cases, the latest revision of the codes shall be referred to.
3.0
a).
IS 1200 -
b).
(Part 1) (Part 27) IS: 3764-1992 -
Method of measurement of building and civil

engineering works
Earthwork
Earthwork done by mechanical appliances
Excavation work - code of safety
DRAWINGS
The ENGINEER will furnish drawings wherever, in his opinion, such drawings
are required to show areas to be excavated/ filled, grade level, sequence of
priorities etc. The CONTRACTOR shall follow strictly such drawings.
4.0
GENERAL
4.1
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, plants, instruments, qualified

supervisory personnel, labour, materials any temporary works, consumables,
any and everything necessary, whether or not such items are specifically
stated herein for completion of the job in accordance with the specification
requirements.
4.2
The CONTRACTOR shall carry out the survey of the site before excavation
and set properly all lines and establish levels for various works such as
earthwork in excavation for grading, basement, foundations, plinth filling etc.
such survey shall be carried out by taking accurate cross sections of the area
perpendicular to established reference/ grid lines at 10 m intervals or nearer as
determined by the ENGINEER based on ground profile. These shall be
checked by the ENGINEER and thereafter properly recorded.
4.3
The excavation shall be done to correct lines and levels. This shall also
include, where required, proper shoring to maintain excavations and also the
furnishing, erecting and maintaining of substantial barricades around
excavated areas and warning lamps at night for ensuring safety.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D2
SHEET 2 OF 6

4.4
The rates quoted shall also include for dumping of excavated materials with
regular slopes as directed by the ENGINEER, within the lead specified and
levelling the same so as to provide natural drainage.
5.0
CLEARING
The area to be excavated/ filled shall be cleared of fences, trees, plants, logs,
stumps, bush, vegetation, rubbish, slush, etc and no other objectionable
matter. If any roots or stumps of trees are met during excavation, they shall
also be removed. The material so removed shall be burnt or disposed off as
directed by the ENGINEER. Wherever earth fill is intended, the area shall be
stripped of all loose/ soft patches, top soil containing objectionable matter/
materials before fill commences.
6.0
PRECIOUS OBJECTS, RELICS, OBJECTS OF ANTIQUITY, ETC

All gold, silver, oil, minerals, archaeological and other findings of importance,
trees cut or other materials of any description and all precious stones, coins,
treasures, relics, antiquities and other similar things which may be found in or
upon the site shall be the property of the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER and
the CONTRACTOR shall duly preserve the same to such person or persons as
the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER may from time to time authorise or appoint
to receive the same.
7.0
CLASSIFICATION
All materials to be excavated is classified as ordinary and Hard soils as well as
weathered rock and shall be paid for at the rate tendered for that particular
class of material. No distinction shall be made whether the material is dry,
moist or wet. The decision of the ENGINEER regarding the classifications shall
be final and binding on the CONTRACTOR and not be a subject matter of any
appeal or arbitration.
8.0
EXCAVATION
8.1
All excavation work shall be carried out by mechanical equipment unless, in

the opinion of the ENGINEER, the work involved and time schedule permit
manual work.
8.2
Excavation work shall be taken to such widths, lengths, depths and profiles as
are shown on the drawings or such other lines and grades as may be specified
by the ENGINEER. Rough excavation shall be carried out to a depth 150 mm
above the final level. The balance shall be excavated with special care. Soft
pockets shall be removed even below the final level and extra excavation filled
up as directed by the ENGINEER. The final excavation if so instructed by the

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D2
SHEET 3 OF 6

ENGINEER should be carried out just prior to laying mud mat.
8.3
The CONTRACTOR may, for facility of work or similar other reasons excavate,
and also backfill later, if so approved by the ENGINEER, at his own cost
outside the lines shown on the drawings or directed by the ENGINEER. Should
any excavation shall fill it up, with earth of the same class up to the required
elevation. No extra cost shall be claimed by the CONTRACTOR on this
account.
8.4
All excavation shall be done to the minimum dimensions as required for safety
and working facility. Prior approval of the ENGINEER shall be obtained by the
CONTRACTOR in each individual case, for the method he proposes to adopt
for the excavation, including dimensions, side slopes, dewatering, disposal etc.
This approval, however, shall not in any way relieve the CONTRACTOR of his
responsibility for any consequent loss or damage. The excavation must be
carried out in the most expeditious and efficient manner. Side slopes shall be
as steep as will stand safely for the actual soil conditions encountered. Every
precaution shall be taken to prevent slips. If slip occurs, the slipped material
shall be removed and the slope earth will not be paid for if the slips are due to
the negligence of the CONTRACTOR.
9.0
DEWATERING
9.1
All excavations shall be kept free of water. Grading in the vicinity of excavation
shall be properly closed to prevent surface water running into excavated areas.
CONTRACTOR shall remove by pumping or other means approved by
ENGINEER any water inclusive of rain water and subsoil water accumulated in
excavation and keeps all excavations dewatered during pile load tests and
during concreting operations till back filling is completed. Sumps made for
dewatering must be kept clear of the excavations/ trenches required for further
work. Method of pumping shall be approved by the ENGINEER: but in any
case, the pumping arrangement shall be such that there shall be no movement
of subsoil or blowing in due to differential head of water during pumping.
Pumping arrangements shall be adequate to ensure no delays in construction.
9.2
When there is a continuous inflow of water and quantum of water to be

handled is considered in the opinion of ENGINEER, as large, well point
system-shall be adopted. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER his
scheme of well point system including the spacing, number and diameter of
well points, headers etc, and the numbers, capacity and location of pumps of
approvals. Unless separately provided in the Schedule of prices, the cost of
dewatering shall be included in the item rate for excavation and concreting.
10.0
FILLING AND GRADING
10.1
General

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D2
SHEET 4 OF 6

All fill material will be subjected to the ENGINEERs approval, if any material is
rejected by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall remove the same
forthwith from the site at no extra cost to the PURCHASER. Surplus fill material
shall be deposited/ disposed off as directed by the ENGINEER after the fill
work is completed.
No earth fill shall commence until surface water discharges and streams have
been properly intercepted or otherwise dealt with as directed by the
ENGINEER.
10.2
Selected surplus soils from excavated materials shall be used as fill. Fill
material shall be free from clods, salts, sulphates, organic or other foreign
material. All cods of earth shall be broken or removed.
10.3
Filling in pits and around foundations of structures, walls etc

As soon as the work in foundations has been accepted and measured, the
spaces around the foundations, structures, pits trenches, etc shall be cleared
of all debris, and filled with earth in layers not exceeding 15 cm, each layer
being watered, rammed and properly consolidated, before the succeeding one
is laid. Each layer shall be consolidated to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
Earth shall be rammed with approved mechanical compaction machines.
Usually no manual compaction shall be allowed unless the ENGINEER is
satisfied that in some cases manual compaction by tampers cannot be
avoided. The final backfill surface shall be trimmed and levelled to proper
profile as directed by the ENGINEER and as indicated in construction
drawings.
10.4
Plinth filling
Plinth filling shall be carried out with approved material as described herein
before in layers not exceeding 15 cm, watered and compacted with mechanical
compaction machines. The ENGINEER may however permit manual
compaction by hand tampers in case he is satisfied that mechanical
compaction is not possible. When filling reaches the finished level, the surface
shall be flooded with water, unless otherwise directed, for at least 24 hours
allowed to dry and then the surface again compacted as specified above to
avoid settlements at a later stage. The finished level of the filling shall be
trimmed to the level/ slope specified.
10.5
General Site Grading
10.5.1
Site grading shall be carried out as directed in the drawings and as directed by
the ENGINEER. Filling and compaction shall be carried out as specified under
clause 10.0 and elsewhere unless otherwise indicated below.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D2
SHEET 5 OF 6

10.5.2
If no compaction is called for, the fill may be deposited to the full height in one
operation and levelled. If the fill has to be compacted, it shall be placed in
layers not exceeding 225 mm and levelled uniformly and compacted before the
next layer is deposited.
10.5.3
The CONTRACTOR shall protect the earth fill from being washed away by rain
damaged in any other way. Should any slip occur, CONTRATOR shall remove
the affected material and make good the slip at his cost.
10.5.4
The fill shall be carried out to such dimensions and levels as indicated on the
drawings after the stipulated compaction. The fill will be considered as
incomplete if the desired compaction has not been obtained.
10.5.5
If specifically permitted by the ENGINEER, compaction can be obtained by

allowing loaded trucks conveying fill or other material to ply over the fill area.
Even if such a method is permitted, it will be for the CONTRACTOR to
demonstrate the desired/ specified compaction has been obtained. In order
that the fill may be reasonably uniform throughout, the material should be
dumped in place in approximately uniform layers. Traffic over the fill shall be so
routed to compact the area uniformly throughout.
11.0
LEAD
Lead for deposition/ disposal of excavated material, shall be as specified in the
respective item of work. For the purpose of measurement of lead, the area to
be excavated or filled or area on which excavated material is to be deposited/
disposed off shall be divided into suitable blocks and for each of the blocks, the
distance between centrelines shall be taken as the lead which shall be
measured by the shortest straight line route on the plan and not the actual
route taken by the CONTRACTOR. No extra compensation is admissible on
the grounds that the lead including that for borrowed material had to be
transported over marshy or katcha land route.
12.0
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
12.1
All excavations shall be measured net. Dimensions for purpose of payment

shall be reckoned on the horizontal area of the excavation at the base for
foundations, multiplied by the mean depth from the surface of the ground in
accordance with the drawings. Excavation in side slopes will not be paid for.
The CONTRACTOR may make such allowance in his rates to provide for
excavation in side slopes keeping in mind the nature of the soil and safety or
excavation. Reasonable working space, beyond concrete dimensions, where
considered necessary in the opinion of ENGINEER, will be allowed in
excavation and considered for payment.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D2
SHEET 6 OF 6

12.2
Unless otherwise specified, the unit rates quoted for excavation in different
types of material shall also account for a basic lead of 1000 metres for disposal
as specified or directed.
12.3
It shall be clearly understood that the rate quoted for excavation shall include
conveying excavated material as directed it to the place of final back fill, etc as
specified.
12.4
Rate quoted for excavation shall also provide for dewatering expenses.
12.5
Payment for fills inside trenches, plinth around foundations, etc will be based
on the measurement of plinth/ trench/ foundation pit dimension, filled. Plinth
ground level shall be surveyed before hand for this purpose.
12.6
Payment for site grading will be based on the surveyed dimensions before
filling commences and surveyed dimension after filling and compaction.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 1 OF 26
CONCRETE AND ALLIED WORKS
1.0
SCOPE
1.1
This Specification covers the general requirements for concrete using on-site
production facilities including requirements in regard to the quality, handling,
storage of ingredients, proportioning, batching, mixing, transporting, placing,
curing, protecting, repairing, finishing and testing of concrete; formwork;
requirements in regard to the quality, storage, bending and fixing of
reinforcement; grouting as well as mode of measurement and payment for
completed works.
1.2
Data sheet A covers the specific requirements for the project. The two parts
viz. Data sheet A and this specification are complementary and are to be read
together for correct interpretation of the provisions of this specification. Where
requirements of the two sections conflict, then those of Data Sheet A shall
govern.
1.3
It shall be very clearly understood that the specifications given herein are brief
and do not cover minute details. However, all works shall have to be carried out
in accordance with the relevant standards and codes of practices or in their
absence in accordance with the best accepted current engineering practices or
as directed by ENGINEER from time to time. The decision of ENGINEER as
regards the specification to be adopted and their interpretation and the mode of
execution of work shall be final and binding on CONTRACTOR and no claim
whatsoever will be entertained on this account.
2.0
APPLICABLE CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS
2.1
The following specifications, standards and codes, including all official

amendments/ revisions and other specifications & codes referred to therein,
should be considered a part of this specification. In all cases the latest issue/
edition/ revision shall apply. In case of discrepancy between this specification
and those referred to herein below or other specifications forming a part of this
bid document, this specification shall govern.
2.2
MATERIALS
1)
IS: 455
Specification for Portland slag cement.
2)
IS: 1489
Specification for Portland-pozzolana cement

(Parts 1 & 2)
3)
IS: 8112
Specification for 43 grade ordinary Portland

cement
4)
IS: 383
Specification for coarse and fine aggregates

from natural sources for concrete

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 2 OF 26
2.3
2.4
5)
IS: 432
(Parts 1 & 2)
Specification for mild steel and medium tensile

steel bars and hard-drawn steel wires for concrete
reinforcement
6)
IS: 1566
(Parts II)
Specification for hard-drawn steel wire fabric for

concrete reinforcement
7)
IS: 1786
Specification for high strength deformed steel

bars and wires for concrete reinforcement
8)
IS: 2062
Specification for Hot rolled low, medium and high

tensile structural steel
9)
IS: 9103
Specification for admixtures for concrete
10)
IS: 2645
Specification for integral cement waterproofing

compounds
11)
IS: 4900
Specification for plywood for concrete shuttering

work
MATERIAL TESTING
1)
IS: 4031
(Parts 1 to 15)
Methods of physical tests for hydraulic cement
2)
IS: 4032
Method of chemical analysis of hydraulic cement
3)
IS: 650
Specification for standard sand for testing of

cement
4)
IS: 2430
Methods for sampling of aggregates for concrete
5)
IS: 2386
(Parts 1 to 8)
Methods of test for aggregates for concrete
6)
IS: 3025
Methods of sampling and test (physical and

chemical) water used in industry
7)
IS: 6925
Methods of test for determination of water

soluble chlorides in concrete admixtures
MATERIAL STORAGE
1)
IS: 4082
Recommendations on stacking and storing of

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 3 OF 26
construction materials at site

2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
CONCRETE MIX DESIGN

1)
IS: 4926
Ready mixed concrete - Code of practice
2)
IS: 10262
Recommended guidelines for concrete mix

design
3)
SP: 23
(S&T)
Handbook on Concrete Mixes
CONCRETE TESTING
1)
IS: 1199
Method of sampling and analysis of concrete
2)
IS: 516
3)
IS: 9013
Method of making, curing and determining

compressive strength of accelerated cured
concrete test specimens
4)
IS: 8142
Method of test for determining setting time of

concrete by penetration resistance
5)
IS: 9284
Method of test for abrasion resistance of

concrete
6)
IS: 2770
Methods of testing bond in reinforced concrete
Method of test for strength of concrete
EQUIPMENT
1)
IS: 1791
Specification for batch type concrete mixers
2)
IS: 4925
Specification for concrete batching and mixing

plant
3)
IS: 5892
Specification for concrete transit mixer and

agitator
4)
IS: 2722
Specification for portable swing weigh batchers

for concrete (single and double bucket type)
5)
IS: 2750
Specifications for steel scaffoldings
CODES OF PRACTICE

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 4 OF 26
2.9
1)
IS: 456
Code of practice for plain and reinforced

concrete
2)
IS: 3370
(Parts 1 to 4)
Code of practice for concrete structures for

storage of liquids
3)
IS: 2502
Code of practice for bending and fixing of bars

for concrete reinforcement
4)
IS: 5525
Recommendation for detailing of reinforcement

in reinforced concrete works
5)
IS: 2751
Code of practice for welding of mild steel plain

and deformed bars used for reinforced concrete
construction
6)
IS: 3558
Code of practice for use of immersion vibrators

for consolidating concrete
7)
IS: 4326
Code of practice for earthquake resistant

design and construction of buildings
8)
IS: 4014
(Parts 1 & 2)
Code of practice for steel tubular scaffolding
9)
IS: 7861
Code of practice for extreme weather

concerning
Part -1
Recommended practice for hot weather

concreting
Part-2
Recommended practice for cold weather

concreting
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY
1)
IS: 3696
(Parts 1 & 2)
Safety code for scaffolds and ladders
2)
IS: 7969
Safety code for handling and storage of building

materials
3)
IS: 8989
Safety code for erection of concrete framed

structures

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 5 OF 26
2.10
MEASUREMENT
1)
IS: 1200
(Part 1 to 12)
Method of measurement of building and

engineering works
3.0
GENERAL
3.1
ENGINEER shall have the right at all times to inspect all operations including
the sources of materials, procurement, layout and storage of materials, the
concrete batching and mixing equipment, and the quality control system. Such
an inspection shall be arranged and ENGINEERs approval obtained, prior to
starting of concrete work. This shall, however, not relieve CONTRACTOR of
any of his responsibilities. All materials which do not conform to this
specification shall be rejected.
3.2
Materials should be selected so that they can satisfy the design requirements
of strength, serviceability, safety, durability and finish with due regards to the
functional requirements and the environmental conditions to which the structure
will be subjected. Materials complying with codes/ standards shall generally be
used. Other materials may be used after approval of the ENGINEER and after
establishing their performance suitability based on previous data, experience or
tests.
4.0
MATERIALS
4.1
CEMENT
4.1.1
Unless otherwise specified in Data Sheet A or called for by ENGINEER/

PURCHASER, cement shall be ordinary Portland cement conforming to IS:
8112.
4.1.2
Where Portland pozzolana or slag cements are used, it shall be ensured that
consistency of quality is maintained, there will be no adverse interactions
between the materials and the finish specified is not marred. Such cement shall
not be used for wind shield construction.
4.1.3
Only one type of cement shall be used in any one mix. The source of supply,
type or brand of cement within the same structure or portion thereof shall not
be changed without approval from ENGINEER.
4.1.4
Cement which is not used within 90 days from its date of manufacture shall be
tested at a laboratory approved by ENGINEER and until the results of such
tests are found satisfactory, it shall not be used in any work.
4.2
AGGREGATES

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 6 OF 26
4.2.1
Aggregates shall consist of naturally occurring stones (crushed or uncrushed),

gravel and sand. They shall be chemically inert, strong, hard, clean, durable
against weathering, of limited porosity, free from dust/ silt/ organic impurities/
deleterious materials and conform to IS: 383. Aggregates such as slag,
crushed over burnt bricks, bloated clay ash, sintered fly ash and tiles shall not
be used.
4.2.2
Aggregates for special purposes shall be as specified in data sheet A or

Section C.
4.2.3
Aggregates shall be washed and screened before use where necessary or if

directed by the ENGINEER.
4.2.4
Aggregates containing reactive materials shall be used only after tests

conclusively prove that there will be no adverse affect on strength, durability
and finish, including long term effects, on the concrete.
4.2.5
The fineness modulus of sand shall neither be less than 2.2 nor more than 3.2.
4.2.6
The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be as stated on the drawings, but
in no case greater than 1/4 of the minimum thickness of the member.
4.2.7
Plums 160 mm and above of a reasonable size may be used where directed.
Plums shall not constitute more than 20% by volume of the concrete.
4.3
WATER
Water used for both mixing and curing shall conform to IS: 456. Potable waters
are generally satisfactory. Water containing any excess of acid, alkali, sugar or
salt shall not be used.
4.4
REINFORCEMENT
4.4.1
Reinforcement bars shall conform to IS: 432 or IS: 1786 (Grade Fe 415D and
Fe 500D and welded wire fabric to IS: 1566 as shown or specified on the
drawing.
4.4.2
All reinforcement shall be clean, free from pitting, oil, grease, paint, loose mill
scales, rust, dirt, dust, or any other substance that will destroy or reduce bond.
4.4.3
If permitted by ENGINEER, welding of reinforcement shall be done in

accordance with IS: 2751 or IS: 9417 as applicable.
4.4.4
Deformed produced by re-rolling finished products such as plates and rails

(virgin or used or scrap) or by-rolling materials for which, the metallurgical

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 7 OF 26
history is not fully documented or not known, are not acceptable as per the
Indian Standard IS 1786-2008.
4.5
ADMIXTURES
4.5.1
Accelerating, retarding, water-reducing and air entraining admixtures shall

conform to IS: 9103 and integral water proofing admixture to IS: 2645.
4.5.2
Admixtures may be used in concrete as per manufacturers instructions only

with the approval of ENGINEER based upon evidence that with the passage of
time neither the compressive strength nor its durability is reduced. An
admixtures suitability and effectiveness shall be verified by trial mixes with the
other materials used in the works. If two or more admixtures are to be used
simultaneously in the same concrete mix, their interaction shall be checked and
trial mixes done to ensure their compatibility. There should also be no increase
in risk of corrosion of the reinforcement or other embedments.
4.5.3
Calcium chloride shall not be used for accelerating set of the cement for any
concrete containing reinforcement or embedded steel parts.
4.6
WASTAGE
Wastage allowance for cement and steel shall be as specified under Instruction
to Bidders.
5.0
SAMPLES AND TESTS
5.1
All materials used for the works shall be tested before use.
5.2
Manufacturers test certificate shall be furnished for each batch of cement/ steel
and when directed by ENGINEER samples shall also be got tested by the
CONTRCTOR in a laboratory approved by ENGINEER at no extra cost to
PURCHASER. However, where material is supplied by PURCHASER, all
testing charges shall be borne by PURCHASER, but transportation of material
samples to the laboratory shall have to be done by CONTRACTOR at no extra
cost.
5.3
Sampling and testing shall be as per IS: 2386 under the supervision of
ENGINEER. The cost of all tests, sampling, etc. shall be borne by
CONTRACTOR.
5.4
Water to be used shall be tested to comply with requirements of IS: 456.
5.5
CONTRACTOR shall furnish manufacturers test certificates and technical

literature for the admixture proposed to used. If directed, the admixture shall be
got tested at an approved laboratory at no extra cost.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 8 OF 26
6.0
STORING OF MATERIALS
6.1
All material shall be stored in a manner so as to prevent its deterioration and

contamination which would preclude its use in the works. Requirements of IS:
4082 shall be complied with.
6.2
CONTRACTOR will have to make his own arrangements for the storage of
adequate quantity of cement even if cement is supplied by PURCHASER. If
such cement is not stored properly and has deteriorated, the material shall be
rejected. Cost of such rejected cement, where cement is supplied by
PURCHASER, shall be recovered at issue rate or open market rate which ever
is higher. Cement bags shall be stored in dry weatherproof shed with a raised
floor, well away from the outer walls and insulated from the floor to avoid
moisture from ground. Not more than 15 bags shall be stacked in any tier.
Storage arrangement shall be approved by ENGINEER. Storage under
tarpaulins shall not be permitted. Each consignment of cement shall be stored
separately and consumed in its order of receipt.
6.3
Each size of coarse and fine aggregates shall be stacked separately and shall
be protected from leaves and contamination with foreign material. The stacks
shall be on hard, clean, free draining bases, draining away from the concrete
mixing area.
6.4
CONTRACTOR shall make his own arrangements for storing water at site in
tanks to prevent contamination.
6.5
The reinforcement shall be stacked on top of timber sleepers to avoid contact

with ground/ water. Each type and size shall be stacked separately.
7.0
CONCRETE
7.1
GENERAL
Concrete grade shall be as designated on drawings. Concrete in the works
shall be DESIGN MIX CONCRETE OR NOMINAL MIX CONCRETE. All
concrete works of grade M5, M7.5 and M10 shall be NOMINAL MIX
CONCRETE whereas all other grades, M 20 and above, shall be DESIGN MIX
CONCRETE.
7.2
DESIGN MIX CONCRETE
7.2.1
Mix Design & Testing
7.2.1.1
For Design Mix Concrete, the mix shall be designed according to IS: 10262 and
SP: 23 to provide the grade of concrete having the required workability and

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 9 OF 26
characteristic strength not less than appropriate values given in IS: 456. The
design mix shall in addition be such that it is cohesive and does not segregate
and should result in a dense and durable concrete and also capable of giving
the finish as specified. For liquid retaining structures, the mix shall also result in
water tight concrete. The CONTRACTOR shall exercise great care while
designing the concrete mix and executing the works to achieve the desired
result.
7.2.1.2
Unless otherwise specifically mentioned in Data Sheet-A the minimum cement

content for Design Mix Concrete shall be as per Table 5 of IS 456 of severe
category of exposure.
The minimum cement content stipulated shall be adopted irrespective of
whether the CONTRACTOR achieves the desired strength with less quantity of
cement. The CONTRACTORs quoted rates for concrete shall provide for the
above eventuality and nothing extra shall become payable to the
CONTRACTOR in this account. Even in the case where the quantity of cement
required is higher than that specified above to achieve desired strength based
on an approved mix design, nothing extra shall become payable to the
CONTRACTOR.
7.2.1.3
It shall be CONTRACTORs sole responsibility to carry out the mix designs at

his own cost. He shall furnish to ENGINEER at least 30 days before concreting
operations, a statement of proportions proposed to be used for the various
concrete mixes and the strength results obtained. The strength requirements of
the concrete mixes ascertained on 150 mm cubes as per IS: 516 shall comply
with the requirements of IS: 456.
7.2.1.4
Range of slumps which shall generally be used for various types of

construction unless otherwise instructed by the ENGINEER shall be as per
clause 7.1 of IS: 456
7.2.2
Batching & Mixing of Concrete
7.2.2.1
Proportions of aggregates and cements, as decided by the concrete mix

design, shall be by weight. These proportions shall be maintained during
subsequent concrete batching by means of weigh batchers capable of
controlling the weights within one percent of the desired value.
7.2.2.2
Amount of water added shall be such as to produce dense concrete of required

consistency, specified strength and satisfactory workability and shall be so
adjusted to account for moisture content in the aggregates. Water - cement
ratio specified for use by ENGINEER shall be maintained. Each time the work
stops, the mixer shall be cleaned out, and while recommencing, the first batch
shall have 10% additional cement to allow for sticking in the drum.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 10 OF 26
7.2.2.3
Arrangement should be made by CONTRACTOR to have the cubes tested in

an approved laboratory or in field at his own expense, with prior consent of
ENGINEER. Sampling and testing of strength and workability of concrete shall
be as per IS: 1199, IS: 516 and IS: 456.
7.3
NOMINAL MIX CONCRETE
7.3.1
Mix Design & Testing

Mix Design and preliminary tests are not necessary for Nominal Mix Concrete.
However works tests shall be carried out as per IS: 456. Proportions for
Nominal Mix Concrete and w/ c ratio may be adopted as per Table 9 of IS: 456.
However, it will be CONTRACTORs sole responsibility to adopt appropriate
nominal mix proportions to yield the specified strength.
7.3.2
Batching & Mixing of Concrete

Based on the adopted nominal mixes, aggregates shall be measured by
volume. However cement shall be by weight only.
8.0
FORMWORK
8.1
Formwork shall be all inclusive and shall consist of but not limited to shores,
bracings, sides of footings, walls, beams and columns, bottom of slabs, etc
including ties, anchors, hangers, inserts, false work, wedges, etc.
8.2
The design and engineering of the formwork as well as its construction shall be
the responsibility of CONTRACTOR. However, if so desired by ENGINEER the
drawings and calculations for the design of the formwork shall be submitted to
ENGINEER approval.
8.3
Formwork shall be designed to fulfill the following requirements:

a) Sufficiently rigid and tight to prevent loss of grout or mortar from the
concrete at all stages and appropriate to the methods of placing and
compacting.
b) Made of suitable materials.
c) Capable of providing concrete of the correct shape and surface finish within
the specified tolerance limits.
d) Capable of withstanding without deflection the worst combination of self
weight, reinforcement and concrete weight, all loads and dynamic effects
arising from construction and compacting activities, wind and weather
forces.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 11 OF 26
e) Capable of easily striking without shock, disturbance or damage to the

concrete.
f)
Soffit forms capable of imparting a camber if required.
g) Soffit forms and supports capable of being left in position if required.

h) Capable of being cleaned and/ or coated if necessary immediately prior to
casting the concrete; design temporary openings where necessary for
these purposes and to facilitate the preparation of construction joints.
8.4
The formwork may be of timber, plywood, steel, plastic or concrete depending

upon the type of finish specified. Sliding forms and slip form may be used with
the approval of ENGINEER. Timber for formwork shall be well seasoned, free
from sap, shakes, loose knots, worm holes, warps and other surface defects.
Joints between formwork and formwork and between formwork and structures
shall be sufficiently tight to prevent loss of slurry from concrete, using seals if
necessary.
8.5
The faces of formwork coming in contact with concrete shall be cleaned and
two coats of approved mould oil applied before fixing reinforcement. All
rubbish, particularly chippings, shavings, sawdust, wire pieces, dust etc shall
be removed from the interior of the forms before the concrete is placed. Where
directed, cleaning of forms shall be done by blasting with a jet of compressed
air at no extra cost.
8.6
Forms intended for reuse shall be treated with care. Forms that have
deteriorated shall not be used. Before reuse, all forms shall be thoroughly
scraped, cleaned, nails removed, holes suitably plugged, joints repaired and
warped lumber replaced to the satisfaction of ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR
shall equip himself with enough shuttering to allow for wastage so as to
complete the job in time.
8.7
Permanent formwork shall be checked for its durability and compatibility with
adjoining concrete before it is used in the structure. It shall be properly
anchored to the concrete.
8.8
Wire ties passing through beams, columns and walls shall not be allowed. In
their place bolts passing through sleeves shall be used. Formwork spacers left
in situ shall not impair the desired appearance or durability of the structure by
causing spalling, rust staining or allowing the passage of moisture.
8.9
For liquid retaining structures sleeves shall not be provided for through bolts
nor shall through bolts be removed if provided. The bolts, in the latter case,
shall be cut at 25 mm depth from the surface and the hole made good by

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 12 OF 26
cement mortar of the same proportion as the concrete just after striking the
formwork.
8.10
Where specified or shown on drawings all corners and angles exposed in the
finished structure shall have chamfers or fillets of 20x20 mm size.
8.11
Forms for substructure may be omitted when, in the opinion of ENGINEER, the
open excavation is firm enough (in hard non-porous soils) to act as a form.
Such excavations shall be slightly larger, as directed by ENGINEER, than that
required as per drawing to compensate for irregularities in excavation.
8.12
CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate props of adjustable steel pipes carried

down to a firm bearing without overloading any of the structures.
8.13
The shuttering for beams and slabs shall be so erected that the side shuttering
of beams can be removed without disturbing the bottom shuttering. If the
shuttering for a column is erected for the full height of the column, one side
shall be built up in sections as placing of concrete proceeds or windows left for
placing concrete from the side to limit the drop of concrete to 1.0 m or as
directed by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall temporarily and securely fix
items to be cast (embedments/ inserts) in a manner that will not hinder the
striking of forms or permit loss of grout.
8.14
Formwork showing excessive distortion, during any stage of construction, shall

be removed. Placed concrete affected by faulty formwork, shall be entirely
removed and formwork corrected prior to placement of new concrete at
CONTRACTORs cost.
8.15
The striking time for formwork shall be determined based on the following
requirements:
a) Development of adequate concrete strength;
b) Permissible deflection at time of striking form work;
c) Curing procedure employed - its efficiency and effectiveness;
d) Subsequent surface treatment to be done;
e) Prevention of thermal cracking at re-entrant angles;
f)
Ambient temperatures; and
g) Aggressiveness of the environment (unless immediate adequate steps are

taken to prevent damage to the concrete).

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 13 OF 26
8.16
Under normal circumstances (generally where temperatures are above 20 Deg.

C) forms may be struck after expiry of the time period given in clause 11.3.1 of
IS: 456 unless directed otherwise by ENGINEER. For Portland Pozzolona/ slag
cement the stripping time shall be suitably modified as directed by the
ENGINEER. It is the CONTRACTORs responsibility to ensure that forms are
not struck until the concrete has developed sufficient strength to support itself,
does not undergo excessive deformation and resist surface damage and any
stresses arising during the construction period.
9.0
REINFORCEMENT WORKMANSHIP
9.1
Reinforcing bars supplied bent or in coils shall be straightened cold without

damage at no extra cost. No bending shall be done when ambient temperature
is below 5 C.
9.2
All bars shall be accurately bent gradually and according to the sizes and
shapes shown on the drawings/ schedules or as directed by ENGINEER.
9.3
Re-bending or straightening incorrectly bent bars shall not be done without

approval of ENGINEER.
9.4
Reinforcement shall be accurately fixed and maintained firmly in the correct

position by the use of blocks, spacers, chairs, binding wire, etc. to prevent
displacement during placing and compaction of concrete. The tied in place
reinforcement shall be approved by ENGINEER prior to concrete placement.
Spacers shall be of such materials and designs as will be durable, not lead to
corrosion of the reinforcement and not cause spalling of the concrete cover.
9.5
Binding wire shall be of 16 gauge soft annealed wire. Ends of the binding wire
shall be bent away from the concrete surface and in no case encroach into the
concrete cover.
9.6
Substitution of reinforcement, laps/ splices not shown on drawing shall be

subject to ENGINEERs approval.
10.0
TOLERANCES
10.1
Tolerance for formed and concrete dimensions shall be as per clause 11.1 of
IS: 456 unless specified otherwise.
10.2
Tolerance specified for horizontal or vertical building lines or footings shall not
be construed to permit encroachment beyond the legal boundaries.
11.0
PREPARATION PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 14 OF 26
11.1
Before concrete is actually placed in position, the inside of the formwork shall
be cleaned and mould oil applied, inserts and reinforcement shall be correctly
positioned and securely held, necessary openings, pockets, etc. provided.
11.2
All arrangements-formwork, equipment and proposed procedure, shall be

approved by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall maintain separate Pour Card
for each pour as per the format enclosed.
12.0
TRANSPORTING, PLACING AND COMPACTING CONCRETE
12.1
Concrete shall be transported from the mixing plant to the formwork with
minimum time lapse by methods that shall maintain the required workability
and will prevent segregation, loss of any ingredients or ingress of foreign
matter or water.
12.2
In all cases concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable directly in its

final position. To avoid segregation, concrete shall not be re-handled or caused
to flow. For locations where direct placement is not possible and in narrow
forms, CONTRACTOR shall provide suitable drops and Elephant Trunks.
Concrete shall not be dropped form a height of more than 1.5 m as stipulated in
clause 13.2 of IS: 456.
12.3
Concrete shall not be placed in flowing water. Under water, concrete shall be
placed in position by tremies or by pipeline from the mixer and shall never be
allowed to fall freely through the water.
12.4
While placing concrete the CONTRACTOR shall proceed as specified below

and also ensure the following:
a) Continuously between construction joints and predetermined abutments.
b) Without disturbance to forms or reinforcement.
c) Without disturbance to pipes, ducts, fixings and the like to be cast in;
ensure that such items are securely fixed. Ensure that concrete cannot
enter open ends of pipes and conduits, etc.
d) Without dropping in a manner that could cause segregation or shock.
e) In deep pours only when the concrete and formwork is designed for this
purpose and by using suitable chutes or pipes.
f)
Do not place if the workability is such that full compaction cannot be

achieved.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 15 OF 26
g) Without disturbing the unsupported sides of excavations; prevent

contamination of concrete with earth. Provide sheeting if necessary. In
supported excavations, withdraw the linings progressively as concrete is
placed.
h) If placed directly onto hardcore or any other porous material, dampen the
surface to reduce loss of water from the concrete.
i)
Ensure that there is no damage or displacement to sheet membranes.
j)
Record the time and location of placing structural concrete.
12.5
Concrete shall normally be compacted in its final position within thirty minutes
of leaving the mixer. Concrete shall be compacted during placing with
approved vibrating equipment without causing segregation until it forms a solid
mass free from voids thoroughly worked around reinforcement and embedded
fixtures and into all corners of the formwork. Immersion vibrators shall be
inserted vertically at points not more than 450 mm apart and withdrawn slowly
till air bubbles cease to come to the surface, leaving no voids. When placing
concrete in layers advancing horizontally, care shall be taken to ensure
adequate vibration, blending and melding of the concrete between successive
layers. Vibrators shall not be allowed to come in contact with reinforcement,
formwork and finished surfaces after start of initial set. Over-vibration shall be
avoided.
12.6
Concrete may be conveyed and placed by mechanically operated equipment

after getting the complete procedure approved by ENGINEER. The slump shall
be held to the minimum necessary for conveying concrete by this method.
When concrete is to be pumped, the concrete mix shall be specially designed
to suit pumping. Care shall be taken to avoid stoppages in work once pumping
has started.
12.7
Except when placing with slip forms, each placement of concrete in multiple lift
work shall be allowed to set for at least 24 hours after the final set of concrete
before the start of subsequent placement. Placing shall stop when concrete
reaches the top of the opening in walls or bottom surface of slab, in slab and
beam construction, and it shall be resumed before concrete takes initial set but
not until it has had time to settle as determined by ENGINEER. Concrete shall
be protected against damage until final acceptance.
13.0
MASS CONCRETE WORKS

Sequence of pouring for mass concrete works shall be as approved by
ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall exercise great care to prevent shrinkage
cracks and shall monitor the temperature of the placed concrete if directed.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 16 OF 26
14.0
CURING
14.1
Curing and protection shall start immediately after the compaction of the
concrete to protect it from:
a) Premature drying out, particularly by solar radiation and wind;
b) Leaching out by rain and flowing water;
c) Rapid cooling during the first few days after placing;
d) High internal thermal gradients;
e) Low temperature or frost;
f)
Vibration and impact which may disrupt the concrete and interfere with its
bond to the reinforcement.
14.2
All concrete, unless directed otherwise by ENGINEER, shall be cured by use of

continuous sprays or ponded water or continuously saturated coverings of
sacking, canvas, hessian or other absorbent material for the period of complete
hydration with a minimum of 7 days. The quality of curing water shall be the
same as that used for mixing.
14.3
Where a curing membrane is directed to be used by the ENGINEER, the same

shall be of a non-wax base and shall not impair the concrete finish in any
manner. The curing compound to be used shall be got approved from the
ENGINEER before use and shall be applied with spraying equipment capable
of a smooth, even textured coat.
14.4
Curing may also be done by covering the surface with an impermeable material
such as polyethylene, which shall be well sealed and fastened.
14.5
Extra precautions shall be exercised in curing concrete during cold and hot
weather.
15.0
CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AND KEYS
15.1
Construction joints will be as shown on the drawing or as approved by

ENGINEER. Concrete shall be placed without interruption until completion of
work between construction joints. If stopping of concreting becomes
unavoidable anywhere, a properly formed construction joint shall be made with
the approval of ENGINEER.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 17 OF 26
15.2
Dowels for concrete work, not likely to be taken up in the near future, shall be
coated with cement slurry and encased in lean concrete as indicated on the
drawings or as directed by ENGINEER.
15.3
Before resuming concreting on a surface which has hardened all laitance and
loose stone shall be thoroughly removed by wire brushing/ hacking and surface
washed with high pressure water jet and treated with thin layer of cement slurry
for vertical joints and a 15 mm thick layer of cement sand mortar for horizontal
layers, the ratio of cement and sand being the same as in the concrete mix.
15.4
When concreting is to be resumed on a surface which has not fully hardened,

all laitance shall be removed by wire brushing, the surface wetted, free water
removed and a coat of cement slurry applied. On this a layer of concrete not
exceeding 150 mm thickness shall be placed and well rammed against the old
work. Thereafter work shall proceed in the normal way.
16.0
FOUNDATION BEDDING
All earth surfaces upon which or against which concrete is to be placed, shall
be well compacted and free from standing water, mud or debris. Soft or spongy
area shall be cleaned out and back filled with either soil-cement mixture, lean
concrete or clean sand compacted as directed by ENGINEER. The surfaces of
absorptive soils shall be moistened.
17.0
FINISHES
17.1
GENERAL
The formwork for concrete works shall be such as to give the finish as
specified. The CONTRACTOR shall make good as directed any unavoidable
defects consistent with the type of concrete and finish specified; defects due to
bad workmanship (e.g. damaged or misaligned forms, defective or poorly
compacted concrete) will not be accepted. CONTRACTOR shall construct the
formwork using the correct materials and to meet the requirements of the
design and to produce finished concrete to required dimensions, plumbs,
planes and finishes.
17.2
Surface Finish Type F1

This type of finish shall be for non-exposed concrete surfaces against which
back fill or concrete is to be placed. The main requirement is that of dense, well
compacted concrete. No treatment is required except repair of defective areas,
filling all form tie holes and cleaning up of loose or adhering debris. For
surfaces below grade which will receive waterproofing treatment the concrete
shall be free of surface irregularities which would interfere with proper and
effective application of waterproofing material specified for use.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 18 OF 26
17.3

This type of finish shall be for all concrete work which will be exposed to view
upon completion of the job. The appearance shall be that of a smooth dense,
well-compacted concrete showing the slight marks of well fitted shuttering
joints. The CONTRACTOR shall make good any blemishes.
17.4

This type of finish shall be for concrete work which will be exposed to view but
to give an appearance of smooth, dense, well-compacted concrete with no
shutter marks, stain free and with no discolouration, blemishes, air holes, etc.
Only lined or coated plywood with very tight joints shall be used to achieve this
finish. The panel size shall be uniform and as large as practicable. Any minor
blemishes that might occur shall be made good by CONTRACTOR.
17.5
INTEGRAL CEMENT FINISH ON CONCRETE FLOOR

In all cases where integral cement finish on a concrete floor has been
specified, the top layer of concrete shall be screeded off to proper level and
tamped with tamper having conical projections so that the aggregate shall be
forced below the surface. The surface shall be finished with a wooden float and
a trowel with pressure. The finish shall be continued till the concrete reaches its
initial set. No cement or cement mortar finish shall be provided on the surface.
Where specified, a floor hardener as approved by the ENGINEER shall be
supplied and used as recommended by the manufacturer.
18.0
REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT OF UNSATISFACTORY CONCRETE
18.1
Immediately after the shuttering is removed, all the defective areas such as
honey-combed surfaces, rough patches, holes left by form bolts, etc. shall be
brought to the notice of ENGINEER who may permit patching of the defective
areas or reject the concrete work.
18.2
All through holes for shuttering shall be filled for full depth and neatly plugged
flush with surface.
18.3
Rejected concrete shall be removed and replaced by CONTRACTOR at no

additional cost to PURCHASER.
18.4
For patching of defective areas all loose materials shall be removed and the
surface shall be prepared as directed by the ENGINEER.
18.5
Bonding between hardened and fresh concrete shall be done either by placing
cement mortar or by applying epoxy. The decision of the ENGINEER as to be

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 19 OF 26
the method of repairs to be adopted shall be final and binding on the

CONTRACTOR and no extra claim shall be entertained on this account. The
surface shall be saturated with water for 24 hours before patching is done with
1: 5 cement sand mortar. The use of epoxy for bonding fresh concrete shall be
carried out as directed by ENGINEER.
19.0
VACUUM DEWATERING OF SLABS

Where specified floor slabs, either on grade or suspended, shall be finished by
vacuum dewatering including all operations such as poker vibration, surface
vibration, vacuum processing, floating and trowelling as per equipment
manufacturers recommendation. The equipment to be used shall be subject to
ENGINEERS approval.
20.0
HOT WEATHER CONCRETING
20.1
Concreting during hot weather shall be carried out as per IS: 7861 (Part I).
20.2
Adequate provisions shall be made to lower concrete temperatures which shall

not exceed 40 C at the time of placement of fresh concrete.
20.3
Where directed by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall spray non-wax based

curing compound on unformed concrete surface at no extra costs.
21.0
COLD WEATHER REQUIRMENTS
21.1
Concreting during cold weather shall be carried out as per IS: 7861 (PART 2).
21.2
The ambient temperature during placement and up to final set shall not fall
below 5 C. Approved anti-freeze/ accelerating additive shall be used where
directed.
21.3
For major and large scale concreting works the temperature of concrete at
times of mixing and placing, the thermal conductivity of the formwork and its
insulation and stripping period shall be closely monitored.
22.0
LIQUID RETAINING STRUCTURES
22.1
The CONTRACTOR shall take special care for concrete of liquid retaining
structures, under ground structures and those other specifically called for to
guarantee the finish and water tightness.
22.2
The minimum level of surface finish for liquid retaining structures shall be type
F2. All such structures shall be hydro-tested.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 20 OF 26
22.3
The CONTRACTOR shall include in his price hydro-testing of structure, all

arrangements for testing such as temporary bulk heads, pressure gauges,
pumps, pipe lines, etc.
22.4
Any temporary arrangements that may have to be made to ensure stability of

the structures shall also be considered to have been taken into account while
quoting the rates.
22.5
Any leakage that may occur during the hydro-test or subsequently during the
defects liability period or the period for which the structure is guaranteed shall
be effectively stopped either by cement/ epoxy pressure grouting, guniting or
such other method as may be approved by the ENGINEER. All such
rectification shall be done by the CONTRACTOR to the entire satisfaction of
the PURCHASER/ ENGINEER at no extra cost to the PURCHASER.
23.0
TESTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES FOR LEAKAGE
23.1
Hydro-static test for water tightness shall be done at full storage level or soffit
of cover slab, as may be directed by ENGINEER, as described below:
a) In case of structures whose external faces are exposed, such as elevated
tanks, the requirements of the test shall be deemed to be satisfied if the
external faces show no sign of leakage or sweating and remain completely
dry during the period of observation of seven days after allowing a seven
day period for absorption after filling with water.
b) In the case of structures whose external faces are submerged and are not
accessible for inspection, such as underground tanks, the structures shall
be filled with water and after the expiry of seven days after the filling; the
level of the surface of the water shall be recorded. The level of water shall
be recorded again at subsequent intervals of 24 hrs over period of seven
days. Backfilling shall be withheld till the tanks are tested. The total drop in
surface level over a period for seven days shall be taken as an indication of
the water tightness of the structure. The ENGINEER shall decide on the
actual permissible nature of this drop in the surface level, taking into
account whether the structures are open or closed and the corresponding
effect it has on evaporation losses. Unless specified otherwise, a structure
whose top is covered shall be deemed to be water tight if the total drop in
the surface level over a period of seven days does not exceed 40 mm.
c) Each compartment/ segment of the structure shall be tested individually
and then all together.
23.2
For structures such as pipes, tunnels, etc. the hydrostatic test shall be carried
out by filling with water, after curing as specified, and subjecting to the
specified test pressure for specified period. If during this period the loss of

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 21 OF 26
water does not exceed the equivalent of the specified rate, the structure shall
be considered to have successfully passed the test.
24.0
OPTIONAL TEST
24.1
If the ENGINEER feels that the materials i.e. cement, sand, coarse aggregates,
reinforcement and water are not in accordance with the specifications or if
specified concrete strengths are not obtained, he may order tests to be carried
out on these materials in laboratory, to be approved by the ENGINEER, as per
relevant IS Codes. PURCHASER shall pay only for the testing of material
supplied by the PURCHASER, otherwise CONTRACTOR shall have to pay for
the tests. Transporting of all material to the laboratory shall however be done
by the CONTRACTOR at no extra cost to PURCHASER.
24.2
In the event of any work being suspected of faulty material or workmanship

requiring its removal or if the works cubes do not give the stipulated strengths,
ENGINEER reserves the right to order the CONTRACTOR to take out cores
and conduct tests on them or do ultrasonic testing or load testing of structure,
etc. All these tests shall be carried out by CONTRACTOR at no extra cost to
the PURCHASER. Alternately ENGINEER also reserves the right to ask the
CONTRACTOR to dismantle and re-do such unacceptable work at the cost of
CONTRACTOR.
24.3
If the structure is certified by ENGINEER as having failed, the cost of the test
and subsequent dismantling/ reconstruction shall be borne by CONTRACTOR.
24.4
The quoted unit rates/ prices of concrete shall deem to provide for all tests
mentioned above.
25.0
INSPECTION
All materials, workmanship and finished construction shall be subject to
continuous inspection and approval of ENGINEER. Materials rejected by
ENGINEER shall be expressly removed from site and shall be replaced by
CONTRACTOR immediately at no extra cost to PURCHASER.
26.0
CLEAN-UP
Upon the completion of concrete work, all forms, equipment, construction tools,
protective coverings and any debris, scraps of wood, etc. resulting from the
work shall be removed and the premises left clean.
27.0
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
27.1
Any concrete work shall satisfy the requirements given below individually and
collectively for it to be acceptable.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 22 OF 26
a) Properties of constituent materials;

b) Characteristic compressive strength;
c) Specified mix proportions;
d) Minimum cement content;
e) Maximum free-water/ cement ratio;
f)
Workability;
g) Temperature of fresh concrete;

h) Density of fully compacted concrete;
i)
Cover to embedded steel;
j)
Curing;
k) Tolerances in dimensions;
l)
Tolerances in levels;
m) Durability;
n) Surface finishes;
o) Special requirements such as:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
Water tightness
Resistance to aggressive chemicals
Resistance to freezing and thawing
Very high strength
Improved fire resistance
Wear resistance
Resistance to early thermal cracking
27.2
The ENGINEERs decision as to the acceptability or otherwise of any concrete

work shall be final and binding on the CONTRACTOR.
27.3
For work not accepted, the ENGINEER may review and decide whether
remedial measures are feasible and so as to render the work acceptable. The
ENGINEER shall in that case direct the CONTRACTOR to undertake and
execute the remedial measures. These shall be expediently and effectively

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 23 OF 26
implemented by the CONTRACTOR. Nothing extra shall become payable to

the CONTRACTOR by the PURCHASER for executing remedial measures.
28.0
MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
28.1
The unit rate for concrete work under various categories shall be all inclusive
and no claims for extra payment on account of such items an leaving holes,
embedding inserts, etc. shall be entertained unless separately provided for in
the Schedule of Quantities. No extra claim shall also be entertained due to
change in the number, position and/ or dimensions of holes, slots or openings,
sleeves, inserts or on account of any increased lift, lead of scaffolding etc. All
these factors should be taken into consideration while quoting the unit rates.
Unless provided for in the schedule of Quantities the rates shall also include
fixing inserts in all concrete work, whenever required.
28.2
Payments for concrete will be made on the basis of unit rates quoted for the
respective items in the Schedule of Quantities. No deduction in the concrete
quantity will be made for reinforcements, inserts etc. and opening less than
0.100 of a sqm, in areas where concrete is measured in sqm. and 0.010 cum
where concrete is measured in cum. Where no such deduction for concrete is
made, payment for shuttering work provided for such holes, pockets, etc will
not be made. Similarly the unit rates for concrete work shall be inclusive or
exclusive of shuttering as provided for in the Schedule of Quantities.
28.3
Payment for beams will be made for the quantity based on the depth being
reckoned from the underside of the slabs and length measured as the clear
distance between supports. Payment for columns shall be made for the
quantity based on height reckoned up to the underside of slabs/ beams.
28.4
The unit rate for precast concrete members shall include formwork, mouldings,
finishing, hoisting and setting in position including setting mortar, provision of
lifting arrangement etc. complete. Reinforcement and inserts shall be
measured and paid for separately under respective item rates.
28.5
Only the actual quantity of steel embedded in concrete including laps as shown
on drawings or as approved by ENGINEER shall be measured and paid for,
irrespective of the level or height at which the work is done. The unit rate for
reinforcement shall include all wastages, binding wires, chairs, spacer bare etc.
for which no separate payment shall be made.
28.6
Where the formwork is paid for separately, it shall be very clearly understood
that payment for formwork in inclusive of formwork, shuttering, shoring,
propping, scaffolding, etc. complete. Only the net area of concrete formed
(shuttered) shall be measured for payment.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 24 OF 26
CONCRETE POUR CARD

CLIENT:
DATE:
POUR NO.:
PROJECT:
STRUCTURE:
CONTRACTOR:
MAX AGGREGATE SIZE:
SLUMP:
MM/
MM
DRG. NO.:
CONCETE GRADE/ QUANTITY: M
START/ COMPLETION TIME:

/
M3
MIXING TIME:

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 25 OF 26
SL.
NO.
ITEM
1.
2.
4.
5.
6.
7.
BEFORE CONCRETING
3.
CENTERLINES CHECKED
FORMWORK & STAGING
CHECKED
REINFORCEMENT
CHECKED
COVER TO REINFORCEMENT CHECKED
VERFIED TEST
CERTIFICATE FOR CEMENT/
STEEL
ADEQUENCY OF
MATERIALS/ EQUIPMENT
FOR POUR
EMBEDED
CIVIL
PARTS
CHECKED
MECHANICAL
(LOCATION
AND PLUMB)
ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTORS ENGINEERS
REP.
SIGNATURE
SIGNATURE
YES/ NO
YES/ NO
YES/ NO
YES/ NO
POUR AUTHORISED SITE ENGINEER

8.
SOFFIT(S) AND POUR TOP(T)

S(B) T(B)
LEVELS CHECKED BEFORE(B)
S(A) T(A)
AND AFTER(A) FROM REMOVAL
(ONLY OF BEAMS OF OVER 10 M
SPAN AND IMPORTANT
STRUCTURES LIKE T.G. ETC)
9.
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
LOCATION AND TIME (IF NOT AS
PER DRAWING)
10.
CEMENT CONSUMPTION IN KGS.
11.
NUMBER OF CUBES AND
IDENTIFICATION MARK
12.
TEST CUBE RESULTS (7 DAYS/ 28
DAYS)
13.
CONCRETE CONDITION ON FORM V.GOOD/ GOOD/ FAIR/ POOR
REMOVAL
SITE-IN-CHARGE
REMARKS

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D3
SHEET 26 OF 26
NOTES:
1.
EACH ITEM TO BE CHECKED AND SIGNED BY THE RESPECTIVE

ENGINEERS.
2.
ITEMS 8 TO 13 (BOTH INCLUSIVE) TO BE FILLED BY ONLY TCE ENGINEER.
3.
EACH POUR TO HAVE SEPARATE CARDS, IN TRIPILCATE ONE EACH FOR

CLIENT, TCE & SITE OFFICE. FORM 279.
4.
UNDER REMARKS INDICATE DEVIATIONS FROM DWGS & SPECIFICATIONS,

CONGESTION IN REINFORCEMENT IF ANY, UNUSUAL OCCURENCES, SUCH
AS FAILURE OF EQUIPMENTS, SINKING OF SUPPORTS/ PROPS, HEAVY
RAINS AFFECTING CONCRETEING, POOR COMPACTION, IMPROPER
CURING, OTHER DEFICIENCIES, OBSERVATION, ETC.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D4
SHEET 1 OF 10
SUPPLY AND FABRICATION OF

STRUCTURAL STEEL
1.0
SCOPE
1.1
This specification covers the general requirements for supply where specified,
detailing fabrication and delivery at site of structural steel. Section D1 covers
the specific requirements for the project. The two parts are complementary and
are to be read together for a correct interpretation of the provisions of this
specification. Where requirements of the two parts conflict, then those of
Section D1 shall govern.
1.2
This specification also covers design of all connections and substituted

members, preparation of all shop fabrication drawings, inspection and shop
painting of structures.
2.0
APPLICABLE CODES & SPECIFICATIONS

The following specifications, standards and codes are made a part of this
specification. All standards, specifications and codes of practices referred to
herein shall be the latest editions including all applicable official amendments
and revisions.
In case of discrepancy between this specification and other documents referred
to herein, this specification shall govern.
a) Materials
i)
IS: 808
Dimensions for Hot Rolled Steel sections
ii) IS: 814
Covered Electrodes for Manual Metal Arc Welding

of Carbon and Carbon Manganese Steel
iii) IS: 1161
Steel Tubes for structural purposes
iv) IS: 1363

(Parts 1 to 3)
Hexagon Head Bolts, Screws and Nuts of product

Grade C (Size range M5 to M64)
v) IS: 1367
(All Parts)
Technical Supply Conditions for Threaded

Fasteners
vi) IS: 1852
Rolling and Cutting Tolerances for Hot Rolled Steel

Products
vii) IS: 2062
Hot Rolled Low, medium and high tensile, structural

steel
viii) IS: 2074
Ready Mixed Paint, Air drying, Red Oxide Zinc

Chrome and Priming

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D4
SHEET 2 OF 10

STRUCTURAL STEEL
ix) IS: 3502
Steel Chequered Plate
x) IS: 3757
High Strength Structural Bolts
xi) IS: 5369
General Requirements for Plain Washers and Lock

Washers
xii) IS: 5372
Taper Washers for Channels
xiii) IS: 5374
Taper Washer for I Beams
xiv) IS: 6610
Heavy Washers for Steel Structures
b) Codes of Practice
i)
IS: 800
Code of Practice for General Construction in Steel
ii) IS: 816
Code of Practice for use of Metal Arc Welding for

General construction in Mild Steel
iii) IS: 822
Code of Procedure for Inspection of Welds
iv) IS: 1182
Recommended Practice for Radiographic

examination of Fusion - Welded Butt Joints in Steel
Plates
v) IS: 1200
Method of Measurement in Building Civil

Engineering Works
ix) IS: 1477

(Parts 1 & 2)
Code of Practice for Painting of Ferrous

Metals in Buildings
x) IS: 2595
Code of Practice for Radiographic Testing
xi) IS: 3658

Detection
Code of Practice for Liquid Penetrate Flaw
xii) IS: 4000
High strength bolts in Steel Structures - Code of

Practice
xiii) IS: 5334
Code of Practice for Magnetic Particle Flaw

Detection of Welds
xiv) IS: 7215
Tolerances for Fabrication of Steel Structures

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D4
SHEET 3 OF 10

STRUCTURAL STEEL
xv) IS: 9595

3.0
Recommendations for Metal Arc Welding of Carbon

and Carbon Manganese Steel
STEEL MATERIALS
Steel materials shall comply with the specifications laid down under clause 2.0
and/ or as called for on the design drawings.
All materials used shall be new, unused and free from defects.
4.0
USE OF STEEL SUPPLIED BY PURCHASER

The CONTRACTOR shall use steel supplied by the PURCHASER judiciously
and to the best advantage so as to minimise splicing and wastage. All steel
materials remaining after completion of the project, whether in the form of cut
pieces or unutilised prime steel, shall be returned to the PURCHASERs stores
by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost. An unaccountable wastage up to a
maximum of 1% of the fabricated steel will be allowed. This wastage does not
include the balance cut lengths/ pieces of steel returned to the PURCHASER.
5.0
DRAWINGS PREPARED BY THE PURCHASER

PURCHASER will furnish only a general arrangement drawing furnishing the
location of the Chimney, of the internal diameter and location and duct opening
on the wind shield. This drawing will also furnish the terminal point for chimney
vendor. All the design drawings are to be prepared by the CONTRACTOR.
6.0
DRAWINGS PREPARED BY THE CONTRACTOR
6.1
The CONTRACTOR shall prepare all fabrication and erection drawings for the
entire work. All the drawings for the entire work shall be prepared in metric
units. The drawings shall preferably be of one standard size and the details
shown there in shall be clear and legible. These drawings are to be prepared
based on the design drawings approved by the PURCHASER/ ENGINEER.
6.2
The CONTRACTOR shall not commence detailing unless ENGINEER's design

drawings are officially released for preparation of shop drawings. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the correctness of all fabrication
drawings. Fabrication drawings shall be revised by the CONTRACTOR to
reflect all revisions in design drawings as and when such revisions are made
by the ENGINEER.
6.3
All fabrication drawings shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval.
6.4
No fabrication drawings will be accepted for ENGINEER's approval unless

checked and approved by the CONTRACTOR's qualified structural engineer

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D4
SHEET 4 OF 10

STRUCTURAL STEEL
and accompanied by an erection plan showing the location of all pieces

detailed. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that connections are detailed to
obtain ease in erection of structures and in making field connections.
6.5
Fabrication shall be started by the CONTRACTOR only after ENGINEER's

approval of fabrication drawings. Approval by the ENGINEER of any of the
drawings shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for
correctness of engineering & design of connections, workmanship, fit of parts,
details, material, errors or omissions of any and all work shown thereon. The
ENGINEER's approval shall constitute approval of only the size of members,
dimensions and general arrangement but shall not constitute approval of the
connections between members and other details.
6.6
The drawings prepared by the CONTRACTOR and all subsequent revisions etc
shall be at the cost of the CONTRACTOR for which no separate payment will
be made.
7.0
FABRICATION
7.1
General
All workmanship and finish shall be of the best quality and shall conform to the
best approved method of fabrication. All materials shall be finished straight and
shall be machined/ ground smooth true and square where so specified. All
holes and edges shall be free of burrs. Shearing and chipping shall be neatly
and accurately done and all portions of work exposed to view shall be neatly
finished. Unless otherwise directed/ approved, reference may be made to
relevant IS codes for providing standard fabrication tolerance. Material at the
shops shall be kept clean and protected from weather.
7.2
Connections
7.2.1
Shop/ field connections shall be as per approved fabrication drawings.
7.2.2
In case of bolted connections, taper washers or flat washers or spring

washers shall be used with bolts as necessary. In case of high strength
friction grip bolts, hardened washers be used under the nuts or the bolt heads
whichever are turned to tighten the bolts. The length of the bolt shall be such
that at least one thread of the bolt projects beyond the nut, except in case of
high strength friction grip bolts where this projection shall be at least three
times the pitch of the thread.
7.2.3
In all cases where bearing is critical, the unthreaded portion of bolt shall bear
on the members assembled. A washer of adequate thickness may be
provided to exclude the threads from the bearing thickness, if a longer grip
bolt has to be used for this purpose.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D4
SHEET 5 OF 10

STRUCTURAL STEEL
7.2.4
All connections shall be designed for loads indicated in the design drawing
unless otherwise specified in the design drawings. Splices shall be designed
for the full strength of the members.
7.2.5
All bolts, nuts, washers, electrodes, screws etc shall be supplied/ brought to
site 10% in excess of the requirement in each category and size.
7.2.6
All members likely to collect rain water shall have drain holes provided.
7.3
Straightening
All materials shall be straight and, if necessary, before being worked shall be
straightened and/ or flattened by pressure and shall be free from twists.
Heating or forging shall not be resorted to without the prior approval of the
ENGINEER in writing.
7.4
Cutting, punching, drilling, welding and fabrication tolerances shall be

generally as per relevant IS codes.
7.5
Rolling and Forming

Plates, channels, R.S.J. etc for circular bins, bunkers, hoppers, gantry girders,
etc shall be accurately laid off and rolled or formed to required profile/ shape
as called for on the drawings. Adjacent sections shall be match-marked to
facilitate accurate assembly, welding and erection in the field.
7.6
High Strength Friction Grip Bolting

Inspection after tightening of bolts shall be carried out as stipulated in the
appropriate standards depending upon the method of tightening and the type
of bolt used.
7.7
Welding
7.7.1
Welding procedure shall be submitted to ENGINEER for approval. Welding

shall be entrusted to only qualified and experienced welders who shall be
periodically tested and graded as per IS: 817, IS: 7310 (Part 1) and IS: 7318
(Part 1).
7.7.2
While fabricating plated beams and built up members, all shop splices in each
component part shall be made before such component part is welded to other
parts of the members. Wherever weld reinforcement interferes with proper fitup between components to be assembled for welding, these welds shall be
ground flush prior to assembly.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D4
SHEET 6 OF 10

STRUCTURAL STEEL
7.7.3
Approval of the welding procedure by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the
CONTRACTOR of his responsibility for correct and sound welding without
undue distortion in the finished structure.
7.7.4
No welding shall be done when the surface of the members is wet nor during
periods of high wind.
7.7.5
Each layer of a multiple layer weld except root and surfaces runs may be
moderately peened with light blows from a blunt tool. Care shall be exercised
to prevent scaling or flaking of weld and base metal from over-peening.
7.7.6
No welding shall be done on base metal at a temperature below -5 C. Base

metal shall be preheated to the temperature as per relevant IS codes.
7.7.7
Electrodes other than low-hydrogen electrodes shall not be permitted for plate
thicknesses of 32 mm and above.
7.7.8
Inspection of Welds
All welds shall be inspected for flaws by any of the methods described under
clause 8 "Inspection". The choice of the method adopted shall be to the
approval of ENGINEER.
7.7.9
The repairing of defective welds shall be carried out as directed by the

ENGINEER without damaging the parent metal. When a crack in the weld is
removed, magnetic particle inspection or any other equally positive means as
prescribed by the ENGINEER shall be used to ensure that the whole of the
crack and material up to 25 mm beyond each end of the crack has been
removed. Cost of all such tests and operations incidental to correction shall
be to the CONTRACTOR's account.
7.8
Tolerances
The dimensional and weight tolerances for rolled shapes shall be in
accordance with IS: 1852 for indigenous steel and equivalent applicable
codes for imported steel. The tolerances for fabrication of structural steel shall
be as per IS: 7215.
7.9
End Milling
Where compression joints are specified to be designed for bearing, the
bearing surfaces shall be milled true and square to ensure proper bearing and
alignment.
8.0
INSPECTION

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D4
SHEET 7 OF 10

STRUCTURAL STEEL
8.1.1
The CONTRACTOR shall give due notice to the ENGINEER in advance of

the works getting ready for inspection. All rejected material shall be promptly
removed from the shop and replaced with new material for the ENGINEER's
approval/ inspection. The fact that certain material has been accepted at the
CONTRACTOR's shop shall not invalidate final rejection at site by the
ENGINEER if it fails to conform to the requirements of these specifications, to
be in proper condition or has fabrication inaccuracies which prevents proper
assembly nor shall it invalidate any penalty which the PURCHASER may
make because of defective or unsatisfactory materials and/ or workmanship.
8.1.2
No materials shall be painted or despatched to site without inspection and

approval by the ENGINEER unless such inspection is waived in writing by the
ENGINEER.
8.1.3
The CONTRACTOR shall provide all the testing and inspection services and
facilities for shop work except where otherwise specified.
8.1.4
For fabrication work carried out in the field the same standard of supervision
and quality control shall be maintained as in shop fabricated work.
Inspection and testing shall be conducted in a manner satisfactory to the
ENGINEER.
8.2
Inspection and tests on structural steel members shall be as set forth below:
Material Testing
If mill test reports are not available for any steel materials supplied by the
CONTRACTOR the same shall be got tested by the CONTRACTOR to the
ENGINEER's satisfaction to demonstrate conformity with the relevant
specification.
8.3
Magnetic Particle Test

Where welds are examined by magnetic particle testing, such testing shall be
carried out in accordance with relevant IS codes. If heat treatment is
performed, the completed weld shall be examined after the heat treatment. All
defects shall be repaired and retested. Magnetic particle tests shall be carried
out using alternating current. Direct current may be used with the permission
of the ENGINEER.
8.4
Liquid Penetrate Inspection

In the case of welds examined by Liquid Penetrate Inspection, such tests
shall be carried out in accordance with relevant IS Code. All defects shown
shall be repaired and rechecked.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D4
SHEET 8 OF 10

STRUCTURAL STEEL
8.5
Radiographic Inspection
All full strength butt welds shall be radio-graphed in accordance with the
recommended practice for radiographic testing as per relevant IS code.
8.6
Dimensions, Workmanship & Cleanliness

Members shall be inspected at all stages of fabrication and assembly to
verify that dimensions, tolerances, alignment, surface finish and painting are
in accordance with the requirements shown in the CONTRACTOR's
approved fabrication drawings and the ENGINEER's drawings.
8.7
Test Failure
In the event of failure of any member to satisfy inspection or test requirement,
the CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER or his authorised
representative. The CONTRACTOR must obtain permission from the
ENGINEER before repair is undertaken. The quality control procedures to be
followed to ensure satisfactory repair shall be subject to approval by the
ENGINEER.
8.8
The ENGINEER has the right to specify additional testing as he deems

necessary, and the additional cost of such testing shall be borne by the
PURCHASER, only in case of successful testing.
8.9
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain records of all inspection and testing which
shall be made available to the ENGINEER or his authorised representative.
9.0
SHOP MATCHING
For structures like bunkers, tanks, etc shop assembly is essential. For other
steel work, such as columns along with the tie beams/ bracings may have to
be shop assembled to ensure satisfactory fabrication, obtaining of adequate
bearing areas etc, if so desired by the ENGINEER. All these shop assemblies
shall be carried out by CONTRACTOR at no extra cost to the PURCHASER.
10.0
DRILLING HOLES FOR OTHER WORKS

As a part of this Contract, holes in members required for installing equipment
or steel furnished by other manufacturers or other contractors shall be drilled
by the CONTRACTOR at no extra cost to the PURCHASER. The information
for such extra holes will be supplied by the ENGINEER.
11.0
MARKING OF MEMBERS

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D4
SHEET 9 OF 10

STRUCTURAL STEEL
11.1
After checking and inspection, all members shall be marked for identification
during erection. This mark shall correspond to distinguishing marks on
approved erection drawings and shall be legibly painted and stamped on it.
The erection mark shall be stamped with a metal dye with figures at least 20
mm high and to such optimum depth as to be clearly visible.
11.2
All erection marks shall be on the outer surface of all sections and near one
end, but clear of bolt holes. The marking shall be so stamped that they are
easily discernible when sorting out members. The stamped marking shall be
encircled boldly by a distinguishable paint to facilitate easy location.
11.3
Erection marks on like pieces shall be in identical locations. Members

having lengths of 7.0 m or more shall have the erection mark at both ends.
12.0
ERRORS
Any error in shop fabrication which prevents proper assembling and fitting up
of parts in the field by moderate use of drift pins or moderate amount of
reaming will be classified by the ENGINEER as defective workmanship. In
case ENGINEER rejects such material or defective workmanship, the same
shall be replaced by the materials and workmanship conforming to the
ENGINEER's requirements by CONTRACTOR free of cost at site.
13.0
PAINTING
All fabricated steel material, except those galvanised shall receive protective
paint coating as specified in specification Section D6/ D7/ D8.
14.0
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
14.1
For the purpose of payment, the weight of the actual completed structures
shall be calculated from the approved fabrication drawings for different items
of work. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the PURCHASER relevant
material list containing weight of each item.
14.2
No allowances will be permitted for bolts, nuts, washers, studs, screws etc,
galvanizing, welding or for rolling margins. One tonne for the purpose of
payment shall mean ONE METRIC TONNE i.e., 1000 kg.
14.3
The weight of a member made out of standard rolled section such as beams,
channels, angles, etc shall be based on the standard IS: 808 without
deductions for holes, notches, bevel cuts, etc. Where a component consists of
a cut joist or channels, the full weight of the rolled section shall be considered
only if more than half the depth of the original section is used. Otherwise, only
half the section unit weight shall be considered for calculation of the weight of
the components.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D4
SHEET 10 OF 10

STRUCTURAL STEEL
Deductions shall be made in the weight of gussets/ plates for cuts and
notches of 900 sqcm or larger.
14.4
For gussets/ plates used in trusses, bracings, columns, beams, etc, the area
shall be that of the minimum circumscribing rectangle except as stated in
14.3 above.
14.5
The weight of any built-up members shall be based on the weight of each
component.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D5
SHEET 1 OF 9
1.0
SCOPE
This specification covers the general requirements for erection of structural
steel. It covers the supply and delivery of all necessary materials, labour,
scaffolding, tools, tackles, equipment and everything that is necessary for the
satisfactory completion of the job on schedule. Section D1 covers the specific
requirements for the project. The two parts are complementary and are to be
read together for a correct interpretation of the provisions of this specification.
Where requirements of the two sections conflict, then those of Section D1
shall govern.
2.0
APPLICABLE CODES & SPECIFICATIONS
2.1
specification. All standards, specifications and codes of practice referred to
herein shall be the latest editions, including all applicable official amendments
and revisions.
2.2
In case of discrepancy between this specification and other documents

referred to herein, this specification shall govern. In case of discrepancy
between tender drawings and this specification, the tender drawings shall
govern.
2.3
Structural
(a) IS: 800
Code of Practice for General Construction in Steel
(b) IS: 801
Code of Practice for Use of Cold Formed Light Gauge

Steel Structural Members in General Building
Construction
(c) IS: 806
Code of Practice for Use of Steel Tubes in General

Building Construction
(d) IS: 4000
High Strength Bolts in Steel Structure - Code of Practice
(e) IS: 7205
Safety Code for Erection of Structural Steel Work
(f) IS: 12843
Tolerances for erection of Steel Structures
3.0
ERECTION SCHEME
3.1
Each Bid shall be accompanied by a broad erection scheme with dates and
estimated completion time for various parts of the work prepared by BIDDER
after a thorough study of the Bid drawings and the site conditions. This
erection scheme shall describe the methods proposed to be employed by

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D5
SHEET 2 OF 9
BIDDER for transporting his equipments, tools, tackles, gas cylinders,

electrodes and all that is necessary to site, unloading, transporting within the
site, handling, assembling, hoisting and erecting of the structural steel
components and the type, capacity and quantity of equipment that BIDDER
proposes to bring to site for all these operations. The scheme shall also
indicate the strength and trade-wise composition of the work force and
supervisory personnel that will be deployed by BIDDER for the various
operations.
4.0
ERECTION PROGRAMME
4.1
Within two weeks of the acceptance of his Bid, the successful BIDDER shall
submit, a detailed erection programme. This programme shall be
accompanied by a layout plan identifying the areas proposed for unloading,
main storage, subsidiary storage, assembly and the transportation of
equipment and fabricated material between the storage and work areas. The
layout shall clearly indicate the points at which proposed erection begins,
direction in which it is proposed to progress, the deployment of equipment,
access route for cranes to reach work areas, etc. The locations and extent of
site offices and stores, labour quarters if any, layout of electrical cables and
water pipes from the tap-off points shall also be indicated in detail on the
above layout. Full details of the method of handling, transport, hoisting and
erection including false work/ staging, temporary bracing, guying, etc. shall be
furnished by CONTRACTOR in this erection programme along with complete
details of the quantity and capacity of the various items of erection equipment
that will be used. A site organisation chart showing the number of supervisory
personnel, and the number and composition of the various gangs shall also
accompany the erection programme.
4.2
Any modifications to the erection programme directed by ENGINEER for the

reasons of inadequacy of the quantity and/ or capacity of the erection
equipment, erection personnel and supervisors, temporary bracing, guying
etc., or safety of the erection methods, or stability of the erected portions of
structures, or unsuitability of the erection sequence due to interference with
the work of other agencies shall be incorporated by CONTRACTOR and the
work shall be carried out in accordance with the revised programme. Approval
by ENGINEER shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from the responsibility for the
safe, sound, accurate and timely erection of structural steel work as required
by ENGINEER/ PURCHASER. CONTRACTOR shall also make no extra
claims for bringing additional equipment to site for erection, if so directed by
ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall be deemed to have visualized all erection
problems while bidding for the work and no additional compensation shall be
claimed on this account.
5.0
SITE OPERATIONS

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D5
SHEET 3 OF 9
5.1
An experienced and qualified Superintendent shall be in full time charge of

the job.
5.2
CONTRACTOR shall complete all preliminary works at site well before the
arrival of structural steel, such as establishment of a well equipped and
adequately staffed site office, stores, unloading gantry, unloading and preassembly yard, labour quarters if any, electrical and water connections,
electrical winches, derricks, cranes, compressors, all tools and tackles,
welding sets, torque wrenches, spud wrenches, staging, etc. as well as
experienced erection and supervisory personnel as part of this contract and
any other work that may be necessary so as to start erection immediately
after the arrival of the first batch of steel at site.
5.3
CONTRACTOR shall furnish at his own expense, the necessary noninflammable staging and hoisting materials or equipment required for the
erection work and shall remove and take them away after completion of the
job. CONTRACTOR shall also provide necessary passageways, fences,
safety belts, helmets, lights and other fittings to the satisfaction of
PURCHASER/ ENGINEER and to meet the rules of local authorities and for
protection to his men and materials. A licensed electrician shall be kept on the
job for the entire duration of the work to maintain CONTRACTOR's electrical
equipment and connections.
5.4
CONTRACTOR shall protect all existing plant, structures, piping, conduits,

equipment and facilities against damage during erection. Any damage caused
by CONTRACTOR shall be rectified entirely at CONTRACTOR's cost to the
satisfaction of PURCHASER/ ENGINEER. If work has to be carried out
adjacent to existing switch yards or electrical installations which are live,
CONTRACTOR must ensure suitable safety precautions in consultation with
ENGINEER.
5.5
If a portion of the work of the project area cannot be made available to

CONTRACTOR for his activities due to operations being carried out by other
agencies, he shall suitably modify his sequence of operations so as to
continue work without interruption. CONTRACTOR shall work in coordination
with other agencies working on the project site and plan his work suitably so
as not to hinder the progress of construction at site.
6.0
ACCEPTANCE OF STEEL, ITS HANDLING & STORAGE
6.1
Point of delivery of fabricated steel shall be as specified in Data Sheet A.
6.2
CONTRACTOR shall carefully check the steel to be erected at the time of

acceptance. Any fabrication defects observed should be brought to the notice
of PURCHASER/ ENGINEER.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D5
SHEET 4 OF 9
6.3
No dragging of steel shall be permitted. All shall be stored 300mm above

ground on suitable packing to avoid damage. It shall be stored in the order
required for erection, with erection marks visible. All storage areas shall be
prepared and maintained by CONTRACTOR. Steel shall not be stored in the
vicinity of areas where excavation or grading will be done and, if so stored
temporarily, this shall be removed by CONTRACTOR well before such
excavation and/ or grading commences to a safe distance to avoid burial
under debris.
6.4
Scratched or abraded steel shall be given a coat of primer specified under

Data Sheet A for protection after unloading and handling prior to erection. All
milled and machined surfaces shall be properly protected from rust/ corrosion
by suitable coating and also from getting damaged.
7.0
ANCHOR BOLTS & FOUNDATIONS
7.1
CONTRACTOR shall carefully check the location and layout of anchor bolts
embedded in foundations constructed, to ensure that the structures can be
properly erected as shown on the drawings. Any discrepancy in the anchor
bolts/ foundation shall be reported to ENGINEER.
7.2
Levelling of column bases to the required elevation may be done by providing

shims. All shim stock required for keeping the specified thickness of grout and
in connection with erection of structures on foundations, crane brackets or at
any other locations shall be of good M.S. plates and shall be supplied by
CONTRACTOR at his cost.
7.3
A certain amount of cleaning of foundations and preparing the area is

considered normal and shall be carried out by CONTRACTOR at not extra
cost
7.4
Where beams bear in pockets or on walls, bearing plates shall be set and
levelled as part of the work. All grouting under column base plates or beam
bearing plates will be carried out by CONTRACTOR, unless the grouting is
specifically excluded from the CONTRACTORS scope.
8.0
ASSEMBLY & CONNECTIONS
8.1
Field connections may be effected either by bolting, welding or by use of high

strength friction grip bolts as specified and as shown on the design and
erection drawings.
8.2
All field connection work shall be carried out in accordance with an approved
shop drawings. All bolts, nuts, washers, rivets, electrodes required for field
connections shall be supplied by Erector free of cost.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D5
SHEET 5 OF 9
8.3
All assembling shall be carried on a level platform.
8.4
Drifts shall be used only for drawing the work to proper position and must not
be used to such an extent as to damage the holes. Size of drifts larger than
the nominal diameter of hole shall not be used. Any damaged holes or burrs
must be rectified to the satisfaction of ENGINEER.
8.5
Corrections of minor misfits and reasonable amount of reaming shall be

considered as a part of erection. Any error in the shop, which prevents proper
fit on a moderate amount of reaming and slight chipping or cutting, shall be
immediately reported to ENGINEER.
9.0
ERECTION
9.1
All structural steel shall be erected as shown on the drawings. Proper size
steel cable slings, etc., shall be used for hoisting. Guys shall not be anchored
to existing structures, foundations, etc. unless so permitted by ENGINEER in
writing. Care shall be taken to see that ropes in use are always in good
condition.
9.2
Steel columns in the basement, if any, are to be lowered and erected carefully
with the help of a crane and/ or derrick without damaging the basement walls
steel or floor.
9.3
Structural steel frames shall be erected plumb and true. Frames shall be lifted
at such points that they are not liable to buckle and deform. Trusses shall be
lifted only at node points. In the case of trusses, roof girders, all of the purlins
and wind bracing shall be placed simultaneously and the columns shall be
erected truly plumb on screed bars over the pedestals. All steel columns and
beams shall be checked for plumb and level individually before and after
connections are made. Temporary bracings shall be introduced wherever
necessary to take care of all loads to which the structure may be subjected,
including erection equipment and the operation thereof. Such bracings shall
be left in place as long as may be required for safety and stability.
9.4
Chequered plates shall be fixed to supporting members by tack welding or by

countersunk bolts/ screws as shown/ specified in relevant drawings and/ or as
directed by ENGINEER. The edges shall be made smooth and no burrs or
jagged ends shall be left. While splicing, care should be taken so that there is
continuity in pattern between the two portions. Care should also be taken to
avoid distortion of the plate while welding. The erection of chequered plates
shall include:
a) Welding of stiffening angles/ vertical stiffening ribs.
b) Cutting to size and making holes to required shape wherever necessary to
allow service piping and/ or cables to pass through.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D5
SHEET 6 OF 9
c)
d)
e)
f)
Splicing as shown in relevant drawings.

Smoothening of edges.
Fixing of chequered plates by tack welding or by countersunk bolts.
Providing lifting hooks for ease of lifting.
9.5
As erection progresses, the work shall be securely bolted to take care of all
dead load, wind, seismic and erection stresses.
9.6
No welding or final bolting shall be done until the structure has been properly
aligned and approved by ENGINEER. No cutting, heating or enlarging of the
holes shall be carried out without the prior written approval of ENGINEER.
10.0
INSPECTION
OWNER / CIPL / ENGINEER/ PURCHASER or their authorised
representatives shall have free access to all parts of the job during erection
and all erection shall be subjected to their approval. In case of faulty erection,
all dismantling and re-erection required will be at CONTRACTOR's cost. No
paint shall be applied to field welds or bolts until these have been approved
by ENGINEER.
11.0
TOLERANCES
Tolerances mentioned below shall be achieved after the entire structure or
part thereof is in line, level and plumb. The tolerances specified below do not
apply to steel structures where the deviations from true position are intimately
linked with and directly influence technological process. In such cases, the
tolerances on erected steel structures shall be as per recommendations of
process technologists/ suppliers which will be indicated in the drawings.
11.1
Columns
11.1.1
Deviation of column axes at foundation top level with respect to true axes
11.1.2
11.1.3
(a)
In longitudinal direction
5 mm
(b)
In lateral direction
5 mm
5 mm
Deviation in the level of bearing

surface of columns at foundation
top with respect to true level
Out of plumbness (verticality) of column axis from true vertical axis, as

measured at column top:
(a)
For columns up to and

including15 meters in height
1/1000 of column height in

mm or 15 mm whichever is

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D5
SHEET 7 OF 9
less
(b)
For columns exceeding

meters in height
15
1/1000 of column height in

mm or 20 mm whichever is
less
11.1.4
Deviation in straightness in longitudinal

and transverse planes of column at any
height
1/1000 of column height

in mm or 10 mm point along
whichever is less
11.1.5
Difference in erected position of adjacent :

pairs of columns along length or across
width of building prior to connecting
trusses/ beams with respect to true
distance
10 mm
11.1.6
Deviation in any bearing or seating level

with respect to true level
5 mm
11.1.7
Deviation in differences in bearing levels :

of a member on adjacent pair of columns
both across and along the building
11.2
Trusses and Beams
11.2.1
Shift at the centre of span of top chord

:
member with respect to the vertical plane
passing through centre of bottom chord
1/250 of height of truss in

mm or 15 mm whichever
is less
11.2.2
Lateral shift of top chord of truss at the

centre of span from the vertical plane
passing through the centre of supports
of the truss
1/1500 of span of truss

in mm or 15 mm
whichever is less
11.2.3
Lateral shift in location of truss from it's

true vertical position
10 mm
11.2.4
Lateral shift in location of purlins true

position
5 mm
11.2.5
Deviation in difference of bearing

levels of trusses or beams from
the true difference
i) 20 mm for trusses
ii) For beams:
Depth < 1800mm: 6 mm
Depth > 1800mm: 10 mm
11.2.6
Deviation in sag in chords and diagonals :
10 mm
1/1500 of length in mm or

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D5
SHEET 8 OF 9
of truss between node points
10 mm whichever is smaller
11.2.7
Deviation in sweep of trusses, beams etc :

horizontal plane
1/1000 of span in mm in the

subject to a maximum of
10 mm
11.3
Crane Girders & Rails
11.3.1
Shift in the centre line of crane rail with

respect to centre line of web of crane girder
5 mm
11.3.2
Shift in plan of alignment of crane rail with

respect to true axis of crane rail at any point
5 mm
11.3.3
Difference in alignment of crane rail in plan

measured between any two points 2 metres
apart along rail
1 mm
11.3.4
Deviation in crane track with respect to

time gauge
(a)
For track gauges up to and

including 15 metres
(b)
5 mm
For track gauges more than

15 metres
[5+0.25 (S-15)]
where S in metres is true
gauge
11.3.5
Deviation in the crane rail level at any

point from true level
1/1200 of the gauge

distance or 10 mm
whichever is less
11.3.6
Difference in the crane rail actual levels

between any two points 2 metres apart
along the rail length
2 mm
11.3.7
Difference in levels between crane track rails at

(a)
(b)
Supports of crane girders

Mid span of crane girders
:
:
15 mm
20 mm
11.3.8
Relative shift of crane rail surfaces at a

joint in plan and elevation
2 mm subject to grinding
of surfaces for smooth
transition
11.3.9
Relative shift in the location of crane
1/1000 of track gauge S in

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D5
SHEET 9 OF 9
stops (end buffers) along the crane tracks

with track gauge S in mm
mm subject to maximum
of 20 mm
12.0
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
12.1
For the purpose of payment, the weight of the actual, completed structures
shall be calculated from the approved drawings for different items of work.
CONTRACTOR shall submit to PURCHASER relevant material list containing
weight of each item.
12.2
No allowance will be permitted for weights of bolts, washers, screws etc. in

calculating the weight of the completed structure. No allowances will be
permitted for galvanizing, welding or for rolling margins. One tonne for the
purpose of payment shall mean ONE METRIC TONNE i.e., 1000 kg.
12.3
The weight of a member made out of standard rolled sections such as beams,
channels, angles, etc. shall be based on the weight of the member given in IS
808, without deducting for holes, notches, bevel cuts, etc. Where a
component consists of a cut joist or channel, the full weight of the rolled
section shall be considered only if more than half the depth of the section is
used. Otherwise only half the section unit weight shall be taken. Deductions
shall be made in the weight of gussets/ plates including chequered plates for
skew cuts, notches and openings of 900 sqcm or larger.
12.4
For gussets/ plates used in trusses, bracings, columns, beams etc. the area
shall be that of the minimum circumscribing rectangle, except as stated in
clause 12.3 above.
12.5
The weight of any built-up member shall be separated into the weight of each
component.
12.6
Erection bolts installed by erector may be left in position on completion of

erection; however, no additional payment shall be made either for supply or
use of such bolts. If erection bolts are removed after erection is complete,
holes shall be plug welded and ground smooth. No extra payment shall be
made for such plug welding.
13.0
CLEAN UP OF WORK SITE

During erection, the CONTRACTOR shall without any additional payment, at
all times keep the working and storage areas used by him, free from
accumulation of waste materials or rubbish. Before completion of erection, he
shall remove or dispose of in a satisfactory manner all temporary structures,
waste and debris and leave the premises in a condition satisfactory to
PURCHASER/ ENGINEER.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D6
SHEET 1 OF 7
1.0
SCOPE
This specification covers the general requirements for painting structural steel
work involving the supply and delivery of all necessary materials, labour,
scaffolding, tools and equipment. This document covers the aspects of surface
treatment, application of primer paint and finish painting.
2.0

The following Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice are made a part
of this Specification. All standards and codes referred to herein shall be the
latest editions including all applicable official amendments and revisions.
In case of discrepancy between this specification and those referred to herein,
this specification shall govern.
i)
IS: 110
Ready Mixed paint, brushing, grey filler for enamels for

use over primers
ii) IS: 158
Ready Mixed paint, Brushing, Bituminous, Black, Lead

free, acid, alkali and heat resisting
iii) IS: 159
Ready Mixed paint, Brushing, Acid resisting
iv) IS: 341
Black Japan, Types A, B and C
v) IS: 1477
Codes of Practice for painting of ferrous metals in

buildings
Pretreatment
Painting
vi) IS: 2074
Ready Mixed paints, Red Oxide Zinc chrome priming
vii) IS: 2339
Aluminium paint for general purposes, in Dual

container
viii) IS: 2932
Specification for enamel, synthetic, exterior, type 1,

(a) undercoating (b) finishing
ix) IS: 2933
Specification for enamel, exterior, type 2,

(a) undercoating, (b) finishing
x) IS: 5905
Sprayed aluminium and zinc coatings on Iron and

Steel
xi) IS: 6005
Code of practice for phosphating of Iron and Steel.
Part-I
Part-II

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D6
SHEET 2 OF 7
xii) IS: 9862
Specification for ready mixed paint, brushing,

bituminous, black, lead free, acid, alkali, water &
chlorine resisting
xiii) IS: 13183
Aluminium paint, Heat resistant
xiv) IS: 13607
Ready Mixed paint, Finishing, general purposes, to

Synthetic specification
xv) SIS-05-5900 -
Swedish Standard
3.0
SURFACE TREATMENT
3.1
All the surfaces of steel work to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of all
loose mill scale, rust, grease, dirt and other foreign matter. The type of surface
treatment shall be as specified in the respective item of work. The
workmanship shall generally conform to the wiz requirements of IS 1477-Part I.
3.2
Oil and grease removal shall be carried out either by solvent cleaning or by
using alkali type degreasing agents. To remove grease material the surface
shall be cleaned with solvents containing emulsifier. After cleaning, the surface
shall be washed with water. When the surface has cement pelts or salts, the
cleaning shall be done with strong alkalies. After cleaning, water rinsing and
subsequent passivation by dilute chromic acid rinsing shall be carried out to
ensure that no trace of alkali is left on the surface. The procedure for cleaning
by above mentioned methods shall be as per manufacturer's instructions.
3.3
De-rusting and de-scaling of steel shall be carried out either manually,

mechanically or chemically.
3.3.1
Manual or Hand Tool Cleaning

Loose mill scale, loose rust and loose paint shall be removed by wire brushing,
scrapping, chipping and rubbing with abrasive paper or steel wool. This method
shall not be employed when the surface has firmly adhering mill scale. After
hand tool cleaning, the surface shall be rubbed with sand paper so as to
ensure that no loose material exists and the surfaces shall be dusted off.
3.3.2
Mechanical Cleaning
3.3.2.1
Power Tool Cleaning

This shall be carried out by employing power operated wire brushes. Power
tool cleaning shall be resorted to only if sand/ shot blasting is not possible/
permissible and high quality of surface preparation is required.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D6
SHEET 3 OF 7
The surface prior to such cleaning shall be cleaned of dust, grease etc and
heavier layers of rust shall be removed by chipping.
The power tool cleaning shall remove loose mill scale and rust by adopting very
thorough scrapping, grinding and machine brushing. After the surfaces are
cleaned by compressed air, it shall have a pronounced metallic sheen.
3.3.2.2
Flame Cleaning
Hard mill scale and rust shall be removed through Oxy- acetylene flame. The
work shall be carried out by trained workmen to ensure that only mill scale is
removed without affecting the parent steel. The work shall be carried out
carefully on welded surfaces so that the strength of weld is not affected due to
heating.
3.3.3
Sand Blasting And Shot Blasting
3.3.3.1
Sand/ shot blasting shall be resorted to only after removal of grease, oil and
other contaminants. The work shall be carried out by impinging under pressure
of air, a jet of sharp sand or granulated steel (steel grits) on to the metal
surface. The process shall ensure complete removal of rust and firmly adhering
mill scale. Special care shall be taken on weld areas to remove flux and
spatter. Blasting shall ensure an even colour of the surface and the surface
shall have silver grey colour. Precautions shall be taken when sand or shot
blasting of light gauge steel surfaces to ensure that buckling does not occur to
continuous impingement of sand or steel shots under high velocity.
3.3.3.2
Sand/ shot blasting shall be adopted for structures which are exposed to
corrosive conditions for which superior paint protection is to be adopted. The
finished surfaces shall conform to the requirements of Sa 2 or Sa 3 as per
Swedish Standard SIS-05-5900 as specified in the item of work.
3.3.3.3
As Sandblasting causes dust nuisance necessary clearance shall be obtained

by the CONTRACTOR from Competent authorities prior to commencing Sand
blasting.
3.4
Chemical Cleaning (Pickling)
3.4.1
The cleaning shall be done by pickling in sulphuric, hydrochloric or phosphoric

acids. Pickling shall be carried out in accordance with detailed procedure as
given in IS: 6005.
3.4.2
Washing after pickling shall remove all traces of the acids. All work pieces shall
be thoroughly inspected and in particular the inaccessible corners.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D6
SHEET 4 OF 7
4.0
MATERIALS
4.1
Primer Paint
4.1.1
Inorganic self curing high build (solid by volume minimum 60%) Zinc Silicate
primer as per BS 5498, of minimum thickness 75 micron (DFT) shall be
provided for all structures inside the wind shield supporting flues (See D8).
4.1.2
Inside and outside surface of steel flue shall be given a coat of zinc phosphate
primer 35 micron (DFT) thick after the surface is cleaned by mechanical
cleaning as per IS: 1477 Part 1.
4.2
Finish Paint
Intermediate coat over primer of minimum 75 micron (DFT) epoxy based
Titanium dioxide/ Micaceous iron oxide pigmented High performance (solid by
volume 60%) followed by finish coat of 75 micron (DFT) Epoxy based colour
pigmented finish polyamine cured paint followed by final finish coat of minimum
25 micron DFT. Polyurethane colour pigmented finish paint (solid volume 60%)
as per BS 5493 (Two pack chemical resistant finish) from approved
manufacturer for all structures supporting flue as shown in section 28.
4.3
All the materials shall be of the best quality from an approved manufacturer.
CONTRACTOR shall obtain prior approval of the ENGINEER for the brand of
manufacture and the colour/ shade prior to procurement for usage in the works.
4.4
Primer and finish paints shall be compatible with each other to avoid cracking
and wrinkling. As such it is recommended that the primer and finish paint shall
be from the same manufacturer.
4.5
The colour and shade shall conform to IS Standards referred to in Appendix 'D'
of IS: 1477 Part II. To facilitate choosing the correct shade/ number from the
alternatives available, CONTRACTOR shall adopt trial painting in small
patches in consultation with and as directed by the ENGINEER.
4.6
All paint delivered to the fabrication shop/ site shall be ready mixed, in original
sealed containers, as packed by the manufacturer. Thinner shall not be
permitted for usage unless specifically directed by the ENGINEER.
4.7
Paints shall be stirred thoroughly to keep the pigment in suspension.
4.8
CONTRACTOR shall at his own cost arrange for testing of paints as per
relevant Indian Standards in standard laboratory whenever PURCHASER
wants the tests to be carried out for each batch of paints. Test results shall be
submitted to the PURCHASER for obtaining approval.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D6
SHEET 5 OF 7
5.0
WORKMANSHIP
5.1
The type and the number of coats of the primer paint and finish paint shall be
as specified in the respective items of work.
5.2
Painting shall be carried out only on thoroughly dry surfaces.
5.3
No painting shall be done in frosty/ foggy weather or when the humidity is high
enough to cause condensation on the surface to be painted. Paint shall not be
applied when the temperature of the surface to be painted is at 5 C or lower.
5.4
Primers shall adhere to the surface firmly and offer a key to the subsequent
coats.
5.5
The application of paint film shall serve the twin purpose of protecting the steel
from corrosion and giving the decorative appearance. A paint which gives the
steel adequate protection over a long period together with good appearance
shall therefore be adopted.
5.6
Workmanship shall generally conform to requirements specified in IS: 1477

Part II.
5.7
It is essential to ensure that immediately after preparation of the surfaces; the

first coat of primer paint shall be applied by brushing and working it well to
ensure a continuous film without "holidays".
5.8
Structural steel surfaces shall be given the first coat of primer at shop. Further,
any abraded surfaces of the first coat during transport from shop to site and
during erection shall be provided with a touch-up coat of the primer.
5.9
The dry film thickness coat of primer shall be not less than 75 microns.
5.10
Application of finishing paints shall be carried out within the shortest possible
time interval after primer since the primer coats are too thin to give adequate
corrosion protection to the steel surface over a long duration.
5.11
Filler coats shall be applied to fill dents and to obtain a smooth finish wherever
necessary. Only factory prepared filler suitable for steel work shall be used.
Fillers prepared by whiting and linseed oil by craftsmen at site shall never be
used as such fillers may be unbalanced and incompatible with primer and
finishing coats. Application of filler shall be done with good `putty knife' and
necessary skill. Filler applied shall be just sufficient to fill the depression or
unevenness and it shall be restricted to the minimum. It shall be applied in thin
layers. In filling, depression or unevenness, due as many coats as are
necessary may be applied allowing each layer to dry hard. The hardened coat

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D6
SHEET 6 OF 7
shall be cut down by wet rubbing before the subsequent coat is applied. Where
necessary, filler coats shall be applied over the undercoats also.
5.12
Painting shall be carried out either by brushing or by spraying. CONTRACTOR

shall procure the appropriate quality of paint for this purpose as recommended
by the manufacturer.
5.13
After the coat of primer is hard dry, the entire surface shall be wet rubbed
cutting down to a smooth uniform surface. When the surface becomes dry, the
undercoat of paint of optimum thickness shall be applied by brushing/ spraying
with minimum of brush marks. The coat shall be allowed to hard-dry. The under
coat shall then be wet rubbed cutting down to a smooth finish, taking adequate
care to ensure that at no place the undercoat is completely removed. The
surface shall then be allowed to dry.
5.14
The first finishing coat of paint shall be applied by brushing or by spraying and
allowed to hard-dry. The gloss from the entire surface shall then be gently
removed and the surface dusted off. The second finishing coat shall then be
applied by brushing or by spraying.
5.15
At least 24 hours shall elapse between the applications of successive coats.

Each coat shall vary slightly in shade and this shall be got approved by the
ENGINEER.
5.16
The thickness of film shall be measured by an Elcometer to be supplied by the

CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall calibrate the Elcometer frequently
for different settings. Necessary calibrating accessories should be kept ready
for calibration/ testing of Elcometer at any time.
5.17
Epoxy primer and epoxy paint shall be applied within the specified pot life all as
per recommendations of the manufacturer.
5.18
Surfaces inaccessible after assembly shall receive two coats of primer prior to
assembly.
5.19
Surfaces inaccessible after erection, including top surfaces of floor beams

supporting grating or chequered plate shall receive one additional coat of finish
paint over and above the number of coats specified prior to erection.
5.20
Portion of steel members embedded/ to be encased in concrete shall not be

painted. Joints to be site welded shall have no shop paint for at least 50 mm
from the welding zone. Similarly, the steel surfaces shall not be painted in
areas where connection is by use of friction grip bolts. On completion of the
joint, the surfaces shall receive the painting as specified.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D6
SHEET 7 OF 7
5.21
Maintenance painting of steel structures will become necessary if the painting

already carried out shows signs of chalking, hairline cracking, deep checking,
fine checking, peeling, blistering and rusting. The breakdown of a paint film is
progressive from the top finish paint to the primer coat and the object of
maintenance painting is to renovate periodically to effectively check the
breakdown and protect the steel surfaces from corrosion. It is essential that
same quality of paint as specified earlier need be adopted to ensure
compatibility. The general workmanship for maintenance painting shall conform
as per Clause 7 of IS: 1477 Part II.
5.22
CONTRACTOR shall provide suitable protection as necessary to prevent paint

finishes from splashing on equipment, floors, walls, etc.
6.0
MEASUREMENT
6.1
Method of measurement for payment for painting shall be based on structure

fabricated/ erected.
6.2
Painting work shall not be measured separately, if primer painting and/ or

primer and finish painting is already included in the scope of the item of work of
fabrication and erection of structural steel since the rate per tonne of steel is
deemed to include for painting as specified.
6.3
In cases where primer and/ or finish painting work as specified is carried out on
erected structural steel executed by a different agency, the method of
measurement for painting shall be on the basis of tonnage of the steel erected.
For this purpose, the tonnage of erected steel as certified for payment to the
different agency shall be considered as the basis and no measurement will be
carried out separately.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D7
SHEET 1 OF 3
GAVANIZING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL
1.0
SCOPE
This specification covers the general requirement of Hot dipped galvanising,
Electroplated, Sheardized and Sprayed Zinc coating of the structural steel work
like handrails, gratings etc. It covers the supply of all materials, labour, tools,
plant, equipment, necessary to galvanise the structures in accordance with
specifications.
2.0

The following Specifications and Codes of Practice are made a part of this
specification. All Specifications and Codes of Practice referred to herein shall
be the latest editions including all applicable official amendments and revisions.
In case of discrepancy between this specification and those referred to herein,
this Specification shall govern.
3.0
1) IS: 1367 -
Hot-dip Galvanised Coatings on Threaded Fasteners

(Part-13)
2) IS: 1573 -
Electroplated Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel
3) IS: 2629 -
Recommended Practice for Hot-dip Galvanising on Iron

and Steel
4) IS: 2633 -
Methods of Testing Uniformity of Coating on Zinc Coated

Articles
5) IS: 4736 -
Hot-dip Zinc Coatings on Mild Steel Tubes
6) IS: 4759 -
Hot-dip Zinc Coatings on Structural Steel and Other Allied

Products
7) IS: 5905 -
Sprayed Aluminium and Zinc Coatings on Iron and Steel
8) IS: 6158 -
Recommended Practice for Safeguarding Against

Embrittlement of Hot-dipped Galvanised Iron and Steel
Products
9) IS: 6159 -
Recommended Practice for Design and Fabrication of

Material Prior to Galvanising
10) IS: 6745 -
Method for Determination of Mass of Zinc Coating on Zinc

Coated Iron and Steel Articles
GALVANISING PLANT

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D7
SHEET 2 OF 3
The BIDDER shall indicate in his bid the galvanising plant where galvanising
work will be carried out. Prior approval shall be obtained from PURCHASER/
ENGINEER if galvanising proposed to be carried out outside Contractors plant.
4.0
WORKMANSHIP
4.1
After all shop work is complete, all structural material shall be punched with the
erection mark to be hot-dip galvanised. Before galvanising, the steel shall be
thoroughly cleaned of any paint, grease, rust, scale, acid or alkali or such other
foreign matters as are likely to interfere with the galvanising process or with the
quality and durability of the zinc coating as specified in clause 4 of IS: 2629.
Pickling followed by Rinsing shall be carefully and properly done as specified in
IS: 2629.
4.2
Zinc conforming to any grade specified in IS: 209 shall be used for galvanising.
Mass of zinc coating unless specified otherwise shall be at least 0.610 kg/sqm
of total surface area.
4.3
The galvanised surface shall consist of continuous & uniformly thick coating of
zinc, firmly adhering to the surface of steel. The finished surface be cleaned &
smooth & be free from imperfections as flux, ash and bare patches, black
spots, pimples, lump inch, runs, mist stains, bulky white deposits and blisters.
The presence of any of these defects noticed on visual or microscopic
inspection shall render the material liable for rejection. Sampling and nos. of
test for coating characteristics shall be as specified in IS: 4759. Mass of zinc
coating may be determined in accordance with IS: 6745.
4.4
There shall be no flanking or loosening when struck squarely with a chisel

faced hammer. The galvanised steel member shall withstand minimum four
number of one minute successive dips in copper sulphate solution kept at
temp. of 182 0C as per IS: 2633 unless specified otherwise. If at anytime
during the test, there is any doubt as to presence of exposed base metal as
determined by visual inspection, one or more of supplementary tests as
specified in Clause 6.1 or 6.2 of IS: 2633 should be performed. Where
practicable, uniformity of galvanised coating shall be determined by Preece test
as described in IS: 2633 Use of Preece test should be agreed to between
Purchaser and Galvanizer. For Hot dipped galvanised steel members, coating
shall withstand the Pirotted hammer and Knife tests as prescribed in IS: 2633
for testing adhesion of zinc coating on fabricated steel and hardware
respectively.
4.5
All galvanised members shall be treated with Sodium Dichromate solution or an

approved equivalent after galvanising, so as to prevent white storage stains.
4.6
Galvanising of each member shall be carried out in one complete immersion.

Double dipping shall not be permitted. However in case of members over 7.5 m

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D7
SHEET 3 OF 3
long, the Contractor shall take prior approval of Engineer for double dipping.
When the steel section is removed from the galvanising kettle, excess spelter
shall be removed only by bumping.
4.7
Whenever galvanised bolts, nuts, locknuts, washers, accessories etc. are

specified, these shall be hot-dip galvanised. Spring washers shall be electrogalvanised. Excess spelter from bolts, nuts, etc shall be removed by centrifugal
spinning, Rechasing of bolt threads after galvanising shall not be permitted.
Nuts however may be tapped, but not to cause appreciable rocking of the nuts
on the bolts. Readily available GI nuts, bolts and washers conforming to
galvanising requirements may also be used.
4.8
Defects in certain members indicating presence of impurities in the galvanising

bath in quantities larger than that permitted by the specifications or lack of
quality control in any manner in the galvanising plant, shall render the entire
production in the relevant shift liable to rejection.
4.9
Sufficient care should be exercised while storing, packing and handling.

Contractor shall ensure that galvanising is not damaged in transit. While storing
and transporting, adequate ventilation should be provided as otherwise White
rust or Wet storage stain may result with humidity and atmospheric gases. In
the event of occurrence of any damage, contractor shall at its own cost adopt
scrapping & re-galvanizing the member to satisfy the specific requirements. In
many cases, it will be advisable to give a Post-treatment like Chromatting to
minimise chances for formation of white rust.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 1 OF 47
1.0
SCOPE
1.1
This specification covers the general requirements for design and construction
of a reinforced concrete multi-flue chimney of circular cross section including
foundations, RCC shell, steel flues, appurtenances, fixtures, fittings, conduit
and other embedments, lift where specified, etc complete.
1.2
The scope of work shall not be deemed to have changed in case BIDDER's
drawings submitted with his bid do not show some part of the work as called for
in this specification and the attached bid drawings unless categorically agreed
to in writing before contract award. The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to
any extra claim on account of his having (in PURCHASERs opinion) misinterpreted, mis-judged or overlooked any aspect called for in this specification.
1.3
It is not the intent to specify completely herein all the details of design and
construction of the works involved under this specification. However, the works
shall conform, in all respects, to high standards of engineering, design and
workmanship.
2.0
APPLICABLE CODES, SPECIFICATIONS & REFERENCES
2.1
specification. These shall be the latest edition including all applicable official
amendments and revisions. In case of discrepancy between this specification
and those referred to herein, the former shall govern :
(i)
IS: 158 -
Ready mixed paint, brushing, bituminous, black, lead free;

acid, alkali and heat resisting
(ii)
IS: 456 -
Plain and reinforced concrete. Code of Practice
(iii)
IS: 732 -
Code of Practice for electrical wiring installations
(iv)
IS: 800 -
General construction in steel. Code of Practice
(v)
IS: 808 -
Dimensions for hot rolled steel beam, column, channel and

angle sections
(vi)
IS: 814 -
Covered electrodes for manual metal arc welding of carbon

and carbon manganese steel
(vii) IS: 816 -
Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general

construction in mild steel
(viii) IS: 875 Part 3
Code of practice for design loads (other than earthquake)

for buildings and structures - Wind Load

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 2 OF 47
(ix)
IS: 1080 -
Code of practice for design and construction of shallow

foundations in soils (other than raft, ring and shell)
(x)
IS: 1239 Part-1
Mild steel tubes, tubulars and other wrought steel fittings mild steel tubes
(xi)
IS: 1528 -
Methods of sampling and physical tests for refractory

material
(xii) IS: 1786 -
High Strength Deformed Steel Bars
(xiii) IS: 1893 -
Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures (All

parts)
(xiv) IS: 1904 -
Code of Practice for design and construction of

foundations in soils - General requirements
(xv) IS: 2042 -
Insulating bricks
(xvi) IS: 2062 -
Hot rolled low, medium and high tensile Structural Steel
(xvii) IS: 2309 -
Practice for the protection of buildings and allied structures

against lightning
(xviii) IS: 2750 -
Steel scaffoldings
(xix) IS: 2911 -
Code of practice for design and construction of pile

foundations (Parts 1 to 4)
(xx) IS: 2932 -
Enamel, synthetic, exterior (a) under coating, (b) finishing
(xxi) IS: 3043 -
Code of practice for earthing
(xxii) IS: 3346 -
Method for the determination of thermal conductivity of

thermal insulation materials (two slab guarded hot-plate
method)
(xxiii) IS: 3677 -
Un-bonded rock and slag wool for thermal insulation
(xxiv) IS: 3696 -
Safety code for scaffolds and ladders.(Parts 1 & 2)
(xxv) IS: 4014 -
Code of practice for steel tubular scaffolding

(Parts 1 & 2)
(xxvi) IS: 4289 -
Flexible cables for lifts and other flexible connections

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 3 OF 47
Part 1
Elastomer insulated cables
(xxvii) IS: 4456 Part 1
Methods of test for chemical resistant mortars Silicate type

and Resin type
(xxviii) IS: 4457 -
Specification for ceramic unglazed vitreous acid resistant

tiles
(xxix) IS: 4687 -
Gaskets and packings - Gland packing asbestos
(xxx)
Specification for chemical resistant mortars silicate type
IS: 4832 Part- 1
(xxxi) IS: 4860 -
Acid resistant bricks
(xxxii) IS: 4998 Part 1
Criteria for design of reinforced concrete chimneys Design criteria - 1975
(xxxiii) IS: 4998 Part 1
Criteria for design of reinforced concrete Assessment of

loads - 1992
(xxxiv) IS: 5410 -
Cement Paint
(xxxv) IS: 8183 -
Bonded Mineral wool
(xxxvi) IS: 13947 - Low voltage switchgear and control gear General rules
Part 1
Annexure-14 -
International Standards and Recommended Practices

Aerodromes - International Civil Aviation Organisation
Indian Electricity Rules

2.2
The following is the list of publications referred to in this specification:

Manohar S. N. -
Tall Chimneys-Design and Construction", Tata McGraw

Hill Publishing Co.Ltd., New Delhi, 1985
Pinfold G. M. -
"Reinforced Concrete Chimneys and Towers", View Point

Publication, Cement and Concrete Association, U.K., 1975
Vickery B. J.
"Wind Induced Loads on Reinforced Concrete Chimneys",

Paper presented at National Seminar on Tall Reinforced
Concrete Chimneys, 25-27 April 1985, New Delhi
Vickery B. J.
"The response of reinforced concrete chimneys to vortex

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 4 OF 47
& Basu
shedding", RI Journal of Eng. Struct., 1984, Volume 6
ACI 307 - 88 -
Standard Practice for the Design and Construction of Castin-place reinforced concrete chimneys
ASCE 1975 -
Design and construction of steel chimney liners, Task

committee on steel chimney liners, Fossil Power
Committee, Power Division. ASCE
2.3
SI units shall be adopted for all design and drawing work.
3.0
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
3.1
The principal design parameters for this chimney are indicated in DATA
SHEET-A.
3.2
The design shall be based on working stress method.
3.3
The design and construction of the chimney and its foundation shall conform to
the requirements of all statutory rules and regulations of local and national
authorities. Where such requirements are less conservative than the
corresponding requirements of this specification, the latter shall govern.
3.4
The chimney and its foundation shall be designed to resist stresses due to the
most critical combination of any of the following:
(a) Weight of the chimney with or without lining, platforms, accessories and all
other dead loads.
(b) Wind loads (both along wind and across wind) or earthquake forces
whichever is governing.
(c) Temperature gradient across the chimney shell.
(d) Eccentric loads from corbels/platforms supporting the flues, Roof slab, etc.
(e) Live loads on roof and platforms. Also weight of equipment and materials
and other live loads during construction.
(f) For the foundation and portion of the shell below grade level, appropriate
earth pressures, hydrostatic forces, surcharge etc as applicable.
(g) Local moments due to ovalling.
(h) Forces from the lift and operating equipment. Also load from staircase if
supported from intermediate platforms.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 5 OF 47
(i) Loads from flue duct supports.

(j) Construction loads such as those due to plant and equipment, stacked
materials, live loads due to movement of plant, materials and personnel,
etc.
3.5
The total design stresses at a section shall include all secondary effects, viz.,
corbel effect, eccentric loading due to platforms, secondary moments due to p effect, etc. The total design stress in no case shall exceed the permissible
stresses specified in clause 7.0 of IS: 4998 (Part-1) - 1975 and as modified
below.
(a) Stress in concrete shall be restricted to 0.275cu under combination of
Dead load + Wind load against value specified in clause 7.1.1(a) of IS:
4998 (Part 1) 1975.
(b) If the circumferential tensile stress in concrete due to wind induced ring
moment exceeds the value specified in clause 7.1.1(g) of IS: 4998 (Part 1)
1975, additional reinforcement shall be provided in two layers limiting the
stress in reinforcement steel to value specified in clause 7.1.2(g) of IS:
4998 (Part 1) - 1975.
3.6
The safety factor against over-turning under worst combination of loads, shall
not be less than 1.5 in any direction during construction and 2.0 after
construction is complete. For the purpose of calculating safety factor against
overturning, only 90% of the dead loads as calculated from dimensions and
densities of materials shall be taken into account. Also, at critical sections in
the foundation, diagonal tensile stresses and bending stresses about two
orthogonal axis shall be checked. For foundations resting on piles, the
punching shear shall be checked at all critical sections. Net safe allowable
bearing capacity of soil specified in DATA SHEET-A can be increased by 25%
under seismic conditions but no such increase will be permitted due to wind
loading. No tension shall be allowed in gross pressure under chimney working
condition i.e., shell + lining complete.
3.7
For estimating the deflections of the chimney in lined and unlined conditions,
the modulus of elasticity of concrete shall be as per the mean value specified in
Clause A-3.1 of IS: 4998 (Part-1) - 1992.
3.8
Stresses in the shell shall be shown to be within permissible limits at 10 metre

intervals along the height of the shell or at every corbel level whichever
distance is less and in addition at the critical locations across openings.
3.9
Air inlets, sloped up towards inside, shall be provided near the base with proper
GI wire mesh cover over the openings so as to prevent dirt or tiny creatures

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 6 OF 47
entering the air gap. The number and size of the inlet openings in the shell
shall be calculated as per the procedure given in the text boon Tall Chimney
by S. N. Manohar. Maximum temperature inside the shell when both the flues
are under operation shall be limited to 40 0C.
3.10
Air outlets with stainless steel wire mesh mounted on stainless steel frame
shall be provided at the top of the shell. These openings shall be suitably
spaced and their total area shall not be less than that provided for air inlets.
3.11
Corbels shall be designed to take the load of the platforms/beams supported

on them. The continuity of the corbels shall be broken so as to prevent
excessive temperature stresses developing in the shell due to localised
thickening of the concrete section.
3.12
The maximum width of the openings shall normally be limited to an angle of not
more than 60 subtended at the centre of the concrete shell. Where the extent
of shell left between two openings is limited such that the subtended angle is
less than 45, procedures as normally adopted for column design, shall be
adopted to check the adequacy of the shell in this region.
3.13
The bearing capacity and soil strata furnished with the bid are based on the
findings of preliminary soil investigation conducted at the site. However,
PURCHASER has the right to revise, at his discretion, the bearing capacity of
the soil as well as founding depth at any time, particularly after the excavation
is done and the founding strata is exposed to OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER's
inspection. In such an event, the CONTRACTOR shall revise his
designs/drawings to suit the revised founding depth and bearing capacity and
obtain CONSULTANT's approval to the same at no extra cost. The
CONTRACTOR shall also submit detailed calculations listing the quantities of
concrete, steel, etc required as per his original design and that required for the
revised design. The difference in cost between the two foundations, arrived at
by pricing the quantities at quoted rates, shall be either recovered from the
CONTRACTOR, or paid extra, as appropriate.
3.14
The analysis of the windshield for wind and earthquake forces shall be done as
per the requirements of clause 15 and 16 of this specification.
3.15
The foundation shall be designed as a rigid member. The thickness of the

foundation below the shell shall not be less than 0.40 times the overhang of the
foundation beyond the shell. Foundation diameter to depth ratio shall not
exceed 12.
3.16
For the purposes of analysis/design, the following shall be assumed:

a) Stiffness of shell shall not be considered for design of the foundation.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 7 OF 47
b) Shell fixed to foundation for shell design.

4.0
REQUIREMENTS IN RESPECT OF CONCRETE
4.1
All concrete work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with IS: 456 except
as otherwise specified hereunder.
4.2
The source and type of the basic ingredients of concrete, viz., cement,
aggregates, water and approved admixtures, if any, shall be unchanged
throughout the construction of the chimney shell, particularly in case, slipforming technique is adopted for shell construction.
4.3
The maximum size of coarse aggregates, unless specified otherwise, shall not
be larger than 1/8th the narrowest dimension between forms nor larger than
one-half the minimum clear distance between reinforcing bars nor more than
40 mm. However, for wind shield and roof slabs 20 mm down graded
aggregates shall be used.
4.4
Natural gravel and rounded aggregates of acceptable quality shall be preferred

to broken stone with sharp angular corners for slip formwork, in particular.
4.5
When slip-forming is adopted, the slump shall be between 100 mm and 150
mm at the point of placement. However, precise requirements in this regard
shall be established from field tests and shall be subject to ENGINEER's
approval.
4.6
If necessary, approved admixtures such as retarders/ plasticizers to maintain

the workability shall be used with the prior consent of the ENGINEER. Such
admixtures shall be identified after preliminary tests to prove their satisfactory
performance and compatibility with the particular type of cement envisaged to
be used in the shell construction. After identification and determination of
dosage for varying weather conditions, the total quantity of admixture required
for the complete work shall be estimated and shall be procured in batches to
ensure that the same is utilised before expiry of its shelf life. In no case shall
the admixture be used if its shelf life has expired due to delay in construction
activities. No additional payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR for providing
and using retarders/plasticizers.
4.7
The minimum cement content per cubic metre of concrete shall be as per Table
5 of IS: 456. This shall be ensured for all concreting items of work even if mix
design yields lower values. Cement used shall be normally OPC conforming to
IS: 8112 unless DATA SHEET-A specifies different type of cement for
substructure.
4.8
The minimum thickness of the concrete shall be 200 mm for chimneys with an
internal diameter of 8500 mm or less. For portions having an internal diameter

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 8 OF 47
exceeding 8500 mm, the minimum shell thickness shall be increased by 5 mm

for every 500 mm (or part thereof) increase in diameter over 8500 mm.
However, the minimum thickness shall be kept 400 mm to facilitate supporting
platform duly considering air outlet openings provision at top.
4.9
The clear concrete cover over the vertical reinforcement in the shell shall not
be less than 50 mm. In foundations, the clear concrete cover shall be 75 mm.
4.10
The grade of concrete in chimney shell, baffle wall beam, corbels, external
platforms and hopper shall be minimum M30 and shall not be richer than M40 if
slip-forming is used unless otherwise specified in DATA SHEET-A. All other
works including grade slab and foundation, unless otherwise specified in DATA
SHEET-A, shall be with minimum M25 grade concrete.
4.11
While concreting shell at corbels and platform levels, care shall be taken to
ensure that the dowels for corbels and platforms are initially bent within the wall
thickness and concrete of specified grade for shell at that level is placed and
well compacted. The dowels may be later exposed by chipping the shell
surface only after the concrete is well set. On no account will the method by
packing the area with sand or any other material be allowed for the purpose of
exposing dowels at a later date.
5.0
REQUIREMENTS IN RESPECT OF REINFORCEMENT
5.1
The minimum vertical reinforcement on each face of shell with deformed bars
shall be 0.125% of the concrete area of the section under consideration. For
mild steel bars, the minimum reinforcement to be provided on each face shall
be 0.15% of the concrete area of the section under consideration. The
minimum diameter of vertical reinforcing bars shall be 12 mm and they shall not
be spaced at more than 300 mm centres.
5.2
Laps for the vertical reinforcement shall be staggered. Not more than one-third
of the bars shall be lapped at any one level. The laps at a level should be
distributed around the perimeter and not concentrated in only one part of the
perimeter of the shell. Where vertical reinforcement is required to be lapped
above openings, lap shall be allowed only after a height of B/2 above the
opening for the whole section, where B = width of opening.
While curtailing reinforcement above openings, care shall be taken to ensure
proper transfer of tensile forces if present in the section to the subsequent
section by provision of adequate reinforcement. The bars shall not be curtailed
abruptly and an adequate development length shall be allowed.
5.3
The circumferential reinforcement on each face of shell, for deformed bars,

shall not be less than 0.1% of the concrete area of the section. When mild steel
bars are used, the percentage on each face shall be 0.125. The minimum

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 9 OF 47
diameter of these reinforcing bars shall be 10 mm and they shall be spaced at

a centre to centre distance not exceeding 300 mm or the shell thickness
whichever is less.
5.4
Circumferential reinforcement shall be evaluated so as to satisfy the minimum

requirements as mentioned above and to safely withstand the circumferential
forces and moments. However, for a height from the top equal to half the shell
outer diameter, the quantity of circumferential reinforcement shall be twice that
arrived at as stated above.
5.5
Circumferential reinforcement shall be placed around the exterior of and

securely wired or welded to the vertical bars at an interval of not more than 600
mm. Particular attention shall be paid to placing and securing the
circumferential reinforcement so that it cannot bulge or get displaced during the
placing and working of the concrete.
5.6
Dowels, wherever provided, shall extend on either side of the construction joint
by a length equal to the full development length of the bars in tension.
5.7
The reinforcement for corbels and dowels for platform reinforcement shall be of
mild steel and of size not larger than 16 mm diameter.
5.8
In addition to the reinforcement determined from structural considerations as

well as to meet temperature and other stresses, extra reinforcement shall be
provided around and at corners of openings. The extra reinforcement shall be
placed near the outside surface of the chimney shell as close to the opening as
proper detailing of reinforcement will permit. Unless otherwise specified, all
such extra reinforcement shall extend past the opening to a length equal to its
development length in tension.
5.9
At each of the openings, the extra vertical reinforcement shall have a total area
equal to the design reinforcement for one-half of the width of the opening. This
steel shall be placed on each side of the opening within a distance not
exceeding 1.5 times the shell thickness wherever column design procedure
specified in clause 3.12 above is not applicable. The extra reinforcement shall
extend past the opening by a length equal to 1/2 the width of opening plus its
development length in tension.
5.10
At both top and bottom of each opening, extra horizontal reinforcement shall be
placed having an area at least equal to one-half of the design circumferential
reinforcement interrupted by the openings but the area 'As' of this extra
reinforcement shall not be less than that given by the following:
As (mm2) = fck.t.s/c
Where,

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 10 OF 47
fck
t
s
c
= characteristic strength of concrete in N/mm2,

= shell thickness at opening in mm,
= width of opening in mm,
= 16000 and 13000 for high yield strength deformed bars and mild steel
bars, respectively.
5.11
One half of this extra reinforcement as stipulated in clause 5.10 above shall
extend completely around the circumference of the chimney and the other half
shall extend beyond the opening to a length equal to the development length of
the bars in tension. This steel shall be placed within a height not exceeding the
thickness of the shell.
5.12.1
For shell thickness greater than 250mm, diagonal reinforcement with a total
cross sectional area in sq.mm of not less than 5 times the shell thickness (in
mm) shall be placed at each corner of an opening. These bars shall also
extend on either side of the corner a distance equal to the development length
of the bars in tension.
5.12.2
For the shell of thickness less than 250 mm additional steel of a total cross
sectional area in sq. mm of not less than 3.5 times the shell thickness (in mm)
shall be placed horizontally/vertically. These bars which shall extend to a
distance equal to the development length in tension on either side shall be in
addition to the entire steel already provided as per clauses 5.8 to 5.11.
5.13
Foundation raft of chimney shall be provided with a layer of reinforcement at

top and same shall not be less than 16 mm deformed bars at 250 mm centres
placed orthogonally. Vertical faces of the raft shall also be provided with similar
reinforcement circumferentially. Placing temperature of concrete for raft shall
not exceed 23 0C.For foundation design, no increase in permissible material
stresses will be permitted for wind load combination. Permissible increase in
material stresses shall be 33-1/3% under seismic load condition.
5.14
Temporary openings, if any, required by the Contractor along the height of

shell, for the purposes of access to material and personnel, placement of
concrete, for supporting temporary platforms etc shall be allowed only on the
approval of the ENGINEER. They shall be designed as permanent openings
with provision of extra reinforcement as per the requirements of clauses 5.8 to
5.12. The edges of openings shall be provided with suitable MS rods as dowels
which shall be bent and exposed as per the requirement of clause 4.11.
Additional bars if required shall be tied to the dowels to form a reinforcement
mesh work within the opening and the opening later filled with concrete of
same grade as of the surrounding shell. The maximum width of temporary
opening shall be as per the requirement of clause 3.12.
6.0
STEEL FLUES AND DUCTS

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 11 OF 47
6.1
GENERAL
6.1.1
Flues shall be fabricated from structural steel and shall be hung type
suspended from support platforms spaced at a distance of approximately 45
meters as shown in bid drawing and Datasheet-A with expansion joint above
each floor. Bottom portion of the flue below bottom most expansion joint will be
supported from bottom. Top most portion of the flue to a height of 1.5 times the
exit diameter of the flue shall be fabricated out of stainless steel. In case the
length of stainless steel portion is indicated in the Bid drawing or Data sheet-A,
the same shall be binding.
6.1.2
The flue shall be fabricated from structural steel of grade E 250 (410W) quality
B (killed) and stiffeners shall be fabricated out of structural steel of grade E 250
(410W) quality A - Killed. Stainless steel used for top portion of the flue shall
confirm to grade AISI 304L.
6.1.3
Bottom portion of the flue with ash hopper, shall be supported from bottom with
an expansion joint connecting the suspended and bottom supported portion of
the flue. The expansion joint will be provided above the level of the flue duct
connecting from ESP. Bottom support of the flue shall be provided with bearing
to transfer vertical load and restraints to contain the horizontal movement.
6.2
DESIGN OF FLUES
6.2.1
Steel flues shall be designed meeting the requirement of the document Design
and Construction of steel chimney liners prepared by Task committee on steel
liners, Fossil power committee, Power division of ASCE.
6.2.2
Inside diameter of flue shall be as furnished in Data Sheet-A.
6.2.3
The plate thickness of the liner shall be arrived at from minimum (i.e., codal)
requirements, structural considerations and corrosion allowances. The
minimum thickness of the flue including corrosion allowance shall be 10 mm.
Minimum thickness of stainless steel flue shall be 8 mm. Minimum size of the
angle stiffeners for the flues shall be 130x130x10.
6.2.4
The supporting/ restraining arrangement of the flue/ duct shall be such that the
movement of the flue longitudinally or circumferentially is not restrained.
6.2.5
The bottom of the flue shall extend below the invert level of the flu duct by 3000
mm or half the width of the duct whichever is higher. The bottom supported
portion of the flue shall terminate to a circular skirt girder with bearing support
at 45 deg and restraint support at 90 deg. Two manholes shall be provided
above the conical hopper.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 12 OF 47
6.2.6
Clear space between flues in a multiflue stack shall be 1000 mm after

insulation is installed unless otherwise specified in Data Sheet-A.
6.3.
DESIGN OF FLUE DUCT
6.3.1
The CONTRACTOR has to design, and install flue gas duct from the Terminal
point of the Boiler Vendor outside the chimney to the flues inside the Chimney.
The duct will be of rectangle/ square cross section matching to the duct
supplied by the boiler vendor.
6.3.2
The duct will be connected to the flue inside chimney by means of bolted flange
connection with gasket at approximately 300 mm from the face of the flue. The
duct will be supported outside on a structural steel beam supported on bearing
which in turn is supported on a RCC bracket projecting from wind shield. The
distance from the outside face of wind shield to the duct support shall not
exceed 500 mm. At 500 mm before the terminal point shown for the vendor the
flue duct will be provided with support on structural steel frame work with
appropriate bearing. The end of the flue duct at the terminal point shall be
provided with flange, suitable for connecting to the BTG vendors duct.
6.3.3
The duct work and its supporting structures shall be designed for the most
adverse of possible load combinations of gravity loading accounting for ash
accumulation, wind loading, seismic loading, flue gas pressure loading and
thermal loading along with loading due to insulation and live load of 500 kg per
square meter at top. Suitable structure/ bracing arrangement shall be provided
inside the duct to maintain the correct cross section at all junction point.
6.3.4
The duct shall be fabricated out structural steel of grade E250 (410W) quality B
(Killed). Minimum thickness of the plate shall be 8 mm.
6.4
ASH HOPPER
6.4.1
Ash Hopper shall be suspended from the bottom portion of the flue. The angle
of inclination of the hopper to the horizontal shall be a minimum of 30 deg. The
hopper shall be fabricated out of structural steel of grade E250 (410W) quality
grade B (killed) of minimum 10 mm thickness ,with 5 mm thick liner of stainless
steel grade AISI 304L.
6.4.2
Just above the ash hopper an inspection platform 1000 mm wide with
removable GI gratings and adequate toe protection shall be provided spanning
two manholes.
6.4.3
Suitable flange connection shall be provided at the bottom of the hopper to

facilitate periodic emptying of the hopper. The flange shall have OD of 483 mm
and ID of 303.2 mm with 12 holes for M24 bolts at a PCD of 431.8 mm.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 13 OF 47
6.5
FLUE SUPPORT ARRANGEMENT
6.5.1
The support brackets and bearing assembly shall be welded to the locally
thickened portion of the flue and which in turn support the flue on the support
platform. The arrangement shall cater for thermal movements of liner elements
in a smooth and easy manner.
6.5.2.1
The support arrangement shall typically consist of the flue support bracket. The
bracket in turn is welded to a bearing assembly. The bearing assembly is later
bolted to the support beams. The arrangement shall cater for thermal
movements of linear elements in a smooth and easy manner.
6.5.2.2
The bearing assembly shall consist of 3 units and shall be fabricated as

described herein.
6.5.3.1
The first unit shall consist of a MS base plate on which a MS sole plate shall be
welded & interfaces shall be machined. The sole plate shall be provided with a
recess to seat a PTFE film conforming to BS: 5400 dimpled on the upper
surface and lubricated with silicon grease. This unit shall be bolted to the
support beam, using restraint brackets. Four slotted holes shall be provided
through base and sole plate to connect brackets which restrains movement of
second and third units to 5 mm on either side.
6.5.3.2
The second unit shall consist of a MS plate of adequate size and thickness
connected to stainless bearing plate of adequate thickness with counter sunk
screws connected at the bottom. The stainless steel surface shall be placed on
the PTFE surface of the first unit. On top of MS plate 3 mm thick lead sheet
shall be provided. The stainless steel shall of grade 304L.
6.5.3.3
The third unit consisting of two layers of load bearing insulation blocks each
with a minimum thickness of 50 mm, factory bonded by 100 mm long load
bearing insulation dowels. MS cover plates of adequate size and thickness
shall be provided at top and bottom of the insulation block with appropriate
restraining guides of MS both at top and bottom to prevent movement of
insulation block. A MS bearing plate of adequate thickness shall be welded to
the bottom of the bottom cover plate, with exposed bottom surface machined.
This plate will rest on the lead sheet provided on the top of second unit.
6.5.3.4
The bearing assembly shall be levelled by use of suitable MS shims as

required.
6.5.3.5
Suitable restraint brackets and stop plates of MS shall be provided to avoid

excessive movement, and keep the different units of the bearing assembly in
position.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 14 OF 47
6.5.4
The insulation blocks shall be of natural grade fibre reinforced asbestos or an

equivalent material which shall primarily possess of the following physical
properties:
(a) Minimum compressive stress prior to onset of compression yield of not less
than 12 N/sqmm.
(b) Minimum shear strength of 30 N/sqmm when tested in accordance with BS:
3497.
(c) Thermal conductivity shall not exceed 0.6 kcal/m/hr/C to a mean
temperature of 200 C and coefficient of linear expansion not to exceed
1.2x10-5 per C.
(d) Adhesive used for bonding purpose shall be material with equivalent high
temperature
properties
as
approved
by
the
PURCHASER/
MANUFACTURER of insulation block.
6.5.5
At flue restraint platforms, necessary restraint arrangement with load bearing

insulation blocks and stainless steel bearing plates fixed to the insulation
blocks shall be provided.
6.5.6
Restraint and support brackets shall be provided for the bottom supported
portion of the flue which rests on the support platform provided at the base to
cater for bearing and restraint requirements.
6.6
FABRICATION
6.6.1
Fabrication shall commence only on the basis of fabrication drawings prepared

by the CONTRACTOR. PURCHASER reserves the right to scrutinize the
fabrication drawings, if deemed necessary in PURCHASER's scope.
6.6.2
The CONTRACTOR shall establish a full scale fabrication shop at site with
adequate machinery for cutting, bending, welding, testing and handling
facilities. Complete fabrication shall be carried out at site.
6.6.3
The individual cans of the flue shall be joined together using high tensile
structural steel bolts of property class 8.8, and product grade C as per IS:
1367, conforming to IS: 3757. Nuts shall be high strength structural steel
hardened and tempered nuts (property class 8.8 as per IS: 1367) conforming to
IS: 6623 with hardened and tempered washers conforming to IS: 6649. All nuts
shall be provided with helical spring locking washers. After tightening of the
bolts at the flange location, the cans shall be butt welded all round from inside
to result in a gastight joint. The weld shall not be considered to participate in
load transfer. Duly considering the fact that the steel is always subjected to
high temperature, and the same is hung from the top and is subjected to

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 15 OF 47
movements, additional factor of safety of at least Two (2) shall be considered

for design of the joints over and above normal factor of safety.
6.6.4
Each flue shall have only two circumferential joints, thus forming a maximum of
three rings. These rings shall be provided with full strength butt welding. Root
runs of all the butt welds shall be tested by DPT. Seam welds in adjacent rings
shall be staggered at least by 2000 mm. Seam welds shall also be provided
with full strength butt welding. Root runs of all seam welds shall be inspected
with DPT.
6.6.5
The CONTRACTOR shall arrange inspection of welds in the presence of

OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASERs representative as discussed below.
6.6.5.1
100% of the welds shall be subjected to visual inspection to detect visual

imperfections.
6.6.5.2
At least 10% fillet welds shall be subjected to Dye penetration tests (DPT) at
random.
6.6.5.3
100% of the root runs for butt welding shall be subjected to DPT after back
gouging
6.6.5.4
10% of butt welds chosen at random both for circumferential and seam welds
shall be subjected to shop radiographic tests. All welding/ weld testing
procedure shall in general follow AWS standards.
6.7
PAINTING
6.7.1
Outside and inside surfaces of flues and ducts shall be cleaned by mechanical
cleaning as per IS: 1477 (Part I) and provided with one coat of zinc phosphate
primer paint of 35 microns (DFT) thickness, in the fabrication shop.
6.8
ERECTION
6.8.1
CONTRACTOR shall submit to the PURCHASER a method statement for

erection of the steel flues and loading on the roof framing due to erection of
flues, erection equipment to be deployed, equipment and accessories complete
for approval. CONTRACTOR shall make sure that there are adequate spares
for the erection equipments and at no cost will a delay be permitted due to
inferior or faulty erection equipment.
6.8.2
CONTRACTOR shall furnish necessary details such as number of jacks he

proposes to use, their supporting arrangement, collars, rod hangers, high
tensile steel cables/ rods to lift or suspend the flue, temporary staging
arrangement and fixing details. The capacity of the jacks, cables etc shall be

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 16 OF 47
double the actual load proposed to be lifted/ borne by them. Factor of safety for
cables shall however be five on their rated capacity.
6.8.3
CONTRACTOR shall ensure that deviations shall not exceed the specified
tolerances spelt out herein below for fabrication and erection of steel flues. The
permissible deviations from the true form are as under:
6.8.3.1
Internal diameter shall not differ from the true or design diameter by more than
+20 mm in the horizontal plane.
6.8.3.2
Horizontal centre of any section shall not deviate more than 12 mm from the
shell vertical centre line in any 15 m height and never more than 1: 2500 of
height plus 12 mm at any level considered.
6.8.3.3
Locally, the variation of the bent plates from true circular form (flat spots)
should not exceed the plate thickness. All measurement/ checking shall be
done by a segmental circular template having the design radius and a chord
length of 0.15 times the design radius.
7.0
INSULATION
STEEL FLUE
7.1
The flue shall be insulated externally. The insulation shall be semi-rigid, resin
bonded type, in the form of slabs and shall conform to IS: 8183. The density of
insulation shall not be less than 64 kg/cum. Maximum coefficient of thermal
conductivity shall be 0.062 kcal/m/hr/C at a mean temperature of 150 C. The
insulation shall be a minimum of 50 mm in two layers of 25 mm each.
7.2
The insulation thickness shall be chosen based on the maximum ambient

temperature, surface air velocity worked out based on the draught of ventilation
air in the annular space between the flue liner and chimney shell, insulation
surface emissivity of 0.3 and the insulation cold face maximum temperature not
exceeding 40 C. The draught of air in the annular space shall be the natural
draught by the heating of air by the flue liner and the air being vented out
through the opening in the chimney shell. The increase in the annulus air
temperature due to the rising heated air shall be taken into account while
calculating the insulation thickness.
7.3
The insulation shall be tightly secured to the exterior surface of the liner by
impaling them on studs welded to the surface at 450 mm c/c both horizontally
and vertically. The studs shall be plated and be of a minimum thickness of 10
gauge. The studs shall extend a minimum of 25 mm beyond the thickness of
insulation and 63 mm, circular or square metal plate speed washers of
standard thickness shall be placed on the extended portion of the studs to hold
the impaled insulation material well in place. Further, 20 gauge galvanised wire

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 17 OF 47
mesh with a 25 mm hexagonal pattern conforming to IS: 3150 shall be wrapped

around the insulation. Where the wire mesh is jointed, a minimum 150 mm
overlap shall be provided. The mesh shall be bound and tied in place with a 16
gauge GI wire at 300 mm centres. Any form of lacing the mesh fibres together
will not be permitted.
7.4
Insulation for the exposed portion of flue at the top shall consist of 6 layers of
insulation material each of a minimum thickness of 25 mm and all joints shall
be staggered. The material shall have a minimum density of 200 kg/cum. This
shall be protected from the elements by means of a stainless steel cladding,
flashing and hood of 3.15 mm thick stainless steel grade AISI 304L.
7.5
DUCTS AND ASH HOPPER

The duct work and ash hopper shall be insulated externally with 3 layers of 25
mm thick insulation as above.
7.6
The insulation for duct and hopper shall be protected with aluminium foil of
minimum 1 mm thickness.
7.7
Testing of insulation material shall be to satisfy the specific requirements and

properties as outlined in this specification, IS: 8183 and in the relevant
drawings by the contractor.
8.0
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING FOR PLATFORMS & ROOF
8.1
Structural steel framing for roof, flue support/ restraint platform, flue restraint
platforms, access platform and bottom support platforms are to be provided at
elevation shown in bid drawing and Data sheet-A.
8.2
Roof frame work shall be designed to support a live load of 1500 kg per square
meter during erection of flue, in addition to heavy, concentrated load transmitted
by the flue erection/ enabling structure assuming that a minimum of 60 m length
of flue will be supported on the roof during erection at a time. This frame work
will support R.C.C slab of a minimum 300 mm thickness with Acid resistant title
finish laid over screed concrete. The main beams supporting the R.C.C slabs
shall be provided with 2 rows of 16 dia shear connectors at about 500 mm c/c to
ensure composite action of R.C.C and steel. Subsidiary beams shall be kept
about 50 mm below main beams to facilitate colour coated permanent steel
deck sheeting for construction floor. Considering the heavy loading, the
contractor will be permitted to use high tensile structural steel plate of grade
E410 (Fe 540) quality E (Killed) for the main beams supporting the flue handling
structure. Other beams shall be fabricated using plates conforming to grade
E250 (Fe 410W) quality B (Killed) and rolled section conforming to grade E250
(Fe 410W) quality A (Killed).

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 18 OF 47
8.3
Framing supporting the flues shall be designed for the expected load due to the
flue from top to the centre of expansion joint. This floor will be provided with 25
mm thick electro forged G.I grating with toe protection at the flue openings and
handrails at other edges. Beams configurations have to be planned to support
four flue brackets and four restraints. In addition to the flue loads, the floor has
to be designed for a live load of 500 kg/square meter and electrical loads if any.
Considering the heavy load on the main beams due to flue bracket, these
beams can be designed using high tensile steel plates of grade E 410 (Fe 540)
quality C (Killed) or grade E 250 (Fe 410 W) quality B (killed). The floor shall be
provided with plan bracings as required. Deflection of girders supporting flues
shall be restricted to L/500.
8.4
Framing supporting the bottom supported portion of the flue shall be designed
to support 4 concentrated loads at beams location due to flues as well as load
due to the ash hopper. This frame work will be supported by 4 steel columns.
The flooring will be designed for a live load of 500 kg/square meter. This floor
will be provided with 25 thickness electro-forged G.I gratings and handrails with
toe protection around flue opening.
8.5
All structural steel shall be blast cleaned using shot blasting to grade Sa 2
and shall be coated with in organic zinc silicate primer of minimum 75
microns (DFT) generally as per BS 5493, including touch up painting of
damaged surface of primer. Over the primer coat an intermediate coat of
epoxy based Titanium dioxide/ Micaceous Iron oxide pigmented high
performance epoxy coating 75 microns (DFT) generally conform to BS:
5493 shall be provided. Finish coat shall be 75 microns (DFT) epoxy based
colour pigmented finish poly amide cured paint with final finish coat 25
microns (DFT) polyurethane colour pigmented finish paint. Including touch
up painting for damaged portion.
8.6
All site connection shall be by high tensile bolts and no welding will be
permitted on main beams after painting.
8.7
All the main beams shall be supported directly on the wind shield with
anchor bolts and grillage bearing using steel plates. The bearing shall be
so designed that only vertical load is transferred to the wind shield without
any temperature effect and local torsional/ local bending moment. Through
openings in wind shield will be permitted for erection of beam. Corbels shall
not be provided to support the main beams. CONTRACTOR shall ensure
that the openings are properly sealed using steel shutters of pleasing
design after erection of beams.
8.8
Fabrication of beams shall commence only based on fabrication drawings

prepared by CONTRACTOR. PURCHASER reserves the right to scrutinise
the fabrication drawings, if deemed necessary in PURCHASERs opinion.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 19 OF 47
8.9
Galvanising of grating shall be using 610 gram of zinc per square meter of
exposed surface.
8.10
All round the platforms 1350 mm hand rails shall be provided using 32 NB
MS pipe, type medium, as per IS: 1161 with toe protection of 65x8 plate.
Complete hand rail assembly shall be hot dip galvanised and provided with
bolted connections to the beams. There shall be 3 hand rails at 500 mm,
900 mm and at 1350 mm from platform level. Posts shall be spaced at
about 1500 mm c/c.
9.0
EXPANSION JOINTS
9.1
Each suspended portion of the liner shall be connected to the bottom

supported portion of the liner by an Expansion Compensator. The joint
shall be able to compensate for the thermal movements of the steel flue, be
gas tight, acid resistant, heat resistant and provide an adequate insulating
medium to avoid excessive overheating in the access void.
9.2
The materials used for the fabrication of the expansion compensator shall
be suitable for the flue gas conditions specified, and shall not deteriorate
during transit, site handling, storage and installation.
9.3
The expansion compensator shall be manufactured by a specialist agency.

The CONTRACTOR shall furnish outline proposals for the expansion joint
during the bid stage along with the manufacturer's qualifications and
experience for the ENGINEER's review. On award of contract, full details of
materials to be supplied along with fabrication drawings shall be supplied
by the CONTRACTOR for the ENGINEER's approval. The CONTRACTOR
shall procure the units only after obtaining the ENGINEER's approval.
9.4
The expansion compensator shall be made of a flexible fibre and bolster.

They should be air tight and impermeable and should withstand the
maximum serviceable temperatures of the flue gas. CONTRACTOR shall
ensure that the units are transported, stored and installed in a proper
manner. The joints shall conform to all the requirements specified herein.
The CONTRACTOR shall replace the whole unit if the expansion joint is
not manufactured/ installed as per the instructions of the manufacturer nor
does it satisfy the tolerance limits specified by the manufacturer approved
by the ENGINEER during procurement stage.
9.4.1
The flexible type of expansion compensator shall typically consist of 5

layers of materials as indicated below. The layers are described from inside
to outside.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 20 OF 47
a) Two layers of texturised glass cloth with anti-dust treatment having

minimum 1.6 mm thickness and weight of minimum 1300 g/m2 of each
layer.
b) One layer of needled glass felt having minimum thickness of 10 mm and
minimum weight of 1500 g/m2.
c) One layer of PTFE film having maximum thickness of 0.2 mm and minimum
weight of 450 g/m2.
d) One layer of fluro-polymer coated glass fibre fabric having a minimum
thickness of 0.95 mm and minimum weight of 1200 g/m2.
e) In addition the flanges shall be reinforced with one layer as described in (a).
9.4.2
The type of expansion joint outlined above is only a typical joint. If the
CONTRACTOR wishes to deviate from the above, he shall propose an
alternative arrangement clearly spelling out its advantages/superiority over
the one outlined herein for the ENGINEER's review during bid stage.
9.5
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish complete installation, dismantling and

maintenance manual. A draft of the manual shall be submitted to the
ENGINEER for his approval well before the installation commences.
9.6
The CONTRACTOR shall also supply spare expansion joints for one flue to
suit the requirements of this specification, complete with instructions for
storage, fitting instructions, spare accessories, tools for installation, etc to
replace faulty/ used expansion joints at a later date. The spares should
withstand a storage period of not less than 10 years.
9.7
The CONTRACTOR shall test the materials for chemical and physical
properties, namely acid resistance, maximum and minimum temperatures,
pressures and movements. The test procedures along with their
acceptance standards shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR to the
ENGINEER for his review and approval well before the procurement of the
units.
9.8
The CONTRACTOR shall procure the units from an experienced specialist

manufacturer, fabricating the type of expansion compensator outlined
above such as KEBURGMANN.
9.9
Installation of the expansion compensators shall be strictly as per the

manufacturer's instructions. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a manual
indicating installation procedure and tolerances at various stages from the
manufacturer, to the ENGINEER for his review and approval. The manual
shall indicate the sequence of installation procedure and shall be strictly

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 21 OF 47
adhered to, once approved. The compensators shall be prevented from

distortion at all stages, during transportation, handling, site storage,
erection and jointing. All distortions shall be kept well within the specified
tolerances, indicated by the manufacturer in his manual.
10.0
ACCESSORIES
10.1
LOUVRES
Louvers shall be provided in front of air inlet and outlet as per the requirement
of this specification. The louver fins shall be of Z - shape in cross section and
made from anodised aluminium plates of a minimum thickness of 4 mm. The
frame work supporting the louver fins shall be made from extruded aluminium
channel sections of minimum 150x75x6 mm. The louvers shall be mounted in
the form of panels. The fins shall be closely spaced to cut off any driving rain
entering the chimney wind shield. All panels must be approved by the
ENGINEER before installation.
10.2
STAIRCASE
A structural steel staircase shall be provided inside the wind shield independent
of wind shield, connecting the grade slab to the topmost platform below the roof
slab. Clear width of the stair treads inside stringers shall be 750 mm. Tread
shall be of 25 mm thick electro forged M.S. gratings hot dip galvanised with
anti-skid nosing. Tread shall be minimum 250 mm wide. Maximum riser shall
be 175 mm. Handrail shall be of M.S. pipe type medium of 32 mm NB as per
IS: 1161 with toe protection of 65x8 mm flats, the complete handrail being hot
dip galvanised. Steel pipes posts at not more than 1500 mm spacing shall be
provided for handrail. Height of hand railing shall not be less than 1350 mm.
There shall be of minimum three handrails at 500 mm, 900 mm & 1350 mm
above platform level. All structural steel work shall be protected by galvanizing
All field connection shall be by bolting only. The arrangement of staircase shall
ensure easy accessibility to elevators. Staircase and its connection shall be
designed for a live load of 5 kN/sqm.
10.3
LIFT
10.3.1
Lift shall be provided for the chimney inside the wind shield. The lift shall be of
open cage type which can operate in the corrosive and dusty atmosphere that
generally exists in thermal power stations/industrial complexes. It shall
generally conform to the provisions of IS: 14665 Part 2 Section 1 & 2
10.3.2
The lift shall have a minimum carrying capacity of 400 kg at a speed of 0.70
metre per second. The lift shall be of rack and pinion driven service type of
approved make.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 22 OF 47
10.3.3
All the control devices inside the car shall be housed in a dust free and water
proof enclosure. Only copper conductor FRLS insulated armoured cable of
suitable size shall be included in BIDDERS scope.
10.3.4
Landing at all locations of platforms shall be provided unless otherwise

specified in the DATA SHEET-A. Some of the essential features of the lift is
give in Data Sheet-A
10.3.5
Construction of guard cage and supply of other accessories required for

satisfactory and safe operation of lift shall be included in CONTRACTORS
scope. CONTRACTOR shall also supply and install safety devices such as
automatic stop equipment, over speed governor etc all complete as per
MANUFACTURER's recommendation.
10.3.6
All the embedments for the lift structure, approach platforms at landing levels
and the lift supporting structure including lift car shall be hot dip galvanised.
10.4
DOORS
10.4.1
Access door
One access door of size 1000x2100 mm size shall be provided at ground level
for access across the chimney shell, 150 mm above grade elevation. The door
shall be hinged and provided with an aldrop. It shall be painted with two coats
of zinc phosphate primer, each coat having a DFT of 35 microns and two
finish coats of synthetic enamel paint each coat having a DFT of 25 micron.
10.4.2
Manholes
Flues shall be provided with clean out/ access manholes at location as
indicated in the drawing. Manhole covers shall have an inner and outer plate
and shall be bolted to the flue with suitable gasket to prevent flue gas leakage.
Removable insulation shall be provided to cover the manholes. Number of
manholes shall be ten (14) per flue.
10.5
LINER TEST PORTS
10.5.1
Gas sampling ports fabricated from SST with flanged ends shall be
provided for each flue at platform levels where indicated, including proper
insulation, flanges, blank flanges nuts, bolts, etc. The location, orientation
and level of ports shall be as per the details indicated in the final drawings.
For tender purpose six numbers ports of 50NB and 2 numbers port of 100
NB may be considered for each flue. Length shall be about 300mm.
10.5.2
Bidder shall provide, for the purpose of instrumentation, other than the
sampling ports mentioned above required number of 38 NB conduits

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 23 OF 47
including pull wires, junction boxes and pull boxes, all securely tacked/
anchored to internal of shell for running cables for measuring instruments.
10.6
FLUE DUCT FORM SG VENDOR TERMINAL POINT
10.6.1
The number, size and location of flue opening in the shell shall be as shown on
the bid drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall make arrangement for the proper
support of ducting, by provision of restraint/ support arrangement as indicated
in the drawings.
10.6.2
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for furnishing, fabricating, shop

painting and delivery of ducting which shall run from the chimney liner to the
flange of the boiler vendor`s duct including all necessary auxiliary ducting.
10.6.3
The ducting material inclusive of stiffeners, flanges, bolts, suspension elements

shall be of mild steel conforming to grade E250 (Fe 410w) quality B (killed) for
plates and quality A (killed) for rolled section all as per IS 2062.
10.6.4
The duct shall include all necessary stiffeners, flanges, sealing materials, bolts,
suspensions elements, temperature and pressure measuring points, supports
and access doors. Baffle or bellow type expansion joints made by lapping will
not be permitted.
10.6.5
The ducts shall be constructed in such manner that they are true to the
tolerance levels indicated.
10.6.6
The duct work shall be insulated with preformed mineral wool insulation of
thickness 75 mm (3 layers of 25 thick sheets). One mm thick aluminium sheet
covers shall be provided all around the insulation wrapping around the ducts.
The sheeting shall be in three segments with all necessary fixing arrangements
with screws including overlapping and work shall be executed as per drawings
and as directed by the ENGINEER.
10.7
LINER HOOD/ CAPS
10.7.1
Hood shall be fabricated from 6 mm thick stainless steel of grade AISI 304 L.
The hood shall completely cover the annular area packed with insulation
material between stainless steel flue and cladding.
10.7.2
Stainless steel hood shall also provide to cover the annular space between the
SS flues and openings provided in the roof slab.
10.7.3
All section of the hood shall be anchored in place with stainless steel bolts and
nut. Slotted holes shall be provided to make allowances for differential
expansion/movements.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 24 OF 47
10.8
LADDER
Steel cage ladder of hot dip galvanised structural steel shall be provided from
the flue support platform to the roof slab. Stringers shall be of 75x10 mm flats
with a clear distance of 400 mm in between. Rungs shall be 20 mm diameter
mild steel rods spaced at 300 mm centre. Ladder stringer shall be provided
with suitable stays connected to the platform supporting frame work. The
ladder and connections shall be designed for a load of 175 kg at any location.
An open able hatch of stainless steel grade AISI 304L shall be provided in the
roof slab for above the cage ladder to prevent entry of rain water.
10.9
STRAKES
10.9.1
Strakes shall be provided for controlling effect from vortex excited oscillation.
10.9.2
The strakes shall be designed for a pressure of not less than four times the
wind pressure computed at top of chimney.
10.9.3
Strakes shall be made up of mild steel/high tensile plates and rolled sections of
thickness not less than 6 mm. A corrosion allowance of 3 mm in the structural
members shall be provided for, beyond the design values.
10.9.4
Fixing arrangement of strakes to the chimney shell shall ensure full fixity for the
design load. All strakes, embedded parts, bolts, nuts, washers, etc shall be hot
dip galvanised using 900 grams of zinc per square meter of exposed surface.
10.10
REMOVABLE CLADDING/ ROLLING SHUTTERS

Opening provided near the base of the wind shield for the purposes of flue can
erection shall be closed using a removable type of colour coated galvanised
aluminium sheet min 0.6 mm thick on structural steel framing which also can
be dismantled if required. Within the cladding area a rolling shutter 4000 mm
wide and 4500 high shall be provided. The surfaces shall be provided with 2
coats of zinc phosphate primer of 35 microns (DFT) each and two coats of
synthetic enamel paint of 25 micron (DFT) each. The door shall be provided
with suitable locking arrangement. The CONTRACTOR will be permitted to
use the space around rolling shutter as air vents providing louvers as
described elsewhere. Under such condition area of removable cladding could
be reduced.
10.11
OPENINGS IN WIND SHIELD
10.11.1 The number, size and location of flue opening and their distance from the
centre line of chimney shall be as shown on the drawing. The number and type
of anchor bolts/ inserts for connecting the matching flange at the breachings
and the scope of supply shall be as indicated in DATA SHEET-A.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 25 OF 47
10.11.2 The gap between opening in wind shield and insulated flue duct shall be
effectively sealed using compressible material. Special precaution shall be
taken to ensure that the packing is protected against ingress of water.
10.11.3 Openings provided in the wind shield to facilitate supporting girder at platform
level shall be properly sealed using steel shutters of pleasing design. These
shutters shall be of minimum 6 mm thick and shall be painted to match with
painting of wind shield.
10.12
EXTERNAL PLATFORM
10.12.1 External platform shall be provided at top most flue support platform level.
Platform shall be of reinforced concrete and be 1000 mm clear width between
shell and 150 high kerb and with 32 mm dia hot dip galvanised pipe railing
consisting of three rails, the two intermediate rails being about 450 mm and
900 mm above platform level and 32 mm NB pipe posts spaced not more than
1000 mm centres. Top hand rail shall be 1300 mm above platform level. All
pipes for railings and posts shall conform to medium class as per IS: 1239
(Part-1).
10.12.2 Radial gaps of 12 mm wide shall be provided in the platform floor at 45 for
shell diameter less than 7.5 m, 30 for shell diameter between 7.50 m and 12.5
m, 22.50 for shell diameter between 12.5 m and 15.0 m, and 15 for shell
diameter greater than 15.0 m.
10.12.3 External platform shall be designed for a live load of 2000 kg per sqm. They
shall also be designed for dead load, wind forces, etc.
10.12.4 All bolts, nuts, pipe railing posts, etc shall be hot dip galvanised. The railing
posts, beacon supports, etc shall be fitted to the chimney platforms by GI nuts
on to GI inserts left projecting from the concrete shell.
11.0
CHIMNEY ROOF SLAB & ROOF DRAINAGE
11.1
The chimney roof shall be of RCC slab suitably supported on MS beams. The
roof shall be sloped towards rain water down take catch pits covered with C.I.
gratings. The roof shall be designed to cater for differential movement between
the shell and the liners including circumferential expansion and contraction due
to temperature variation.
11.2
The roof shall be provided with a hatch for access from the flue support
platform. The hatch shall have a single leaf door with a minimum thickness of 6
mm to cover a clear opening of 1000 mm x 1000 mm. The hatch shall include
the door, metal curb, draft seal, spring latch, hold-open device and all
hardware. All joints shall be welded and ground smooth. The curb shall be 300
mm in height with a suitable lip which shall include a continuous neoprene seal

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 26 OF 47
strip to make the hatch air-tight when the cover is closed. The hatch shall be
operable from both inside and outside and shall be provided with automatic
hold open arm, easy one hand release and spring latch. All the items of the
door shall be of stainless steel of grade 304 L and then painted with heavy duty
acid and heat resistant paint as per the requirement of IS: 158.
11.3
The roof slab and the inside surfaces of the wind shield shall be lined with acid
proof tiles conforming to IS: 4457. Bedding mortar shall conform to IS: 4832
Part I and shall be of potassium silicate base.
11.4
The tiles shall be pointed using a phenolic based resin cement mortar
conforming to IS: 4832 (Part-2).
11.5
The bedding mortar and phenolic based resin mortar should be acid-proof,
chemical resistant and water-proof. They shall in particular be resistant to
sulphuric acid and hydrochloric acid.
11.6
150 dia CI/ HDPE rain water pipes shall be provided within the interior of the
shell to remove rain water collected on the roof cap. Rain water inlet into the
pipes at roof cap level shall be provided with CI grating. The rain water down
take pipe shall be led to a manhole chamber inside wind shield suitably lined
with acid/ alkali resistant brick lining.
11.7
The rain water pipes shall be provided with vent ports at roof level and shall be
connected to the stair case column to bring the roof drainage to the manhole
chamber at grade level.
12.0
GRADE SLAB AND FLOOR DRAINAGE
12.1
Inside the chimney wind shield 150 mm thick R.C.C grade slab shall be
provided nominal reinforcement of 8 dia HYSD bars 200 c/c both ways at top
and bottom. The grade slab shall be provided over well compacted ground, 150
thickness stone soling and 75 mm PCC of grade 7.5. The grade slab shall be
sloped to a drain chamber at the centre of the chimney. Lined with 25 mm thick
A.R. tiles having a clear dimension of 900x900 mm.
12.2
Roof drainage shall be directed from the Manhole chamber provided below the
roof drainage pipe, to the central drain chamber using 200 NB CI pipes. From
the central drain chamber the drainage water will be taken out of the wind
shield through a 200 mm dia C.I pipe with a manhole chamber outside the wind
shield located at 1500 mm from the outer edge of wind shield. Necessary pipe
sleeve has to be left in the wind shield to take out the drain pipe.
12.3
A 300 mm wide R.C.C drain shall be provided all round the chimney, located at
a distance of 1500 mm from the edge of chimney. This drain will take the roof

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 27 OF 47
drainage from the drain chamber to the nearest drain of the project storm water
drainage system.
12.4
All drain chambers shall be provided with A.R. lining and shall be provided with
40 mm thick C.I. & G.I. grilles at top.
12.5
The space between wind shield and the drain shall be provided with 100 mm
thick plinth protection with nominal concrete of grade M10.
13.0
PAINTING
13.1
Two coats of acid and heat resisting paint conforming to IS: 158 over a coat of
compatible primer with total dry film thickness not less than 150 microns shall
be given to the following surfaces as per MANUFACTURER's
recommendations:
a) All faces of parapet above roof slab including handrails, embedments, etc.
b) From the top to a distance of 1.5 times the diameter of the chimney shell at
the top, externally.
13.2
Painting the external surfaces of the chimney shell below the portion covered
above with two coats of synthetic enamel paint over 2 coats of primer as per
MANUFACTURER's recommendations in alternate bands of Orange or Red
and White shade, each band with a band width of H/7 metres (H= Height of
chimney) and bands at the extremities being of Orange or Red shade. This
shall be done after removing all loose and foreign matter to give a smooth and
uniform finish.
13.3
External painting shall commence immediately after the shell construction/

platform is completed and the concrete is well cured. The painting shall
preferably be started from the top. This is to ensure visibility of stack to low
flying aircraft during day time even during the period of construction of the
internals of the chimney.
13.4
The internal surfaces of wind shield shall be provided with two coats of cement
based paint as per IS: 5410 over a coat of primer.
14.0
DESIGN AND DRAWINGS
14.1
The CONTRACTOR shall submit his method of analysis, design parameters,

allowable stresses, method and sequence of construction including staging,
details of proposed site testing facilities, etc strictly as per specifications for the
CONSULTANT's review and approval within 15 days from the date of Letter of
Intent or Purchaser Order, whichever is earlier.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 28 OF 47
14.2
The CONTRACTOR shall submit his design/drawing submission schedule and

a construction schedule giving the month-wise requirement of materials to be
supplied by the PURCHASER; within 15 days from the date of award of work.
14.3
The CONTRACTOR shall submit, based on the approved concept, detailed

working drawings/ design for the foundation (with dowels for the shell),
complete and detailed general arrangement drawing for the CONSULTANT's
approval within 30 days from the date of issue of Letter of Intent or award of
contract whichever is earlier. The remaining drawings shall be submitted in a
progressive manner within six months from the date of award of contract.
These design/drawings will be returned after the CONSULTANT's review within
about one month from the date of receipt by CONSULTANT. No claims shall be
entertained due to delay in review of the CONTRACTOR's drawings.
14.4
In case the CONTRACTOR adopts computerised designs, only validated

computer programs shall be used for the analysis and design. The computer
output listing should include all input data covering the loads and load
combinations. The CONTRACTOR shall submit typical manual calculations in
order to validate the computer program / Spread sheets used for analysis/
design.
14.5
Timely submission of design/drawings to the CONSULTANT for review is the

sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and postal or other delays will not be
entertained as reasons for late/non-submission of design/ drawings.
14.6
All modifications suggested by the CONSULTANT to meet specification

requirements and sound engineering practice, shall be incorporated by the
CONTRACTOR at no extra cost to the PURCHASER. In this respect, the
decision of the PURCHASER shall be binding on the CONTRACTOR. The
CONSULTANT will accord his approval only after the CONTRACTOR has
incorporated in his design/ drawings all modifications required by the
CONSULTANT.
14.7
Any modifications/ change in subsequent revisions of design/ drawings shall be

clearly marked and identified with a revision for the ENGINEER's review/
approval.
14.8
Construction of work shall commence only after the written approval of

drawings by the CONSULTANT. However, the CONSULTANT's approval of the
design/ drawings shall not absolve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility for
correctness of design, accuracy of dimensions, loadings, details, etc or safety
and stability of the structure including foundations, accessories,
appurtenances, etc.
14.9
The CONTRACTOR may have to support flue duct supporting columns

supported by Boiler vendor, from the chimney foundation. The design loads for
SECTION: D8
SHEET 29 OF 47

Uttar Pradesh
these columns shall be provided by the CONSULTANT. However for the

concrete pedestals that may have to be provided for this purpose, the
CONTRACTOR shall be paid extra at unit rates quoted by him in the schedule.
The CONTRACTOR shall distribute copies of drawings/ schedules, etc
prepared by him in accordance with the schedule given below:
DWG
DESIGN
DWG
SCHEDULES
DESIGN
FINAL
DESIGN
COMMENTED
SCHEDULES
PRELIMINARY
PURCHASER
(HEAD OFFICE)
2P
1P
1P
2P
1P
2P+1R
PURCHASER
(SITE OFFICE)
2P
---
1P
---
2P
---
6P
OWNER / CIPL
/ CONSULTANT
2P
6P
6P
1P
3P
3P
VENDOR
DWG
14.10
LEGEND
P
S
R
Prints
Source
Reproducible
The CONTRACTOR shall send one copy of all correspondence to

PURCHASER's head office and site office. The cost of these and that due to
design/drawings submission as per distribution schedule specified above is
deemed to have been included in his quoted rates.
15.0
WIND LOAD ANALYSIS
15.1
WIND SPEED
The basic wind speed (Vb) for the location of the project shall be as indicated in
DATA SHEET-A. The estimation of wind speed/ pressures shall conform to the
requirements of IS: 875 (Part-3).

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 30 OF 47
Wind tunnel studies to be carried out by the successful bidder to consider the
pattern & extent of wind forces to be applied for the design of chimney structure
as indicated in Section-A1.
15.1.1
3-Sec Gust Wind

Vz = Vb K1 K2 K3
(1)
Here,
K1 = Probability factor as obtained from Table-1 of the Code. The mean
probable design life of the structure may be taken as:
a) 25 years for shell alone condition;
b) 100 years for completed chimney condition
K2 = Terrain category factor obtained from Table-2 of the Code. The terrain
category for the project and class of the structure shall be as indicated in
DATA SHEET-A
K3 = Topography factor shall be as indicated in DATA SHEET-A
15.1.2
Mean Hourly Wind

Vz = Vb K1 K2 K3
(2)
Here,
K1 and K3 shall be as in clause 15.1.1.
K2 as per Table-33 of the Code depending on the terrain category as indicated
in DATA SHEET-A.
15.2
WIND PRESSURE
Pz = 0.6 V 2z
15.3
(3)
ALONG WIND RESPONSE

This response will be evaluated by the following two methods:
Method-1
For 3-Sec gust wind,
Fz = 0.60 Cd Dz V 2z
(4)

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 31 OF 47
Here,
Cd = Coefficient of drag
DZ = Diameter of chimney at height Z
Deflections, moments and shears shall be evaluated for lateral loads Fz acting
on the chimney as a cantilever. Vz to be as per clause 15.1.1.
Method-2
For mean hourly wind analysis the Gust factor Approach as outlined in clause
A.5 IS: 4998 (Part 1) - 1992 shall be followed.
Deflection, moments and shears shall be evaluated for the lateral loads Fz
(Load per unit height at a height 'Z' on the chimney) acting on the chimney as
cantilever. Vz to be as per clause 15.1.2.
15.4
ACROSS WIND RESPONSE

The across wind response shall be evaluated as per requirement of IS: 4998
(Part 1) - 1992 for chimney having taper less than or equal to 1 in 50. If
chimney taper is more than 1 in 50 then procedure outlined in paper by Vickery
B. J. and Basu R. I. as indicated in Clause 2.2.
15.5
COMBINATION OF RESPONSE
This shall be checked as under:
(a) The critical wind velocity for across wind response shall be evaluated from:
Vcc =
ni Dc
-------S
(5)
Here,
Vcc = Critical wind speed
ni =
Natural frequency of chimney in the ith mode of vibration
Dc =
Effective diameter of chimney
S =
Strouhal number
SECTION: D8
SHEET 32 OF 47

Uttar Pradesh
(b) Knowing the height (Zc) at which Vcc acts, corresponding value of K2 is
read from the Code for the particular terrain category.
V
'
b
Vcc
= ---------K1 K2 K3
V 'Z = V b' .K2 K3
(6)
(7)
Then, response will be evaluated by equation (4) substituting V 'Z
for Vz
(c) Response evaluated as per 15.5 (b) above will be vectorially combined with
that obtained for the particular condition outlined in clause 15.4 above.
NOTES
The response under wind load at any level to be used for design shall be the
highest of the following values:
a)
b)
c)
d)
15.6
As obtained for 3-Sec gust wind, as per Eqn. (4)

As obtained for mean hourly wind, as per clause 15.3 Method 2
As obtained vide description in Cl.15.5(c), above
Values obtained from Wind Tunnel studies
MAGNIFICATION FACTOR
In the absence of results of wind tunnel studies, as well as details of expansion
of the project, magnification factor on account of aerodynamic interference
shall be considered for the design of chimney from fig 1 of IS: 4998 Part-I,
assuming an identical chimney will be located at about 200 meters away.
16.0
SEISMIC ANALYSIS
Seismic analysis shall be conducted as per the procedure outlined in IS: 1893
Part-IV. Modal analysis shall be used and seismic acceleration spectra as
given in Fig.1 IS: 1893 shall be utilised. The analysis shall be furnished for a
combination of five modes. An importance factor of 1.75 and damping
coefficient of 5% shall be considered for the analysis. The analysis shall also
be conducted using site specific parameters obtained from site specific Earth
Quake parameter studies and the most critical value of moments and shears
shall be used for the seismic design of the Chimney. Seismic design data shall
be as per DATA SHEET-A.
17.0
PLANNING AND SCHEDULING

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 33 OF 47
17.1
The CONTRACTOR shall submit his method and sequence of construction

including staging, sequence and proposal of erection of steel platforms and
flues, details of proposed site testing facilities, etc strictly as per specifications
for the ENGINEER's/ CONSULTANT's review and approval within 30 days
from the date of Letter of Intent or Purchase Order, whichever is earlier.
17.2
The CONTRACTOR shall submit a construction schedule giving the month

wise requirement of materials to be supplied by the PURCHASER, within 15
days from the date of award of work and receipt of detailed drawings from the
PURCHASER.
17.3
All modifications suggested by the CONSULTANT/ ENGINEER to meet

specification requirements and sound engineering practice shall be
incorporated by the CONTRACTOR at no extra cost to the PURCHASER. In
this respect, the decision of the PURCHASER shall be binding on the
CONTRACTOR. The CONSULTANT will accord his approval only after the
CONTRACTOR has incorporated in his fabrication drawings all modifications
required by the CONSULTANT.
17.4
Timely submission of fabrication drawings for structural steel works to the

ENGINEER/ CONSULTANT for review is the sole responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR and postal or other delays as reason for late/ no-submission of
fabrication drawings will not be entertained.
18.0
CONSTRUCTION
18.1
GENERAL
18.1.1
CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the excavation and sub-structures are free
from water during construction and shall take all necessary precautions and
measures to prevent ground water, storm water, etc from entering the
excavation so as to carry out the work in reasonably dry conditions in
accordance with the construction schedule.
18.1.2
The CONTRACTOR shall dewater and maintain reasonably dry, the excavation
for structures and all other areas of the site, where build up of water (in the
opinion of ENGINEER) is likely to obstruct the progress of work, or lead to
insanitary conditions by stagnation, or retard the speed of construction, or is
detrimental to the safety of men, materials and equipment or is undesirable due
to any other reasons.
18.2
STAGING
18.2.1
Design and erection of staging shall conform to the requirements of all relevant
IS Codes and National safety standards/regulations.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 34 OF 47
18.2.2
CONTRACTOR, at his own cost, shall prepare a detailed erection scheme. If

called upon, he shall submit to the CONSULTANT detailed drawings with
supporting calculations showing all details of formwork, staging, scaffolding,
member sizes, connection details and other arrangements for slip-forming and
for the concreting work and submit the same for review. Any suggestions/
comments on the scheme/ details conveyed to the CONTRACTOR shall be
carried out by the CONTRACTOR at no extra cost. Scheme submitted for
approval shall incorporate separate provision of material hoists and a
passenger hoist.
18.2.3
As the staging serves a dual purpose, viz., as an access tower and as a

bearing structure to support construction loads, it shall be designed for all
possible loads that could be imposed on it such as self-weight, weight of ladder
and timber platforms at all levels, weight of men, weight of construction
materials and equipment, wind loads, seismic loads, etc.
18.2.4
Minimum live load on staging due to labour and personnel movement shall be
considered at 300 kg/m2. It may be taken as 150 kg/m2 when earthquake
loads are also taken into account. No increase in stresses shall be considered
for wind and seismic conditions.
18.2.5
Special inspection hoist of approved make shall be provided by the

CONTRACTOR for regular inspection, checking of scaffolding members, joints,
etc. Fortnightly detailed inspection record shall be maintained by the
CONTRACTOR and shall be produced to the ENGINEER whenever required
for his verification.
18.2.6
Notwithstanding the approval from the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR will be

solely responsible for the safety, security and proper functioning of the staging
and formwork.
18.2.7
Conventional/ Jump form shuttering will be permitted only up to a height of

W/2 above breach opening where W is the width of breach opening. Above
this level only slip-forming will be permitted. Where conventional/ jump form
shuttering is adopted, minimum stripping time of formwork shall not be less
than 12 hours for sides of RCC shell. However, the stripping time to be adopted
on the works shall be subject to the ENGINEER's approval. The
CONTRACTOR shall not be permitted any increase in construction period if the
stripping time for shell exceeds 12 hours.
18.3
SHELL CONSTRUCTION
18.3.1
The CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit a detailed quality assurance plan
within 15 days of award of work. This plan shall include the following:

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 35 OF 47
a) Design criteria
The CONTRACTOR shall give the criteria to be adopted for design of
various temporary works and the slip-forms. The following requirements
shall be met.
i)
Staging materials shall conform to IS: 2062.
ii) Minimum design live load from personnel shall be 300 kg/sqm. To this
shall be added the self-weight and weight of construction materials and
equipment, etc.
iii) The staging shall be designed as per the requirements of IS: 800 (for
conventional type) and IS: 4014 (for tubular scaffolding type).
The CONTRACTOR's design calculations shall be based on normally
accepted calculation techniques for the structural forms which the
CONTRACTOR adopts for staging.
b) Statement of detailed 'Construction Method
This shall include at least the following:
i)
Structural analysis providing adequacy of jacks, slip-forms, and their

supports and staging.
ii) Planned interruptions. Also the operations during planned interruptions

such as retrieval of jack rods, resetting of form panels, etc shall be
stipulated.
iii) Method of preparing, transporting, pouring, vibrating and finishing
concrete.
iv) Quantity of various materials required during each stage of construction
including inserts, cut outs, reinforcement, dowels, etc for procurement
and timely supply.
v) Properties of concrete such as w/c ratio, strength, workability, etc.
vi) Rate of slipping which shall be adopted.
vii) Treatment at construction joints during unplanned interruptions.
c) Construction Equipment
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a detailed description of the following:

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 36 OF 47
i)
The type and number of equipment and facilities to be used for slipforming such as jacks, working platforms at various levels, yokes,
walers, etc. There shall be at least a 50% standby capacity of jacks,
jack rods, hydraulic pump, hose pipes, etc.
ii) Provision, including standby, of concrete mixing units and pumps to

cater to the planned rate of progress of slipping.
iii) Material hoists and buckets for transport of concrete, reinforcement,
scaffolding components, etc.
iv) Curing arrangements consisting of pumps, pipelines, etc. There shall be
at least 50% standby pumps.
v) Provision of precision survey instruments including lasers for verticality
check. The laser instrument shall emit a long range visible laser which
has a self-levelling platform which electronically levels the instrument
and has a fail-safe system that shuts off the beam when out of level.
There shall be a standby.
vi) Stipulation of power requirement for operation and the CONTRACTOR
shall provide adequate standby diesel generating sets. Details of night
lighting shall also be specified.
vii) Communication arrangements between ground and working deck.
18.3.2
Concreting
a) Particular attention must be given to concrete placement because of the
thin wall section and the presence of reinforcing steel. Compaction of
concrete shall be by vibration.
b) Under no circumstances shall the point of discharge of the concrete into the
forms be more than 1.5 m above the concrete surface on which it is to be
deposited. Also, not more than 2 metres height of chimney shall be
concreted on any one day.
c) Concrete in the shell shall be poured in about 200 mm layers uniformly. The
concrete in each lift (where jump form is used) shall be laid in one
continuous operation for the full circumference of the shell so that there will
be no vertical or inclined construction joints. Horizontal construction joints
shall be maintained at uniform spacing throughout the height of the
chimney.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 37 OF 47
d) Lump sum price quoted provides for conducting ultra sonic Pulse Velocity
(UPV) test on the bottom portion of the wind shield concrete. In addition if
the ENGINEER so requires, the CONTRACTOR shall make immediate
arrangements, through an approved agency, to undertake ultrasonic tests
to prove the quality of concrete in other areas. The quality of concrete shall
be considered as satisfactory if it meets specification requirements and the
sonic velocity is at least 4000 m/s. If the tests prove that the quality of
concrete is not satisfactory, then all costs associated with the tests and any
rectification shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.
e) The interior and exterior surfaces of the shell shall be kept moist for 14
days after exposure from the forms as the chimney construction progresses
upwards. For this purpose, circumferential perforated pipes shall be hung
from immediately below the forms and raised along with them.
f)
The vibrator needle size should normally be 62 mm dia, however the size
shall be restricted to 37 mm dia for sections wherein the use of 62 mm dia
needle size vibrators are not amenable to use. Standby vibrator units shall
be maintained on top of the working deck at all times during the slip-forming
operation.
g) The vibrator poker shall only be lowered into the concrete to a depth
corresponding to the height of the last placed layer of concrete. During the
first pouring, when the forms are empty, vibration should be avoided or
carried out with utmost care in order to prevent bending of the yokes.
The achieve of good bond between the foundation and the first lift of the
shell, or at horizontal joints caused by interruptions to sliding, an initial layer
of rich mix cement/ sand slurry of 1:1 proportion shall be placed.
h) The slipping rate of the forms shall be such that the concrete, when
exposed has already achieved enough strength to support the vertical
pressure from the concrete still in the forms as well as to withstand lateral
pressure caused by wind, inclination of walls, etc. The slipping rate shall be
limited to 200 mm/hour.
i)
18.3.3
Small openings and pockets less than 600 x 300 mm can be formed by
inserting blocks. Larger openings shall be formed using frames which shall
be formed well in advance of the sliding. All frames, blocks, bolts, tubes, etc
must be 12-15 mm narrower than the nominal wall thickness to allow for
form taper. When jacking rods unavoidably have to pass through openings
more than 600 mm high, the jacking rods must be braced laterally against
buckling.
Reinforcement Laying

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 38 OF 47
a) Normally bar diameters should range from 10 mm to 25 mm. The preferable

length of the bars should not exceed 8 m.
b) Horizontal bars should be fixed nearest to the face of the wall. These bars
should be pre-bent.
18.3.4
Physical Checks
Some of the mandatory physical checks to ensure that construction tolerances
are met with shall be carried out by the CONTRACTOR, as under:
a) The twist or rotation of the slip-form every 60 minutes.
b) Level of top of jacks every thirty minutes.
c) Verticality with the help of lasers at least once in four hours.
d) Inside and outside diameters/ dimensions and wall thickness, once in each
shift of 8 hours.
e) Level of top of form panels once initially and subsequently after each
interruption.
f)
Level of working platforms once initially and subsequently after each

interruption.
g) Batter of the form panels and yoke legs once on erection and subsequently
after each interruption.
h) Condition of jack rods for ovality, indentation, buckling, moving out of
alignment, etc before fixing each rod.
i)
Bracing of jack rods passing through openings.
j)
Live load on working deck to avoid accidental overloads.
k) Workability of concrete at mixer and at point of placement, once an hour.

l)
18.3.5
Temperature of concrete, once in 4 hours.
Construction Tolerance
The following shall be the limiting construction tolerances to be strictly adhered
to by the CONTRACTOR.
a) Verticality:
1 in 1000 subject to a maximum of 75 mm. In addition,

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 39 OF 47
no two points 10 m apart vertically shall be more than 20

mm out of plumb wrt each other
b) Wall thickness:
10 mm, -0.
c) Shell diameter:
10 mm for every 3m diameter without any abrupt

changes but in no case more than 40 mm.
d) Spiralling:
Rate of spiralling of forms not greater than 10 mm

circumferential rotation at the outer face of the concrete
per metre of vertical travel.
e) Openings,
inserts, pockets: 12 mm
f)
Cover:
+5 mm, -0
g) Level of any
part of structure: 20 mm
18.4
CONSTRUCTION TOOLS AND MATERIALS
18.4.1
CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain at the site necessary number and
type of machinery and equipment including survey instruments in good working
condition for proper setting out and timely completion of the works covered
under this specification. All arrangements for transporting the equipment to and
from the site shall be done by the CONTRACTOR at his own expense.
18.4.2
It shall be ensured by the CONTRACOR that work shall proceed uninterrupted

even in the event of power failures. As such, adequate number of diesel
generator sets and diesel operated equipment (such as concrete mixers,
vibrators, etc) shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR, as an alternative
arrangement.
18.4.3
All materials supplied by the CONTRACTOR shall be of the best quality and
shall conform to this specification. Approval in writing shall be obtained from
ENGINEER, before any alternative or equivalent material is proposed to be
used by the CONTRACTOR.
18.4.4
CONTRACTOR shall furnish MANUFACTURER's test certificate for the

materials supplied by him. Where such certificates are not available, the
specimen of the material shall be got tested at a recognised testing laboratory
at CONTRACTOR's cost.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 40 OF 47
18.4.5
Climbing or slip-forms shall be controlled by linked hydraulically operated jacks

that are reversible, driven by an electrically operated pump and with provision
for manual operation in the event of a break down.
18.4.6
CONTRACTOR shall provide all fuels and lubricants required for the operation
and maintenance of construction machinery and equipment as well as for his
transport vehicles.
18.4.7
CONTRACTOR shall, at his cost, arrange for all his requirements of materials
such as, but not limited to, oxygen, acetylene, welding electrodes, ropes, form
ties, turn buckles, clamps, wiping rags, sand paper, etc which are required to
satisfactorily perform his work.
18.5
WORK EXECUTION AND SUPERVISION
18.5.1
CONTRACTOR shall have at the site accredited and qualified engineers and
foremen/supervisors with adequate number of years of experience in execution
of similar works and operators of machinery and equipment, for satisfactory
progress and timely completion of the works. The number, qualification and
experience of such staff shall be subject to PURCHASER's approval.
18.5.2
All temporary electrical installation shall be supervised by a qualified electrical

supervisor of the CONTRACTOR.
18.5.3
CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for the correctness and accuracy of

the works, which shall be executed in a professional manner.
18.5.4
The PURCHASER reserves the right to order from time to time, during
progress of the work, removal and re-execution of any work which is not, in the
opinion of the ENGINEER, in accordance with the specification.
18.5.5
During inclement weather, rains, etc CONTRACTOR shall suspend concreting

for such time as the ENGINEER may direct and shall protect from damage all
work already in progress or completed just then. All such temporary protective
measures shall be at CONTRACTOR's cost and any damage to works shall be
made good by the CONTRACTOR at his own expense.
18.5.6
Should the work be suspended by reason of strikes/riots by CONTRACTOR's

own employees or any other cause whatsoever, save and except the force
majeure condition, CONTRACTOR shall take all precautions necessary for the
protection of works and make good, at his own expense, any damage arising
from any of these causes.
18.5.7
In the event of occurrence of any accidents at/or near the site of the work or in
connection with execution of the work, a report shall be made within 24 hours
to the ENGINEER, giving full details of the accident. He shall also report

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 41 OF 47
promptly such accidents to all the competent authorities wherever such reports
are required by them.
18.5.8
One hoist for passengers/ supervisory staff and one for transport of goods shall
be provided by the CONTRACTOR. These hoists shall be operational not later
than the time when construction first reaches 30 m and should be available
throughout the construction period. Access between various working levels
shall be provided by an approved system of ladders. Under no circumstances
shall staging or scaffolding be relied upon to provide such access. The
CONTRACTOR shall give enough notice to ENGINEER of his intention to
remove access to the various areas of work as construction proceeds which
would therefore be rendered inaccessible, to allow final inspection by
ENGINEER.
REINFORCED CONCRETE CHIMNEY
DATA SHEET-A
1.0
GENERAL
1.1
NO. OF CHIMNEYS
: 1
1.2
DISTANCE BETWEEN CHIMNEYS
: NA
1.3
METHOD OF SHELL CONSTRUCTION
: SLIP FORM ABOVE FLUE

DUCT ENTRY OPENNING AND
SLIP/ JUMP FORM BELOW
THIS LEVEL
2.0
DIMENSIONS OF CHIMNEY
2.1
CLEAR INSIDE DIA OF CHIMNEY AT

EXIT ELEVATION
: 27000 MM
2.2
a) CLEAR INSIDE DIA OF FLUE AT

EXIT ELEVATION
: 7500 MM
b) NUMBER OF FLUES
: 3
c)
: STRUCTURAL STEEL GRADE

E250 (410W) QUALITY B
(KILLED) AND STAINLESS
STEEL GRADE AISI 304L
MATERIAL FOR CONSTRCUTION

OF FLUES
d) CENTER TO CENTER DISTANCE

OF FLUES
: REFER BID DRAWINGS

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 42 OF 47
2.3
TOP ELEVATION OF CHIMNEY
: 275 M
2.4
BATTER OF EXTERNAL SURFACE

FROM EL .. TO EL ...
: BY BIDDER
2.5
MAXIMUM EXTERNAL DIA OF SHELL

AT CHIMNEY GRADE SLAB LEVEL
: BY BIDDER
2.6
CILL ELEVATION OF ACCESS DOOR
: NA
2.7
CILL ELEVATION OF CLEAN OUT

DOOR
: BY BIDDER
2.8
GRADE SLAB ELEVATION INSIDE

CHIMNEY
: 0.000
2.9
GRADE SLAB ELEVATION OUTSIDE

CHIMNEY
: (-)0.200 M
2.10
GRADED LEVEL OF GROUND
: (-)0.500 M
2.11
MINIMUM FOUNDING LEVEL OF RAFT
: AS PER SOIL INVESTIGATION

REPORT
2.12
MINIMUM EARTH FILLING ON TOP OF

FOUNDATION RAFT (REF. 2.10
ABOVE)
: LATER
2.13
NUMBER OF FLUE GAS DUCT

OPENINGS AND THEIR ORIENTATION
: REFER BID DRAWING
2.14
CENTRE LINE ELEVATION OF FLUE

GAS DUCT OPENING
: (+)16.500 M (TENTATIVE)
2.15
INSIDE DIMENSION OF FLUE GAS

DUCT (LXB)
: 6400X12800 (TENTATIVE) FOR

THE DUCT ENTERING IN TO
FLUE CHIMNEY
2.16
THICKNESS OF FLUE GAS DUCT
: 10 (MIN)
2.17
THICKNESS OF MATING FLANGE
: LATER
2.18
DISTANCE FROM CL. OF CHIMNEY

TO TERMINAL FLANGE OF FLUE
DUCT SUPPLIED BY OTHERS
: REFER BID DRAWING

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 43 OF 47
3.0
FOUNDATION DATA
3.1
ALLOWABLE SAFE BEARING

CAPACITY OF SOIL AT FOUNDING
LEVEL SPECIFIED IN 2.11 ABOVE
: REFER SOIL INVESTIGATION

REPORT
3.2
PILE TYPE, CAPACITY, DIAMETER

AND LENGTH
: NA
4.0
FLUE GAS DATA
4.1
MAXIMUM QUANTITY OF FLUE GAS

THROUGH EACH FLUE DUCT
: 1095 M/S (FOR THE DUCT

ENTERING IN TO THE FLUE
CHIMNEY)
4.2
MAXIMUM FLUE GAS TEMPERATURE

AT ENTRY TO CHIMNEY
: 165 C
4.3
MINIMUM FLUE GAS TEMPERATURE

AT ENTRY TO CHIMNEY DURING
OPERATION
: 135 C
4.4
SULPHUR CONTENT IN FUEL
: 0.28 (Maximum)
4.5
AVAILABILITY OF FLUE GAS

DESULPHURISATION PLANT
: AT PRESENT, THERE IS NO
FGD PLANT PROPOSED.
SPACE REQUIRED FOR FGD
PLANT IS PROVIDED BEYOND
CHIMNEY
4.6
AVAILABILITY OF PREHEATING
AFTER DESULPHURISATION
: AT PRESENT, THERE IS NO
FGD PLANT PROPOSED.
SPACE REQUIRED FOR FGD
PLANT IS PROVIDED BEYOND
CHIMNEY
5.0
DESIGN PARAMETERS
5.1
TEMPERATURE
5.1.1
OUTSIDE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

MAXIMUM
: 46.2 C
MINIMUM
: 1.9 C

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 44 OF 47
5.1.2
THERMAL GRADIENT IN SHELL

BELOW HOPPER RING BEAM
5.2
WIND FORCE (IS: 875)
5.2.1
BASIC WIND SPEED
: 47 M/S
5.2.2
TERRAIN CATEGORY
: AS PER IS: 875 (PART-III)
5.2.3
CLASS OF STRUCTURE (K1)
5.2.4
TOPOGRAPHY FACTOR (K3)
5.2.5
Cd = DRAG CO-EFFICIENT
: AS PER IS: 875(PART-III)
5.3
SEISMIC FORCES
5.3.1
SEISMIC ZONE
: ZONE III
5.3.2
ZONE FACTOR
: 0.16
5.3.3
IMPORTANCE FACTOR
: 1.75
6.0
DESIGN DATA
6.1
MODULAR RATIO FOR STRESS

COMPUTATION
: m = 280/(3 cbc)
WHERE cbc IS THE ALLOWABLE

COMPRESSIVE STRESS IN
CONCRETE IN BENDING
6.2
(a)
MINIMUM GRADE OF CONCRETE

IN CHIMNEY SHELL
: M40
(b)
MINIMUM GRADE OF CONCRETE

IN FOUNDATION
: M30
6.3
INCREASE IN CONCRETE STRESS

PERMISSIBLE DUE TO AGEING
: NIL
6.4
DENSITY OF ASH IN HOPPER
: 1.12 T/M2
6.5
MAXIMUM CO-EFFICIENT OF
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF GLASS/
MINERAL WOOL INSULATION AT 150
: 0.06 KCAL/HR/C

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 45 OF 47
DEG. C MEAN TEMPERATURE

6.6
FOR COMPUTATION OF
TEMPERATURE STRESS THE
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY OF
CONCRETE
: Es/m - WHERE m IS THE

MODULAR RATIO AS PER
CLAUSE 6.1 ABOVE AND Es IS
TAKEN AS 210000 N/MM2
6.7
CO-EFFICIENT OF LINEAR THERMAL

EXPANSION OF CONCRETE AND
REINFORCEMENT
: 11 x 10-6/C
6.8
DESIGN OF REINFORCEMENT IN
SHELL AT LOCATION OF CORBEL
AND PLATFORM
: AS PER REINFORCED
CONCRETE CHIMNEYS AND
TOWERS BY PINFOLD GM
6.9
PERMISSIBLE DEFLECTION
: H/500 WHERE H IS THE

HEIGHT OF CHIMNEY ABOVE
THE TOP OF FOUNDATION
7.0
ACCESSORIES
7.1
STRAKES
: YES
7.2
CAGE LADDER
: YES
7.3
PROVISION FOR SEPARATE HOISTS

FOR MATERIALS AND PASSENGER
DURING CONSTRUCTION
: YES
7.4
PLATFORM: EXTERNAL - ELEVATION
: 263 M
7.5
PLATFORM: INTERNAL - ELEVATIONS
: 38 M, 83 M, 128 M,173 M, 218

M, 263 M & 268 M
7.6
GASKET AND BOLTS FOR FLUE GAS

DUCT
: YES
7.7
SUPPLY OF MATING FLANGE
: YES
7.8
ERECTION OF MATING FLANGE
: YES
8.0
INSTRUMENTATION
8.1
PROVISIONS FOR
INSTRUMENTATION SHALL INCLUDE
EMBEDMENT PLATES, CONDUITS,
: YES

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 46 OF 47
JUNCTION BOXES, ETC COMPLETE

AS PER SPECIFICATION
8.2
STUBS FOR ANEMOMETER
: YES
8.3
STUBS FOR ACCELEROMETER
: YES
8.4
PROBES
: YES
9.0
LIFT
9.1
PERMANENT RACK AND PINION

TYPE LIFT COMPLETE FOR
PERSONNEL INCLUDING CONDUIT
RISERS AND NECESSARY CABLES
REQUIRED
: YES
9.2
LANDING LEVELS
: 38 M, 83 M, 128 M,173 M, 218

M, 263 M & 268 M
9.3
ESSENTIAL FEATURES
: (a)
CAGE WITH FRAME,

GUIDE ROLLERS AND
MECHANICAL SAFETY
HOOKS
(b)
CAGE OF WELDED STEEL

STRUCTURE WITH WIRE
MESH COVERED WALLS,
WITH ONE DOOR
ELECTRICALLY AND
MECHANICALLY
INTERLOCKED
(c)
ELECTRICALLY AND
MECHANICALLY
INTERLOCKED TRAPPED
DOOR IN CAGE ROOF,
SAFETY RAILING ON TOP
OF CAGE AND LADDER
INSIDE CAGE
(d)
SEMI-AUTOMATIC
CONTROL SYSTEM FOR
OPERATION OF LIFT
FROM INSIDE THE CAGE
AS WELL AS ON LANDING

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D8
SHEET 47 OF 47
WITH AUTOMATIC STOP

EQUIPMENT STOP NEXT
LANDING
(e)
OVERSPEED GOVERNOR
FOR CONTROLLING
EXCESSIVE
DESCENDING SPEED
(f)
AN EXTERNAL BRAKE
RELEASE MECHANISM
LOCATED INSIDE THE
CAGE FOR DESCENDING
CAGE IN CASE OF
POWER FAILURE
(g)
PROGRESSIVE TYPE
POSITIVE ACTION
SAFETY DEVICE DRIVEN
BY A SEPARATE PINION
ENGAGED IN THE ROCK
(ALIMAK PATENTED OR
EQUIVALENT)
(h)
EMERGENCY ALARM
SYSTEM

3 X 660 MW Super Critical TPP at Lalitpur,
Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 1 OF 30

1.0
GENERAL
1.1
This specification lays down broad nature of work to be executed. The Contractor
shall however include all such items of work whether specifically mentioned here or
not but are essential to make the individual equipment / system complete in all
respect and satisfactory completion of the proposed scheme.
1.2
This specification shall be read in conjunction with the lighting, earthing and lightning
protection layout drawings enclosed, schedule of quantities given elsewhere and
other particulars covered in general conditions of contract.
1.3
All equipment / fittings shall be easily approachable for maintenance / replacement.
1.4
All equipment and accessories covered under this specification shall conform to
Technical specification given in this document. The Purchaser however, reserves
the right to accept or reject the proposal without assigning any reason.
1.5
All safety measures as required to be adopted as per the statutory regulations and
the safety rules of the plant shall be strictly followed by the Contractor during
execution of the contract.
2.0
SCOPE AND BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF WORK
2.1
The scope of work includes design, detailed engineering, and procurement of items
as per schedule of quantities, shop testing, packing, transportation, loading and
unloading, delivery at site, storage, handling, erection testing and commissioning.
2.2
The Contractor shall include following work in his scope:

a)
Earthing & Lightning protection of RCC Chimney(Three-Flue)
b)
Aviation warning system of RCC chimney(Three-Flue)
c)
General Illumination of RCC Chimney(Three-Flue)
d)
Elevator and other accessories
2.3
The scope includes getting all the necessary clearances and approvals from the
CAA, DGCA local aviation authorities and electrical inspectorate. The design and
implementation shall meet latest standards, regulations and guidelines by DGCA,
CAA, ICAO, FAA and local aviation authorities. The work shall be carried out under
the supervision of licensed supervisors.
2.4
The scope of work shall start from outgoing terminals of Purchasers Switchgear
including. Incoming cable to chimney distribution boards shall be supplied, laid and

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 2 OF 30

terminated by the Contractor in required size and quantity.

2.5
Termination of incoming cable at both ends (including purchasers end )shall be

included in the Contractor's scope. For this, Cable carrier system, wherever
required shall be supplied and erected by the Contractor.
2.6
Contractor shall consider suitable protection arrangement such as laying in GI pipe

etc. for road, drain and pipe crossings on a cable route. However crossing
arrangement shall be provided as per the actual site condition.
2.7
For installation of fixtures etc, the Contractor shall have to arrange tools, tackles,
welding sets, pipe bending machine, cable crimping tools etc.
2.8
The Contractor shall be responsible for supply and fixing of all accessories required
for installation of lightning protection equipment, aviation lighting system equipment,
light fittings, distribution panel etc on required places even though every individual
item necessarily may not have been detailed out explicitly in the specification.
2.9
The main items shall be as follows.

-
Lighting system equipment comprising of AC Distribution Board(ACDB), EPDB,

Emergency Lighting Distribution Board(ELDB), Normal Lighting Distribution
Board(LDB), Normal lighting panel (LP), Emergency Lighting panel (ELP), wires,
cables, 5/15A plugs and sockets, lighting fixtures, conduits, junction boxes, etc.
Cables including Incoming power cable.
Aviation warning lights with associated accessories.
Earthing system
Lightning Protection system
Cable trays, cable tray supports and cable tray covers
All cable terminations for all equipment including cable glands, cable lugs,
terminals, clamps, etc
Complete installation accessories for cables, lighting, earthing, lightning

protection system including all structures, supports, conduits, Marshalling boxes,
Junction boxes, Terminal blocks, hardware, consumables, etc
1 no. each of 3 Phase, 63 Amps, 415V, Power receptacle at each platform &
single phase 32 A, 230 V receptacle shall be provided at every alternate platform
of staircase as well as at bottom of the chimney for maintenance equipments

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 3 OF 30

such as portable grinders and welding sets.

-
Temporary illumination, aviation lighting and

required during construction.
lightning protection of chimney
Any other electrical equipment which are not specifically listed above but are
required to make the system complete in all respects as per specification
All civil and structural works required for completing electrical system
3 phase 415V, 3 wire Construction Power Supply shall be provided by Purchaser

at one point. Contractor shall make necessary arrangement to distribute it
further. This includes getting approval from local electrical inspectorate for the
distribution system provided by the Contractor
2.10
Contractor shall supply approved type danger boards in English and Hindi.
2.11
Contractor shall supply fixing accessories such as nut bolts, check nuts, bushes,
clips, nails, hooks, clamps, screws, conduits, etc.
2.12
Contractor shall have to take approval on following data / drawing:

- GA drawing of ACDB/EPDB/ MLDB/ELDB/LP/ELP/JB/ALP
- Single line diagram of the electrcial net work
- Incoming cable route layout with sections
- General and Aviation Lighting Layouts
- Earthing and Lightning Protection Layouts
- Design Calculation for arriving at cable, lighting transformer, breakers
- Make of the items
2.13
The make of equipment shall be limited to preferred makes as given in preferred

makes of equipment. If the equipment/components are outside from preferred
makes, separate approval from the Purchaser shall be obtained for the list.
2.14
2 Nos of 415V, 3 ph, 3 wire Power supply for ACDB will be made available at
Purchasers ESP Switchgear ( approx 400 meter radial distance from chimney)
feeder end. This radial distance is indicative, actual length of the cable shall be
based on the approval of routing drawing by Purchaser. Further distribution including
cables, cable terminations at both ends from Purchaser switchgear to Contractors
ACDB will be by Bidder.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 4 OF 30

2.15
2 Nos of 415V, 3 ph, 3 wire Power supply for EPDB will be made available at N/E
Switchgear located in unit switchgear room of Unit1 and Unit-2 (under Purchasers
scope- approx 400 meter and 600 m respectively radial distance from chimney).
Further distribution including cables, cable terminations at both ends from Purchaser
switchgear to Contractors EPDB will be by Contractor.
2.16
For each lift motor, 3 ph, 3 wire Power supply will be fed from Contractors EPDB
switchgear located at base of the chimney..
2.17
Risers from the Purchasers below ground main plant earthing grid will be given at
the grade level. Connection from main plant earthing grid to the main earthing
conductor around chimney will be provided by Contractor. Connection from main
conductor to the earthing conductors along the chimney shell and all other
equipment earthing leads will also be provided by Contractor.
2.18
For lightning protection, Contractor's scope of work shall include supply and
installation of the complete system up to and including the earth electrodes / mat
and air termination rods. Connection from the test links of the lightning down
conductors to the main earthing grid will be by Contractor.
2.19
The Contractor shall furnish a detailed drawing of the lightning protection and
earthing system and execution of work shall be commenced only after obtaining
approval to this from the PURCHASER.
2.20
Any additional corrosion protection for grounding material, underground piping and
other equipment shall be provided and included in the scope of the Contractor.
2.21
For aviation warning system, Contractor's scope of work shall include supply and
installation & commissioning of the complete aviation warning system including
power receptacles and cabling between main board / switch and aviation warning
beacons.
2.22
Aviation lighting system shall be test operated by the Contractor for not less than 60
days. Equipment and work which fails during the test period shall be repaired or
replaced at the option of the PURCHASER. Upon any failure in this system during
the test period, a new test period shall be required after repair or replacement of the
equipment which failed.
2.23
The Contractor shall furnish a detailed drawing of aviation warning system and
associated power distribution scheme and execution of work shall be commenced
only after obtaining approval to this from the PURCHASER.
2.24
For general illumination of RCC Chimney, scope of work includes installation of

complete illumination system including power receptacles and cabling.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 5 OF 30

2.25
The Contractor shall also furnish a detailed drawing of illumination system and
associated power distribution net work.
2.26
The scope shall also include the civil works associated with all above work.
2.27
Contractor shall be responsible to maintain all fittings/ equipment till handing over
the chimney and shall change free of cost any fitting /equipment / accessories if
found not in working condition.
2.28
Contractor shall be responsible for taking approval of the installation and permission
to energise the system from statutory authority.
2.29
Contractor shall be responsible for storage and safety of equipment at site
2.30
The installation of electrical system shall be in strict accordance with the latest
editions of relevant Indian Standards, Codes of Practice and Regulations existing in
the locality where the system is installed. In particular, the following standards shall
be applicable :
a)
Code of Practice for Earthing
b)
Code of Practice for the protection of Buildings and

allied structures against lightning
c)
IS:3043
IS:2309
3.0
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION DETAILS OF EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION
3.1
EARTHING SYSTEM
3.1.1
Earthing system shall consist of a main earthing conductor of 40mm dia which shall
be provided at 600mm below the ground around the chimney.
3.1.2
The earth mat shall be connected to main plants earth grid through Test pits. The
Earth electrode in Test pit shall be of 40mm dia, 3M long MS round bar.
3.1.3
Contractor shall provide 2 nos. of 70 x 10 sq mm GS flats that will run from bottom to
top of the chimney. Connection of these conductors to the main earthing system will
be by Contractor These conductors shall be exposed in the inner side of chimney
shell and to be supported at 2500mm interval.
3.1.4
The down comers shall come out from the shell to facilitate connection with the test
link. Each down conductor shall be provided with a testing point at around 1500 mm
above ground level. Test link shall be enclosed in 200 x 200 x 100 mm GI box
fabricated from 16 SWG sheet steel.
3.1.5
The connection between the testing point and main earthing system shall be

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 6 OF 30

provided by Contractor through earth electrode of 40mm dia 3m long MS rod. The
conductor from earth electrode to a height of about 250mm above ground level shall
be of 40mm dia MS round bar and thereafter 70 x 10 GI flat.
3.1.6
Circumferential conductors of 70 x 10 GI flat with required number of risers shall be

provided at every platform. All the circumferential conductors shall be connected to
the down conductors at two points. All the earthing leads from the equipments shall
be electrically connected to the nearest riser. All the exposed earthing conductors
shall be of galvanised type.
3.1.7
Exposed Earthing conductors used in the topmost level of the chimney and 8000mm
from the top of the stack shall have a uniform lead covering of minimum 2mm
thickness.
3.1.8
Chimney staircase/ladder shall be electrically connected to the down conductors

both at top and bottom. All intermediate breaks in the staircase should be electrically
bonded to maintain continuity from top to bottom. Cable trays shall be earthed at the
interval of 10 m by using 25 x 3 GI flat.
3.1.9
All vertical reinforcing bars at the top and at the bottom of the chimney shell shall be
electrically connected to the nearest horizontal reinforcing rods and these rods shall
in turn be connected to the down conductors. Where vertical reinforcing bars are
spliced, each spliced bar shall be electrically connected to at least one horizontal
reinforcing bar which in turn shall be electrically connected to each of the down
conductors.
3.1.10
The earthing resistance of earthing system shall be less than 1 Ohm. If the earth
resistance is found as more than one ohm, Contractor shall provide additional earth
electrodes or mat to bring down the earth resistance to a value less than one ohm.
3.1.11
The joint portions shall be thoroughly cleaned before welding. Connection between
any two GI flat shall be made by arc welding and all welded joints shall be protected
against corrosion.
3.1.12
The down conductors shall be spaced atleast 2000 mm away from the vertical
conduit risers as well as the ladder. ,
3.1.13
All metallic parts, lighting distribution boards, lighting fixtures, receptacles, junction
boxes, cable trays, JBs , Lift motor, Handrail and other steel structures etc., shall be
earthed to the nearest earthing grid by using suitable earth conductor at two points.
JBs , lighting fixtures -----------------------12 SWG wire
DBs, Lift Motor/Other motors -------------70 x 10 GI flat
metallic structure -----------------------------25 x 6 GI flat
Cable Trays, handrail -----------------------25 x 3 GI flat

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 7 OF 30

3.2
3.2.1
The installation work of the lightning protection system shall conform to IS:2309.
Air terminals of 20 mm dia, 2000mm long, lead coated ( 2 mm minimum thickness of
coating) copper rod with dome and spike, projecting not less than 1000 mm above
the highest part of the chimney and securely anchored with at least two suitably
spaced 50 x 6 GI, lead covered clamp spaced not more than 750 mm on centres at
or near the top of the stack. Minimum nos. of air termination rods shall be as per dwg
and shall be finalized during detail engineering. Air terminals shall be mechanically
and electrically connected by the use of pressure type fittings to the Chimney shell
periphery and to a continuous circumferential conductor. The ohmic resistance of the
lightning conductor system complete with air termination, but without the earth
connection, shall be a fraction of an ohm.
3.2.2
The flue pipes that extend beyond last platform shall be bonded at minimum 2 points
to the lightning conductor at EL of 268 m. All lightning conductors at this level shall
be 70 sqmm lead coated copper conductor.
3.2.3
Each segment of cast iron cap of the chimney shall be connected to the
circumferential band by means of tightly bolted connections.
3.2.4
The Lighting protection down conductors shall be of size 50 x 6 mm GI flat 4 (or

higher as per standard and regulations) Nos. of down conductors shall be exposed
and run on outer side of the concrete shell on diagonally opposite sides.
Additional Round steel rod of min 8mm dia shall be provided inside the concrete and
clamped to the external down conductor at regular intervals. This rod shall be
connected directly to Station earth pit. Intermediate circumferential conductor at
regular interval, 30 meters, shall be provided.
3.2.5
Down conductors shall be connected to the circumferential conductor at the top of

the chimney and to the testing point at the chimney base. The connection between
the testing point and main earthing system shall be made. There shall be no
intermediate splices in the down conductors which shall be running from top to
bottom of the Outer side of chimney shell. Lapping of down conductor by bolting is
not acceptable.
3.2.6
The joints in the lightning / ground conductors shall be kept to a minimum and there
shall be no joint in the underground portions of conductors. Overlapping of
conductors at straight joints shall not be less than 150mm. Brass rods shall be used
for brazing.
3.2.7
The down comers shall come out from the shell to facilitate connection with the test
link. Each down conductor shall be provided with a testing point at around 1000 mm
above ground level. Test link shall be enclosed in 200 x 200 x 100 mm GI box

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 8 OF 30

fabricated from 16 SWG sheet steel.

3.2.8
The circumferential band shall be supported at an interval of 600mm and down

comers shall be supported at interval of 2500mm.
3.2.9
Lightning protection system grounding shall be distinct from the plant grounding
system. Lightning down conductors shall be separately ground through earth
electrode rods.
3.2.10
The connection between Earth electrode and Earth mat shall be by 40mm dia MS
round bar.
3.2.11
The conductor from earth electrode to a height of about 250mm above ground level
shall be of 40mm dia MS round bar and thereafter 50x 6 GS flat.
3.2.12
All connections, clamps, anchors, etc., of the lightning protection system shall be
made of GI and shall conform IS-2309. All electrical connections or joints, unless
otherwise specified, shall be clamped or bolted by high pressure contact to form a
connection of adequate current carrying capacity and mechanical strength. Soldered
connections will not be permitted.
3.2.13
Air terminals, connections, conductors, clamps, fixtures, anchors, etc., exposed

within 8000 mm of the top of the chimney shall have a continuous lead covering of a
sheath of commercially pure lead not less than 2mm in thickness extruded, the ends
being covered by soldering or puddling. Where lead covering is specified, after the
joints have been made, they shall be again covered with solder or lead either by
wiping or casting.
3.2.14
During construction, temporary lightning protection should be maintained by

connecting the concrete reinforcement to two permanent electrical grounding
conductors. After the top lift of the chimney shell has been completed, temporary air
terminals which may consist of reinforcing bars, should be installed at the top to
serve as a temporary protection until the lining and cap are completed and
permanent air terminals are installed.
3.3
AVIATION WARNING SYSTEM
3.3.1
Contractor shall supply and install, including wiring, aviation warning lights with all
associated accessories such as sockets, special cables, electrical controllers /
Flashers and necessary mounting brackets / supports.
3.3.2
The aviation warning beacons, required numbers and locations in line with the
standards and regulations shall be provided. Minimum requirements as per ICAO
guidelines shall be provided. However, minimum numbers (4 nos.) as shown in the

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 9 OF 30

drawing shall be provided.

Double obstruction aviation lighting fixtures securely mounted at the top of the
chimney shall be within the zone of protection of vertical air terminations.
The aviation warning lights shall meet the recommendations of ICAO, FAA, Director
General of Civil Aviation, India and/or other international standards. . The
arrangement of lights shall be marked such that the object is indicated from every
angle in azimuth. Aviation obstacle lights shall be used on platforms as indicated in
the enclosed drawings as min requirement. The aviation warning lighting system
shall also confirm to the latest Indian standard, IS 4998.
3.3.3
All the aviation light fixtures shall be weatherproof and outdoor type suitable for
highly humid and flue laden atmosphere.
Aviation warning beacons shall generally meet the following requirements. However,
final requirements shall meet the regulations/approval of DGCA/CAA//local aviation
authorities.
3.3.4
a) Type of lamp
White coloured 'LED'
b) Type of fitting
High intensity flashing type-A
c) Control of flash
Automatic for day, twilight and night intensity

operation
d) Intensity of flash
200000 candelas, 20000, 2000 as per ICAO
e) Frequency of flashes
40 to 60 flashes per minute
f) Rated power supply
240V, 1 phase, 50 Hz
voltage & frequency
g) Type of enclosure
Weather proof conforming to IP 65

classification as per IS: 2147
1100 V grade, 3.5/4 core, stranded copper/Al conductor, XLPE insulated, extruded
PVC inner sheathed of type ST-2, Galvanised steel wire armoured cables and with
outer sheath made of FRLS PVC compound of type ST-2 cable of adequate cross
section conforming to IS:7098 (Part -I) shall be used for wiring the aviation warning
lights. The cable shall be clamped by the side of the ladder at 750 mm centres by
means of GI clamps. Weather proof terminal boxes with cable glands made of brass,
tin plate shall be provided at the location of each of the aviation warning lights for
termination of cables.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 10 OF
30

3.3.5
The aviation lights shall be powered from the Aviation Lighting panel (ALP) and
controlled from Aviation lighting controller. ALP will be fed from ELDB and with
interun will be fed from EPDB. ALP shall be installed and commissioned at a height
of 1.5 meter from grade level on a column supporting the tower shell. The
distribution board shall be supplied with tinned brass glands and tinned crimping
type copper cable lugs for termination of cables.
The aviation lights will be controlled from aviation controller. Aviation controller shall
be powered from ALP. Control circuit (wired with cable of min 1.5 sq mm), one for
each platform shall be provided at controller. Separate JBs (with spare set of
terminals) shall be provided for each light.
3.3.6
Separate 4 wire circuit shall be provided for each platform to cater to Aviation lights
on that platform. Separate JB shall be provided on each platform and for each light.
The aviation light circuits shall be distributed among R,Y and B phase of 3 phase, 4
wire supply. Spare terminals shall be left on each JB. Minimum size of each core of
cable shall be 2.5 sqmm. With 2 cores provided for each light, total no of cores for
each cable on each circuit shall be worked out, with min 10 cores.
Cables along the height of chimney shall be laid in cable trays. Cables provided on
each platform for further distribution shall be laid in GI conduits with min NB of
25mm and 2mm tube thickness
The mounting arrangement of the Aviation warning lights fixture shall be such that
the inspection / maintenance of the same could be easily carried out from the
internal platform. Opening of 900mm X 900mm shall be provided on outer shell of
the chimney for every aviation lights. The opening shall be located one metre above
the platform Aviation light fixture shall be mounted on MS brackets welded to MS
doors of minimum thickness 10 mm. The inner face of door frame shall be provided
with adequate stiffeners comprising of structural members of minimum thickness 6
mm. MS doors shall be bolted to the door frame from inside. The door and fittings
shall withstand the prevailing wind and access void pressure. The MS doors and
frame work shall be painted with 2 coats of zinc rich red oxide primer and 3 coats of
synthetic epoxy paint. Top most aviation lights shall be mounted along the parapet
wall at EL. 270.0m.
3.3.7
All the distribution board shall conform to IP: 55 class of enclosure and provided with
suitable rain canopy over the top and the distribution board mounted outside
chimney shall have IP 65 protection. Sheet steel thickness of distribution board/JB
shall not be less than 2 mm for load bearing structures and 1.6 mm for others.
The boards shall be painted with two coats of zinc chromate primer (yellow) and two
coats of synthetic epoxy paint of approved shade.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 11 OF
30

3.3.8
The switches shall be of heavy duty type conforming to the requirements of IS:
13947 -1993.
All Panels shall be of fuse less type. It shall have combination of MCCB & MCB,
MCCBs shall be P2 duty type. MCB shall be with 10KA, (1sec or higher) short time
current capacity. ELCB shall be provided with 100mA leakage current sensitivity
3.3.9
The Contractor shall install weather proof terminal boxes with MCBs and cable
glands on each platform of the chimney at location close to the aviation warning
beacons. The maximum conduit fill shall not exceed 60%. Suitable pull boxes shall
be provided at convenient locations. All aviation light fixtures, conduits and junction
boxes etc, shall be properly earthed. Earth wire shall run inside along the entire
length of conduit between the fixtures and distribution board where it shall be
connected to earth.
3.3.10
Photoelectric light detectors shall be furnished and installed at first platform level of
the chimney and Controller to monitor the light intensity shall be located above the
distribution board at EL0.0 Mtr. The detector shall cause the control unit to energize
the lighting system in line with regulations. The lighting system may be energized
during short periods of decreasing illumination due to abrupt periods of shadow
during day light hours, but shall not be deenergised as the result of short periods of
increasing illumination levels due to lightning flashes or stray light sources when
overall illumination level is such that the system has to operate. In case of
malfunction of photo electric circuit, manual bypass arrangement through bypass
switch shall be provided.
3.3.11
For aviation warning during day time, the external surface of the chimney shall be
painted for the whole height as specified in the section painting with special paints
as approved by the PURCHASER. The thickness of the painting and type to be used
(chequered or stripe) shall meet the aviation requirements of civil aviation
department and PURCHASERs approval.
3.3.12
During construction, the temporary aviation warning lighting shall be provided to

meet the requirement of Civil Aviation Department. The temporary warning lights
installed during construction shall be lifted up as the construction progresses. These
lights need to be installed only after the height of obstruction is more than 40 meters
above grade level
3.3.13
Temporary warning lights shall be installed based on FAA guideline, The aviation
light installed as the height of the structure exceeds each level at which permanent
obstruction lights are recommended, Two or more light of the type specified for
permanent light should be installed at that level and should be operated 24 hours a
day until all permanent lights are in operation. In either case, two or more lights
should be installed on the uppermost part of the structure any time it exceeds the
height of the temporary construction equipment. If practical, permanent obstruction

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 12 OF
30

lights should be installed and operated at each level as construction progresses.

Power for operation of the temporary lights shall be obtained from the construction
power system. Supply circuits for these lights shall be furnished, installed and
maintained by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide sufficient hand railing
ladders with platforms to attend any maintenance work.
Lightning protection and earthing required during the construction stage of the
chimney shall also be provided by the Contractor.
3.4
GENERAL ILLUMINATION
3.4.1
General illumination of the RCC chimney shall be done for platform lighting with
industrial weather proof dust tight with reflector integral mounted control gear with
1x70 watt HPSV fixtures and each landing of the staircase shall also be provided
with 1x70W HPSV fixtures mounted on brackets on the platform hand rails on
fabricated MS angle support. 150W HPSV and 250W HPSV lights shall be provided
as indicated in the drawing.
3.4.2
The normal lightings of the chimney shall be powered from the MLDB and LP. MLDB
along with lighting transformer of 50kVA (minimum), 415/433V shall be fed from the
ACDB provided by the Contractor. Actual size of this transformer shall be decided
during detail enginnering based on approval of sizing calculation submitted by
bidder. ACDB shall be fed from Purchasers Normal ESP Switchgear. Distribution
Scheme shall be as per enclosed drawings.
3.4.3
Lighting distribution board (MLDB) shall be supplied installed and commissioned at

a height of 1.5 meter from grade level on a column supporting the tower shell.
3.4.4
In addition to normal lightings, 20% emergency lightings shall be provided for

staircase and platforms. These lightings are fed from ELDB and ELP.
3.4.5
For lift motors, emergency supply shall be provided which is fed EPDB
3.4.6
The Contractor shall provide suitable mounting arrangement for the above fixtures
capable of withstanding high wind pressure.
3.4.7
1100 V grade, 3.5/4 core, stranded aluminium/copper conductor, XLPE insulated,

extruded PVC inner sheathed of type ST-2, Galvanised steel wire armoured cables
and with outer sheath made of FRLS PVC compound of type ST-2 cable of
adequate cross section conforming to IS:1554 (Part -I) shall be used for wiring the
normal and emergency lights, receptacles. Size of the cable is selected in such a
way that voltage drop till load end of the cable shall not exceed 3% during normal
running of equipments and 15% during starting of elevator motors. The cable shall
be clamped by the side of the ladder at 750 mm centres by means of GI clamps,

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 13 OF
30

Lighting fixtures, conduits junction boxes etc. shall be properly earthed using
galvanised steel wire of 12 SWG. Earth wire shall run inside along the entire length
of conduit between the fixtures and distribution panel where it shall be connected to
the earth.
3.4.8
63A, 3 Phase, 4 pin industrial type power receptacles with controlling MCCB at each
of the platform near access doors & single phase 32A, 230V 3pin, power receptacle
along with loose matching plug with controlling MCB at each alternate platform
mounted in weather proof and dust tight box with IP65 degree of protection shall be
supplied and installed. The box shall be fabricated of galvanised sheet steel having
suitable hinged door properly gasketed to make it dust proof.
Min cable size for 5/15A receptacle- 2c x 4 sqmm Cu, 2c x 25 sqmm for 32A and
that for 63A shall be 4c x 35 sqmm Al. At least two circuits shall be provided for each
rating type on LP and at least one circuit for each rating type on ELP. JB shall be
provided on each platform. The size of main cable from LP shall be sized by Bidder
and to be approved by Purchaser.
3.4.9
The lighting fixtures and receptacles shall be fed such that loading of all the three
phases is balanced. The lamp on the same vertical line shall be fed from different
phases, so that failure any one phase shall not cause total block out on one side.
The illumination required for chimney erection work shall be in the scope of erection
contactor.
JB shall be with CRCA 1.6mm thick GS sheet with IP65 degree of protection.
LDB/ACDB/LP shall be vertical/self standing type constructed from 2mm thick CRCA
sheet with epoxy based 2 coats of primer and 2 coats of epoxy based finish paint
(powder coating) and with IP55 degree of protection
3.5
3.5.1
3.5.2
WIRING/CABLING ARRANGEMENT
For aviation warning system, two independent and separate circuits shall be laid
along the ladder inside the chimney and shall be connected to aviation warning
lights placed at different levels. Heat resistant copper cable of adequate cross
section shall be provided. At each platform a junction box shall be provided for
taking connection through MCB. Junction box at a platform shall be looped with the
junction box at next higher platform. The two circuits shall be diametrically opposite
of the chimney.
Similarly for platform lighting two independent circuits shall be laid along the stairs
and at each landing a junction box shall be provided for taking connection through
MCB to light fittings. From the junction box, cables shall be connected to another
junction box located at higher elevation. Heat resistant copper cable of adequate
cross section shall be provided.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 14 OF
30

3.5.3
Wiring installation covers supply and wiring of all the cables, conduits, junction
boxes, wires, accessories, hardware and consumables required to complete the
installation.
3.5.4
All cables and conduits shall be clamped in steel supports fixed to the wall.
Necessary dash fasteners shall be provided by the Contractor for this purpose. The
conduits shall be supported at 750mm intervals. The wiring shall be continuous
without any loose joints. Whenever looping or connection is to be made on wires, it
shall be done at the junction box through suitable fixed terminal strips. For longer run
of conduits, pull out boxes shall be provided at an interval of 4 m. Separate conduits
shall be used for individual phases.
3.5.5
All conduits shall be electrically continuous and thoroughly grounded by drawing 12

SWG GI wire along the conduit.
3.5.6
All power Cables shall be Aluminium conductor, XLPE insulated, FRLS PVC (ST-2)
outer sheathed cables conforming to IS-7098 part-1.
3.5.7
The performance requirements of FRLS PVC outer sheath shall be as follows:

a) The critical oxygen index value shall be minimum 29 when tested at 27 2oC as
per ASTM-D-2863-77 and the temperature index will be minimum 250oC at
oxygen index value of 21 when tested as per NES-715.
b) The maximum acid gas generation as determined by titration shall be less than
20% by weight when tested as per IEC-754-1.
c) The smoke generation under fire shall have maximum smoke density rating of
60% when tested as per ASTM-D-2843-7
d) The cables shall pass the Ultraviolet and hydrolytic stability tests as per DIN
53387. The values of ultimate strength and elongation measured after the test
shall not vary by more than 60% of the values measured before the test. The
type test reports of similar rating and type of cable shall be submitted.
e) The finished cable shall pass the flammability test as per IEC-32-1 and IEEE383. In addition, it shall also pass flammability test as per clause F3 of Swedish
Standard SS-424-1475.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 15 OF
30

3.5.8
Power cable sizes shall be selected on the following basis :

cables shall carry the full load current of the circuit continuously under site conditions
considering the condition listed below: :
Ambient design temperature 50 deg. C.
Maximum allowable temperature under normal full load condition and under
short circuit condition based on material selected (XLPE).
Maximum short circuit fault current.
Ambient temperature for underground cables, 50 deg. C.
De-rating factors as per IS/IEC and manufacturers standard catalogues
Voltage drop consideration during steady state and starting stage (for
motors)
3.6
ELECTRICS FOR ROLL UP DOOR
3.6.1
Contractor shall include all necessary electrics including electric drive, starter panel
consisting of isolator, contactor, over load relay, ON/OFF push button, wiring etc.
3.6.2
Starter panel shall be of IP 55 enclosure and all components shall be of approved

make only.
3.6.3
3.6.4
3.7
3.7.1
3.7.1.1
3.7.1.2
3.7.1.3
Type of cables and gland shall be used as per the details given in earlier clauses.
Incoming power supply shall be taken from the AC distribution board.
LIFT
General
Lift shall be provided for the chimney inside the wind shield. The lift shall be of cage
type and suitable for installation in outdoor area with corrosive and dusty
atmosphere
that generally exists in thermal power stations/industrial complexes. It shall
generally conform to the provisions of IS:1860 and IS:4289 unless otherwise
specified.
The lift shall have a minimum carrying capacity of 400 kg at a speed of 0.7 metre
per second. The lift shall be of rack and pinion driven service type of approved
make.
The Lift shall be Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) controlled type. All the control
devices inside the cage shall be housed in a dust free and water proof enclosure.
Landings of Lift shall be provided at each platform and at the top of the chimney as
indicated in the drawing.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 16 OF
30

3.7.1.4
Construction of guard cage and supply of other accessories required for satisfactory
and safe operation of lift shall be included in Contractors scope. Contractor shall
also supply and install safety devices such as automatic stop equipment, over
speed governor etc. all complete as per Manufacturers recommendation.
3.7.1.5
All the embedment for the lift structure, approach platforms at landing levels and the
lift supporting structure including lift cage shall be hot dip galvanised.
3.7.1.6
Contractor shall derive AC power from the EPDB, to be supplied by Contractor.
3.7.1.7
All electrical devices like contactors, push buttons, indicating lamps located
outside shall be housed in dust tight/water tight weather proof enclosures.
3.7.1.8
Indirect lighting by 2 x 28 W fluorescent lamp shall be provided for the lift. The
earthing scheme of elevator shall be connected to earth grid at two points.
3.7.1.8
The elevator will be provided with all necessary electrical control & Protection
devices including the following
- Electrical interlock for Cab access door and landing level enclosure doors
- Reverse phase relay and other necessary protection for Motor,
- Emergency stop push button,
- Over travel protection
- In the event of any fault in the chimney Elevator One Alarm push button will
be provided in the cabin connected to a battery operated alarm at the
elevator base. one potential free contact will be provided in elevator for
remote alarm.
-Momentary contact Push button for Upward/ downward travel.
3.7.2
Motors
3.7.2.1
Motors shall conform to the latest applicable standard of IEC-60034/IS-325.
3.7.2.2
Motors shall be suitable for Direct On Line (DOL) starting. The minimum permissible
voltage shall be 85% of the rated voltage during motor starting.
3.7.2.3
Motors shall be capable of starting and accelerating the load with the applicable
method of starting, without winding temperatures reaching injurious levels, when
the supply voltage is in the range of 85% of the rated motor voltage to maximum
permissible voltage specified.
3.7.2.4
Locked rotor current of the LT motor shall not exceed 600% (tolerance applicable
as per IS) of full load current.
3.7.2.5
Motors shall be capable of developing the rated full load torque (FLT) even if the

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 17 OF
30

supply voltage drops to 70% of the rated voltage. If such operation is envisaged for
a period of one second, the pull out torque of the motor shall be at least 205% of
FLT.
3.7.2.6
The class of insulation shall be class F with the temperature rise of the winding
limited to class B.
3.7.2.7
All motor parts exposed directly to atmosphere shall be finished and painted to
produce a neat and durable surface which would prevent rusting and corrosion. The
equipment shall be thoroughly degreased, all rust, sharp edges and scale removed
and treated with one coat of primer and painted with two coats of grey epoxy paint.
3.7.2.8
Motor shall be subjected to all the routine tests as per applicable standard in the
presence of the Purchaser's representative. Copies of test certificates of type and
routine tests shall be furnished as specified in the distribution schedule, for
Purchasers approval. The Contractor shall ensure to use calibrated test
equipment/instruments having valid calibration test certificates from standard
laboratories traceable to national/international standards.
3.7.2.9
Each bearing shall be provided with a dial type thermometer. The dial thermometers
shall be of reliable and reputed make. The thermometers shall be located at a
convenient height for easy reading and handing. Each thermometer shall consist of
2 potential free contacts. They shall be designed to close independently at two
different temperatures - one for 'Alarm' and another for 'Trip'. The contact rating of
the potential free contacts shall be 1A at 240V AC & 0.1A at 220V DC. Any auxiliary
supply, if required shall be indicated by the bidder. One bearing shall be insulated.
3.7.2.10
Maximum noise level measured at a distance of 1.0 metre from the outer surface of
the motor shall not exceed 85 db(A).
3.7.2.11
Two independent earthing points shall be provided on opposite sides of the motor.
3.7.2.12
Unless otherwise approved, the terminal box shall be capable of being turned
through 3600 in steps of 90o. Terminal boxes shall be suitable for termination of
motor cables.
3.7.2.13
Separate terminal boxes to be provided for space heater, RTDs, thermocouple,

vibration monitors etc. All terminal boxes shall be provided with two earthing studs
for termination of protective earth conductor.
3.7.2.14
Motor terminal covers shall shave drain plugs so located that they will drain water,
resulting from condensation or other causes from all pockets in the motor casing
3.7.2.15 The following details, in addition to those specified in applicable standards shall be
included on the rating plate.
a)
Temperature rise of windings in degree centigrade at rated load, rated

voltage, frequency and ambient conditions and the method of measuring

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 18 OF
30

b)
3.7.3
temperature rise (Thermometer/ Winding resistance).

Type of bearings, recommended lubricant, lubricating interval & re-lubricating
quantity.
Control Cabinets
3.7.3.1
The control panel shall include all necessary devices for receiving and distribution
of power supply, control and protection for various equipment of the elevator.
3.7.3.2
Control cabinets shall be sheet steel enclosed and shall be dust, weather and
vermin proof providing a degree of protection of IP 55. Sheet Steel used shall be
cold rolled and at least 2.0mm thick and properly braced to prevent wobbling.
3.7.3.2
Control cabinets shall be provided with hinged door(s) with padlocking arrangement
and suitable brackets/channels shall be provided for the type of mounting specified
in Data Sheet.
3.7.3.3
All doors, removable covers and plates shall be gasketed all around with neoprene
gaskets. All accessible live connections shall be shrouded and it shall be possible
to change switches, MCBs without danger of contact with live metal.
3.7.3.4
All live parts shall be provided with at least phase to phase and phase to earth
clearances in air of 25 mm and 20mm respectively.
3.7.3.5
Two earthing leads shall be provided at either end of the panel.
3.7.3.6
All sheet steel work shall be degreased, pickled, phosphated and then applied two
coats of zinc chromate primer and two coats of finishing epoxy paint, both inside
and outside, of colour as specified in Data Sheet.
3.7.4
Busbars
Busbars shall be insulated and of aluminium alloy of E91E grade and shall have
adequate cross-section to carry the required continuous currents such that the
operating temperature of the busbars does not exceed 850C.
3.7.5
Motor feeders
Motor to be controlled from the cabinet shall be provided with 3 pole/2 pole isolating
switch, Contractors with thermal overload relays and other equipment required for
satisfactory control of motors. When schematic drawings/bill of material is
enclosed, all equipment shown shall be supplied by the Contractor. The isolating
switch and contactor shall be rated at least 20% more than the connected motor full
load current. Unless otherwise specified motors rated 0.5KW and above being
controlled from the control cabinet shall be rated for 415V, 3 phase, 50 Hz and
motors rated below 0.5 KW shall be 240V, 1 phase, 50 Hz.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 19 OF
30

3.7.6
Interior lighting and receptacle

Control cabinet shall be provided with a 240V, 1 phase, 50 Hz, T5 type fluorescent
tubes (Energy efficient) for interior illumination controlled by a 'ON-OFF' switch /
MCBs and 240V, 1 phase, 5/15/32 Amp., 3 pin receptacle with Plug and
Switch/MCB for Switching ON & OFF. Power source for interior lighting and
receptacles shall be completely independent of control power source.
3.7.7
3.7.7.1
3.7.7.2
4.0
Cabinet internal wiring

Control cabinet shall be supplied completely wired, ready for the Purchaser'S
external connections at the terminal blocks. All wiring shall be carried out with
650/1100V grade, XLPE insulated, stranded conductors. Power circuits shall be
wired with standard aluminium conductors of adequate sizes to suit the rated circuit
current;
The minimum size shall be 4 mm2. Control, alarm and indication circuits shall be
wired with stranded copper conductors of sizes not smaller than 2.5 mm2. C.T. &
P.T. circuits shall be colored wired for R Y B phases with stranded copper
conductor of size, not smaller than 4 mm2.
Engraved identification ferrules, marked to correspond with the wiring diagram shall
be fitted at both ends of each wire. All wiring shall be adequately rated for the
circuit current the minimum rating shall be 20A.
Makes
Make of all the items used shall be as per annexure-III, Any other reputed make
which is not mentioned in annexure-III shall be subject to Purchasers approval.
5.0
Approval
6.0
All equipment supplied and all works executed under this contract including system
design and detailed engineering, shall comply with the statutory requirements of the
Government of India, the Government of Uttar Pradesh, the Grid Authorities, the
Indian Electricity Rules, etc. The scope of work includes obtaining necessary
statutory approvals/clearances from all the concerned authorities for various
systems covered in this contract.
Information to be Furnished by the Bidder along with Bid
6.1
All the Data Sheets and Schedules duly filled up with soft copies of the same.
6.2
Description literature/catalogues and write-ups for the offered equipment/systems.
6.3
Type test certificates/reports for the equipment covered in the specification.
7.0
Data to be Furnished after Award of Contract

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 20 OF
30

Documents for Review/ Approval
8.0
No. of weeks from

the receipt of LOA
Sl.
No
Documents
a)
Quality Control Plans for all equipment with detailed

procedure for the proposed equipment/material
12
b)
Technical data sheets, general arrangement

drawings, control schematics, etc. for all equipment
18
c)
Earthing & lightning protection system layout

drawings, lighting layout drawings, cable carrier
system layout drawings, etc.
22
d)
Inspection & Test Plan (ITP) with detailed procedure

for the proposed equipment/material
24
INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

-
After completion of erection / installation, such piece of equipment shall be

thoroughly inspected in presence of the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER for
correctness and completeness of erection and acceptability.
A check list may be furnished by the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER wherein all
details to be checked and necessary instruction shall be listed. The inspection
and checking shall strictly follow the checklist.
On completion of the inspection, two copies of the checklist dully filled in shall be
handed over to the PURCHASER.
The checklist shall be jointly signed by the Contractor and the PURCHASER.
Such endorsement, however shall not relive the Contractor of his obligation
under the contract.
After completion of erection work, tests shall be conducted by the Contractor on

each of equipment as per schedule of quantities to be supplied by the
PURCHASER or his authorised representatives.
The Contractor shall provide all tools, materials, labour and supervisory
personnel for carrying out field tests on equipment and materials under his scope
of work.
The tests shall be conducted in presence of the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER

and according to their directions.
All temporary arrangements, rigging and connections required for the tests shall
8.1

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 21 OF
30

be provided by the Contractor
8.2
The Contractor shall record the test results on approved proforma and furnish six
(6) copies of the results to the PURCHASER for approval within a week of the
date of tests completed.
On successful inspection and testing, the equipment shall be commissioned and

put on service in a manner mutually agreed upon.
RECTIFICATION
The Contractor shall carry out all rectifications, repairs or adjustment work found
necessary during testing, commissioning at his own cost.
8.3
TAKING OVER
On commissioning and on carrying out necessary rectification work, the
PURCHASER shall take over the installation either wholly or in parts, as the case
may be.
8.4
DEFECTS FOUND AFTER TAKING OVER

If any defects of design, workmanship and materials are observed within one year
from the date of completion of work as certified by the Engineer, it shall be corrected
by the Contractor, entirely at his risk and cost. If the work of repairs or replacement
is carried out by the PURCHASER, actual cost shall be recovered from the
Contractor.
9.0
LIST OF SPECIFICATION DRAWINGS

Sl. No.
Description
Drg. No

FLUE- EARTHING AND
LAYOUT
TCE.6071A-266-GL-3401

FLUE- LIGHTING LAYOUT
TCE.6071A-266-GL-3501
ANNEXURE -I
LIST OF SPARES FOR 3 YEARS OF OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 22 OF
30

Photo electric device
1 set
Junction boxes
3 Nos. of each type
Termination boxes
3 Nos. of each type
Aviation lamps (LED type)
2 Nos. of each type
MCB
5 Nos. of each type
70 watt HPSV fittings
5 Nos.
70 watt HPSV lamps
10 Nos.
Flasher unit complete with electronic cards
2 sets of each type
1 set
etc.
9
Starter for roll up door
Bidder to list spares not covered here but envisaged by him
ANNEXURE II
LIST OF APPLICABLE CODES FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
1
Practice for the protection of buildings and -
IS-2309
allied structures against lightning.

2
Code of practice for Earthing.
Aviation warning lighting
Dust proof electric light fittings
IS-3043
IS-4998, Guidelines from
Civil Aviation Authority of
India & Recommended
Practices for Aerodromes by
International Civil Aviation
Organisation. (ICAO),
IS-4012

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 23 OF
30

Low voltage switchgear and control gear:
IS-13947
Low-Voltage Switchgear and Control gear
IS-8623
Code of Practice for electrical wiring

installations.
IS-732
Flexible cables for lifts and other flexible

connections: Part 1 Elastomer insulated
cables.
IS:4289
ANNEXURE III
PREFERRED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT
DISTRIBUTION PANEL
S&S / MDS / HAVELLS / INDO-ASIAN
SWITCH SOCKET OUTLET/POWER

RECEPTACLE
AVIATION OBSTRUCTION
LUMINARIES ( AOL)
ANCHOR / ESSEN / CGL / ALSTOM / BEST &

CROMPTON
PHOTO ELECTRIC LIGHT

DETECTOR
ADVANCE ELECTRONICS / VIJAY FIRE / TATA

HONEYWELL / PROTECTION SYSTEM / PHILIPS
CABLES
UNIVERSAL / POLYCAB / KEI / RPG
LIGHT FITTINGS
PHILIPS / BAJAJ / GE
PHILIPS / WIPRO / BINAY
MCBS
MDS / S&S / SCHNEIDER / SIEMENS
MCCBS
SCHNEIDER/ L& T/ ABB / SIEMENS
CONTACTAR
SIEMENS / L&T / SCHNEIDER / ABB
O/L RELAY
SIEMENS / L&T / SCHNEIDER / ABB
MOTOR
ELEVATOR
CGL / KEC / ABB /

SIEMENS
MARATHON ELECTRIC /
MEKASTER ENGINEERING

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION:D9
SHEET 24 OF
30

Note :
Similar items shall be of one make only.
For items not indicated above, the Contractor shall obtain approval from the Purchaser.
ANNEXURE IV
TECHNICAL DATA TO BE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR
1.0
DISTRIBUTION PANEL
ENCLOSURE
1
Type
Thickness of sheet steel used
3
4
5
6
a)
Front
b)
Back
c)
Side
d)
Bottom / top
Dimensions of the complete board /

panel
Total weight of the complete board /
panel
Feature provided to make cubicle
dust proof
Painting
a)
Colour
b)
Finish
c)
Details of painting procedure

furnished

Uttar Pradesh
2.0
Bus bar
1
Material
Min clearance
a)
b)
Between phases
Phase to nearest earthed
part
Continuous current rating
One sec. Short time rating
5
3.0
Temp rise over the ambient temp of

50 deg C
SWITCHES
Make
Type
a)
b)
Heavy duty combination

switches
Heavy duty cubicle switches
Rated voltage
Rated current
Rated current and breaking currents
One sec. Short time rating
7
4.0
Temp rise of contacts above ambient

temperature
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER
Make
SECTION:D9
SHEET 25 OF
30

Uttar Pradesh
Type
Rated voltage
Rated voltage
Breaking capacity
Type of protective device
5.0
RECEPTACLES (FOR EACH TYPE)

1
Make
Type
quantity
Ratings
6.0
LIGHT CIRCUIT
Conduit
1
Make & Type
Sizes used
Catalogue
Junction Boxes
Make & Type
Sizes used
Catalogue no
Terminals within junction
Make &Type
Catalogue no
SECTION:D9
SHEET 26 OF
30

Uttar Pradesh
7.0
CABLE
1
Make
Type
Applicable standard
a)
b)
Suitable for service voltage

and unearthed system
Max conductor temperature above

50 deg.C ambient temperature
a)
Continuous
b)
Short time
Conductor
a)
Material
b)
Size sq.mm
c)
7
Voltage grade
No.& diameter of wires in each

conductor
Insulation
a)
Material
b)
Thickness
Sheath
a)
Material
SECTION:D9
SHEET 27 OF
30

Uttar Pradesh
b)
Thickness mm
- Inner sheath
- Outer sheath
Approx overall diameter
10
Standard drum length
11
Net weight of cable kg / m

Continuous current rating for
12
standard IS condition cable laid in

direct
13
14
15
a)
In ground
b)
In duct
c)
In air
Short circuit current for one

Electrical parameters at max
operation temperature
a)
Resistance ohm/km
b)
Reactance 50 c/s ohm/km
c)
Impedance ohm/km
Derating factors
SECTION:D9
SHEET 28 OF
30

Uttar Pradesh
16
17
8.0
9.0
10.0
Routine tests proposed to be carried

out
Type tests carried out
AVIATION OBSTRUCTION LUMINAIRE

1
Make & type
Watt
Flash Intensity
Flash Rate ( Range)
PHOTOELECTRIC FIXTURES
DETECTOR
1
Make
Rating
LIGHTING FIXTURES (To be furnished

for each type)
1
Make
Type
1100 V GRADE PVC WIRING
11.0
CABLE STRANDED
Copper 2.5 sq mm
Copper 4.0 sq.mm
1
Make
SECTION:D9
SHEET 29 OF
30

Uttar Pradesh
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
GI CONDUIT PIPES
a)
Size
b)
Make
GI STRIPS / PIPE
a)
Size
b)
Make
VERTICAL AIR TERMINATION

ROD
a)
Size
b)
Make
EARTHING ELECTRODE
a)
Size
b)
Make
SECTION:D9
SHEET 30 OF
30

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D10
SHEET 1 OF 2
INSTUMENTATION AND CONTROL

REQUIREMENTS
1.0
SAMPLING PORTS
1.1
Bidder shall provide sampling ports for Nox, Sox and CO Analysers,
Temperature sensors, Pressure & Flow sensors and Opacity monitor for each
flue.
1.2
Following details shall be provided to the successful bidder during detailed

engineering stage.
(a) No. of sampling ports,
(b) Height at which the sampling ports are needed,
(c) Size of the ports and
(d) Orientation of ports inclusive of size and thickness of material to be used
(e) Necessary mounting arrangements to be made on the chimney as required
by purchaser.
(f) Pipe, Flange and Lugs details.
1.3
Bidder shall provide SS 316 L plate and asbestos board below each pipe insert
for fixing of measuring instruments.
1.4
All gas sampling ports, half of them on each vertical face of MS flue duct, for
mounting particulate emission monitor and one port for laboratory gas sampling
fabricated from SST or MS pipes as the case may be with flanged ends shall
be provided for each flue including proper insulation, blank plates, nuts, bolts,
etc.
2.0
ERECTION EQUIPMENT
2.1
Perforated cable trays as suitable shall be provided for routing the sample
probe/ tube and cables from sampling ports on chimney to CEMS analyzer
room.
2.2
CEMS analyzer room will be located near to the chimney. However, the exact
located shall be provided during detailed engineering.
2.3
Bidder shall provide required number of 38 NB conduits including pull wires,

junction boxes and pull boxes, all securely tacked/ anchored to internal of shell.
2.4
The plates and angles shall be painted with 3 coats of acid and heat resistant
paint.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: D10
SHEET 2 OF 2
INSTUMENTATION AND CONTROL

REQUIREMENTS
3.0
3.1
ACCESS PLATFORM
Suitable operating platform shall be provided.
3.2
Access platforms and associated Staircase for installation/ maintenance of

sampling ports shall be provided by the contractor as indicated in the tender
drawing.
4.0
POWER SUPPLY PROVISION

Bidder shall also include providing a power connection with 15/ 5 Amps, 230 V
AC plug sockets near every port hole. The load shall be 1000 Watts.
5.0
EXCLUSIONS
5.1
The sampling equipment is not in the scope of bidder. The bidder shall,
however, provide all the necessary fittings, flanges, as required for the port
holes.
5.2
Erection and commissioning of Analyzer equipment is not in the scope of

bidder. However, Bidder shall provide any support required by the Purchaser
for erection and commissioning of Analyzer equipment.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 1 OF
1.0
SCOPE OF CONTRACT
The scope of this Contract covers Civil & Structural Works for Chimney, for
3x660 MW Super Thermal Power Plant to be installed at Mirchwara and
Buraugaon, Lalitpur district, Uttar Pradesh. The scope also includes supply of
all materials and labour along with necessary tools and tackles, design,
detailing, fabrication and erection.
2.0
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
2.1
The term Contract or Contract Documents shall mean and include the
following, which shall be deemed to form an integral part of the Contract:
(a) Contract Agreement for Civil and Structural Works for Chimney.
(b) General Conditions of Contract for Civil and Structural Works for Chimney.
(c) Specifications for Civil and Structural Works for Chimney as set out.
2.2
The several documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually

explanatory of one another but in case of ambiguities or discrepancies the
same shall be explained and adjusted by the PURCHASER who shall
thereupon issue to the Contractor instructions directing in what manner the
Works are to be carried out.
3.0
DEFINITION OF TERMS
3.1
Codes and Standards shall mean all the applicable codes and standards as
indicated in the Specifications.
3.2
Commercial Use shall mean that use of the Works, which the Contract
contemplates or that for which Works are commercially capable.
3.3
Commissioning shall have the meaning specified in the Specifications.
3.4
Contract Price shall mean the price referred to in Clause 10 of this Contract,
and agreed Variations thereto as determined in accordance with Clause 31.
3.5
Contractor shall mean successful bidder and shall include its successors and
permitted assigns.
3.6
Contractors works shall mean and include the land and other places, which
are used by the Contractor or Sub-Contractor for the construction & fabrication
and for performing the works.
3.7
Defaulting Party shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 17.3.
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 2 OF
3.8
Drawings shall mean

a) Any drawings furnished by the PURCHASER as a basis for proposals and
forming part of Specifications;
b) Any Supplementary drawings furnished by the PURCHASER to clarify and
to define in greater detail the intent of the Contract and forming part of
Specifications;
c) Drawings submitted by the Contractor with his proposal provided such
drawings are acceptable to the PURCHASER;
d) Drawings furnished by the PURCHASER to the Contractor during the
progress of the Work; and
e) Engineering data and drawings submitted by the Contractor during the
progress of the Work provided such drawings are acceptable to the
PURCHASER.
3.9
Effective Date shall mean Date of Issue of LOI.
3.10
CIPL shall mean M/s Carbery Infrastructure PTE Ltd or their duly authorised
representatives, who have been awarded complete Balance of Plant Package
for 3X660 MW Lalitpur Super Thermal Power Project.
3.11
PURCHASER mean M/s Bajaj Infrastructure Development Co. Ltd or their

duly authorised representatives, who have been assigned Procurement and
Supply of Equipment, Civil construction and Structural work and Erection,
Installation and commissioning activities for BOP package.
3.12
CONSULTANT / PROJECT CONSULTANT / CONSULTING ENGINEER shall

mean TATA Consulting Engineers Limited' or their duly authorised
representatives, who are the CONSULTANTS appointed by the OWNER for
the 'project'
3.13
PURCHASERs Instructions shall mean any Drawings and/ or instructions,

oral and/ or in writing, details, direction and explanations issued by the
PURCHASER from time to time during the period of this Contract.
3.14
Equipment shall mean the goods to be supplied by the Contractor under this
Contract as described in detail under the Specifications.
3.15
Certificate of virtual completion' shall have the meaning specified in the

Specifications.
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 3 OF
3.16
Force Majeure shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 18.1.
3.17
Inspector shall mean the authorised representative appointed by the OWNER

/ CIPL / PURCHASER / CONSULTANT for purposes of inspection of
Equipment and other materials or works.
3.18
Letter of Intent shall mean the letter No _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.
3.19
Milestones shall mean an event or part of the Work to be completed under the
Contract and described in the milestone schedule.
3.20
Month shall mean the calendar month; Week shall mean seven consecutive
days; and day shall mean 24 hours.
3.21
Non-Defaulting Party shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 17.3.
3.22
Notice to Proceed (NTP) shall mean a notice by the PURCHASER to the

Contractor directing to proceed with the scope of supply, in the format set out.
3.23
Notice in Writing or Written Notice shall mean a notice in written, typed or

printed characters sent (unless delivered personally or otherwise proved to
have been received) by registered post/ facsimile to the address specified in
Clause 47.
3.24
Other Contractors shall mean contractors to whom orders have been placed
by the PURCHASER for the Project and shall include their respective
successors and permitted assigns.
3.25
OWNER or LPGCL shall mean Lalitpur Power Generation Company Limited

and shall include its successors and assigns, as well as its authorised officers/
representatives.
3.26
Project Schedule shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 9.3.
3.27
Project shall mean the 3x660 MW Lalitpur Super Thermal Power Project of
LPGCL specified in the Project Information of the Specifications.
3.28
Scheduled Completion Period shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause

14.1.1.
3.29
Specifications shall mean as detailed in earlier sections.
3.30
Site shall mean the actual place of the proposed Project as detailed in the
Specifications or any other place where Work is to be executed under the
Contract.
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 4 OF
3.31
Sub-Contractor shall mean any person to whom a part of the Contract has
been delegated and shall include his heirs, legal representatives, successors
and permitted assigns.
3.32
Take-Over shall mean the take over of the works by the PURCHASER in
accordance with Clause 46.
3.33
Variation shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 31.
3.34
Warranty Period or Defects Liability period shall mean the period during
which the Contractor shall remain liable for repair or replacement of any
defective parts of the works supplied under the Contract in accordance with
Clause 32.
3.35
Work or Works shall mean all work to be carried out by the Contractor,
pursuant to Contract and s per Specification.
3.36
When the words Approved, Subject to Approval, Satisfactory, Equal to,

Proper, Requested, As Directed, Where Directed, When Directed,
Determined By, Accepted, Permitted or words and phrases of like import are
used, the approval, judgement, direction, etc. is understood to be a function of
the PURCHASER. .
3.37
Writing shall include any manuscript, typewritten or printed statement, under

or over signature and/ or seal, as the case may be.
3.38
Words importing the singular shall also include the plural and vice-versa where
the context so requires.
3.39
Words importing Person shall include firms, companies, corporations and

associations or body of individuals, whether incorporated or not.
3.40
References to the Contract or Contract Documents shall be construed as a

reference to such Contract/ Contract Documents as the same may from time to
time be amended, varied, supplemented or novated.
3.41
References to parties or party shall be construed as a reference to parties or

a party to this Contract, as the case may be.
4.0
CONTRACTOR TO INFORM HIMSELF FULLY

The Contractor shall be deemed to have carefully examined all Contract
Documents to his entire satisfaction. If he shall have any doubt as to the
meaning of any portion of the Contract Documents, he shall, before signing the
Contract set forth the particulars thereof, and submit them to the
PURCHASER in writing, in order that such doubt may be removed. The
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 5 OF
PURCHASER shall provide such clarifications as may be necessary in writing

to the Contractor. Any information otherwise obtained from the PURCHASER
shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to fulfil his
obligations under the Contract, nor shall amount to a Variation.
5.0
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
This Contract shall be signed between the parties and the expenses incurred in
the preparation and stamping of this Contract shall be to the account of the
PURCHASER and the PURCHASER shall furnish to the Contractor, free of
charge, an executed stamped counterpart of this Contract.
6.0
MANNER OF EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
6.1
This Contract shall be signed on a date and time to be mutually agreed within
the specified period. The Contractor shall present himself for signing of the
Contract, with proper power of attorney.
6.2
This Contract shall be signed in three originals and the PURCHASER shall
provide the Contractor with one signed original copy and retain the balance.
7.0
EFFECT AND JURISDICTION OF CONTRACT
7.1
This Contract shall come into force on the Effective Date.
7.2
The laws applicable to this Contract shall be the laws in force in India. Subject
to Clause 24, the Courts of Uttar Pradesh shall have exclusive jurisdiction in
all matters arising under this Contract.
8.0
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT
8.1
The Contractor shall not assign the Contract or any part thereof or any benefit
or interest therein or there under (otherwise than by a charge in favour of the
Contractors bankers over any monies due or to become due to it under this
Contract), without the prior written consent of the PURCHASER .
8.2
The Contractor shall not sub-contract the whole or part of the Contract, except
where otherwise provided in this Contract. The Contractor shall not subcontract any part of this work without the prior written consent of the
PURCHASER , which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and such
consent, if given, shall not relieve the Contractor, from any liability or obligation
under the Contract and he shall be responsible for the acts, defaults and
neglects of any Sub-Contractor, as if they were the acts, defaults or neglects of
the Contractor.
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 6 OF
8.3
The Contractor shall be responsible for transmitting pertinent data of the

Contracts terms and conditions to the Sub-Vendors/ Sub-Contractors. The
Contractor shall furnish to the PURCHASER four (4) unpriced copies of major
sub-orders showing promised delivery dates/ places/ work program.
9.0
TIME IS THE ESSENCE OF CONTRACT
9.1
The time and the Scheduled Completion Period as stipulated in Clause 14.1.1
shall be the essence of the Contract. The Contractor shall so organise his
resources and perform his Work as to complete it not later than the date
agreed to. The time for completion of the works contracted for shall be
reckoned from the Effective Date.
9.2
The Contractor shall submit a detailed programme for the entire scope of
Works under this Contract within 4 weeks of the Effective Date.
9.3
The program submitted by the Contractor as per Clause 9.2 shall contain a
detailed break-up of the dates on which the works thereof under the Contract
would be completed, provided that all Work shall be completed within the
Scheduled Completion Period, which break-up shall be consistent with the
milestone schedule. Without prejudice to the Contractors obligations under the
Contract, the Contractor shall make such changes to the schedule as may be
requested by the Contractor and accepted by the PURCHASER or suggested
by the PURCHASER and accepted by the Contractor, and such schedule
shall be the reference for completion of Work by the Contractor (Project
Schedule). Change suggested by the PURCHASER to the schedule,
submitted by the Contractor to conform to the requirements of the Contract,
shall not constitute a Variation.
10.0
CONTRACT PRICE
10.1
The Contract Price shall be Rs -------------- (Rupees --------------) as per the

details given in the Schedule ------. However, payment will be made as per
payment schedule and works completion and certified by the PURCHASER.
10.2
The Contract Price is inclusive of supply of all materials (except cement &
reinforcement steel), labour, royalties, all Taxes and duties such as Sales Tax,
Work Contract Tax, Excise Duty etc and all insurance.
10.3
The Contract Price includes transit insurance up to Project site.
10.4
Prices and rates quoted shall be firm for the entire duration of the contact and
any agreed extensions thereafter irrespective of any variation in the quantities
of individual items of work and/ or in the total contract price.
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 7 OF
10.5
The quantities against various items of work are furnished in the schedule of
quantities in the specification. PURCHASER reserve's the right to add or
delete any item or work depending upon the requirement of the project. No
claim shall be allowed because of actual quantities differ from the quantities
given in specification.
11.0
DEDUCTIONS FROM CONTRACT PRICE

The PURCHASER shall claim from the Contractor all costs, damages,
expenses or other liabilities that the PURCHASER may incur for which the
Contractor is liable under the Contract. All such claims shall be billed by the
PURCHASER to the Contractor regularly as and when they fall due. Such bills
shall be supported by appropriate and certified vouchers or explanations, to
enable the Contractor to properly identify such claims. Such claims shall be
paid by the Contractor within twenty-eight (28) days of the receipt of the
corresponding bills (if not disputed by the Contractor) and if not paid by the
Contractor within the said period, the PURCHASER may then, without further
notice, deduct the amount, from any monies due or becoming due by him to the
Contractor under the Contract or may recover such monies by actions of Law
or otherwise.
12.0
TAXES AND DUTIES

The Contract Price includes all Taxes and duties such as Sales Tax, Work
Contract Tax, Excise Duty etc.
13.0
INSURANCE
Erection All Risk Policy will be arranged by the PURCHASER . The Contractor
is responsible to take insurance up to the Site.
14.0
SCHEDULED COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
14.1
Completion of Work under the Contract
14.1.1
The Contractor agrees that Works under the Contract shall be commenced and
carried on at such points, and in the order of precedence and at such times and
seasons as may be discussed and mutually agreed by the PURCHASER and
the Contractor and completed within the Scheduled Completion Period. The
Work under the Contract shall be carried out in accordance with the Project
Schedule and the mile stones schedule. The Contractor declares that he has
familiarised himself with and obtained all necessary information in connection
with the Site, means of communication, access to the Site and rights of way,
with all the local conditions (including climatic and environmental conditions),
and with all the circumstances which may or are likely to affect the performance
and completion of the Work, and that he has allowed for such conditions in the
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 8 OF
preparation of this schedule. The Contractor further acknowledges that the

PURCHASER has engaged the Other Contractors for the supply of certain
other equipment and performance of certain services at the Site for the
purpose of the Project, and the Contractor has taken into account the work to
be carried out by such Other Contractors in the preparation of this Project
Schedule, and Schedule of Milestones. No extension of time shall be granted
to the Contractor on account of any work carried on or to be carried on by any
Other Contractor, which is affected due to delay or non-fulfilment of the
Contractors obligation. The progress of Work shall be checked at regular
monthly intervals and the percentage progress achieved shall be
commensurate with the time elapsed after the Effective Date.
14.1.2
Works under this Contract shall be said to have been completed for the
purpose of this Clause 0 only upon Take-Over.
14.1.3
It is not incumbent upon the PURCHASER to notify the Contractor when to

begin, to cease or resume Work, nor to give early notice of the rejection of
faulty Work, nor in any way to superintend so as to relieve the Contractor of the
responsibility or of any consequence of neglect or carelessness by him or his
subordinates.
14.1.4
No necessity for an extension of time is anticipated, but if untoward or

extraordinary circumstances should arise beyond the control of the Contractor
for which the PURCHASER is responsible under the Contract, which in the
opinion of the PURCHASER should entitle the Contractor to a reasonable
extension of time, such extension shall be granted, but shall not operate to
relieve the Contractor of any of his obligations.
14.1.5
Without prejudice to the obligations of the Contractor under Clause 14.1.1 and
Clause 14.1.6, the Contractor shall promptly notify the PURCHASER of any
event or conditions which might delay the completion of Work in accordance
with the Project Schedule and the steps being taken to remedy such situation.
14.1.6
If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or during the

progress of Work under the Contract by
(i) any wilful delay or gross neglect of the PURCHASER , or

(ii) changes ordered in the Works by the PURCHASER provided that no
direction, instructions, notes or request of the PURCHASER in respect of

the Work under the Contract shall be a change under this Clause 14.1.6
unless the PURCHASER has agreed that such direction, instruction, order
or request constitutes a Variation in accordance with the procedure
specified in Clause 0, or
(iii) by suspension of Works by the PURCHASER under Clause 19.2, or
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 9 OF
(iv) by Force Majeure

the time of completion shall be extended by a reasonable period as may be
mutually agreed. Provided that no extension shall be granted, unless the
Contractor makes an application for extension within 15 days of the occurrence
of the events specified in this Clause.
14.1.7
The time stipulated in the Contract for the execution and completion of Works
under the Contract shall be deemed to be the essence of the Contract. In the
event the Contractor fails to execute and complete the Works under the
Contract within the time specified herein, then the Contractor shall pay to the
PURCHASER , compensation as provided in this Contract by way of Liquidated
Damages. The PURCHASER may, without prejudice to any method of
recovery, deduct the amount for such damages from any amount due or which
may become due to the Contractor. In the event of extension of time being
granted by the PURCHASER in writing for completion of the Works stated in
Clause 14.1.4 and Clause 14.1.6, this Clause 14.1.7 shall be applicable after
the expiry of such extension period.
14.2
Liquidated Damages for Delay
14.2.1
If the Contractor fails to perform the Contract within the stipulated time,
Contractor shall pay to the PURCHASER as liquidated damages a sum equal
to 0.5% per week of the Contract Price for first four weeks or part thereof and
1% of the Contract Price per week or part there of subject to the maximum of
5%.
14.2.2
In addition to the liquidated damages mentioned in Clause 14.2.1 above,

additional liquidated damages shall also be levied for the delay in achieving the
critical milestones as per the agreed schedule. The additional liquidated
damages to be levied for each of the critical mile stones are indicated below.
Sl. No.
1
Critical Activity
Liquidated damage
per week (Rs. In
Lakhs)
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 10 OF
14.2.3
The cumulative Liquidated Damages for all the above critical milestones
referred in Clause 14.2.2 shall not exceed 5% of the Total Contract Price. The
Liquidated Damages for the Critical Mile stones shall be recoverable during the
execution of the Contract.
14.3
Acknowledgement of Parties
The sums set out in this Clause 14.2 represent a genuine pre-estimate of the
damages likely to be suffered by the PURCHASER if the events described in
this Clause 14 may occur. The Parties ( PURCHASER / Contractor) agree that
the losses that will actually be sustained by the PURCHASER are uncertain
and impossible to determine with precision. The sums set out in this Clause 0
seek to limit the potential liability of the Contractor and constitute liquidated
damages and not a penalty.
15.0
AGGREGATE LIABILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR
15.1
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Contract to the contrary, the

aggregate liability of the Contractor for liquidated damages under Clause 14.2
(Liquidated Damages) shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the Contract
Price.
15.2
The Contractor's financial liability under this Contract shall expire with the
expiration of the Defects liability period.
16.0
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
Notwithstanding anything contained in any other provision of this Contract, but
subject to the provisions of Clause 15 and related provisions of this Contract,
no party shall be liable to the other Party for any special or indirect or
consequential damages and for any loss of revenue, loss of profit, loss of use,
loss resulting from the liability of the party to any other person or for any
financial or economic loss.
17.0
DEFAULT
17.1
Contractors Default
Default by Contractor shall include any of the following:
(i) Negligence to execute Works under the Contract with due diligence and
expedition by the Contractor or negligence or refusal to comply with any

reasonable orders given in writing by the PURCHASER by the Contractor.
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 11 OF
(ii) A petition is filed for the winding up, bankruptcy or insolvency of the
Contractor which is not set aside or stayed within 45 days of filing or the
Contractor enters into a compromise or a scheme of arrangement with its
creditors, or carries on business under a receiver, trustee or manager for
the benefit of its creditors.
(iii) Abandonment of this Contract or the Works.

(iv) Suspension of Work for reasons other than those specified under Clause
19.1 either at the commencement of the Contract or during the progress of
Work there under for 30 days or more.
(v) A material breach of his obligations under the Contract.

(vi) Failure to pay any liquidated damages or other sums due from the
Contractor under the Contract within 15 days of the relevant due date.
17.2
PURCHASER s Default
Default by the PURCHASER shall include any of the following:
(i) failure to issue a certificate of payment without cause or failure to make any
of the payments, when due.
(ii) A petition is filed for the winding up, bankruptcy or insolvency of the
PURCHASER which is not set aside or stayed within 45 days of filing or

the PURCHASER enters into a compromise or a scheme of arrangement
with its creditors, or carries on business under a receiver, trustee or
manager for the benefit of its creditors.
(iii) Suspension of Work for reasons other than those specified under Clause
19.2, either at the commencement or during progress for 30 days or more.
(iv) Any material breach of its obligations under the Contract.

17.3
If either party (Defaulting Party) commits a default of this Contract, the other
party (Non-Defaulting Party), may serve a written notice of default on the
Defaulting Party stating that it is a notice under this Clause and specifying the
default.
17.4
Upon serving of a notice under Clause 17.3, the Defaulting Party shall be
entitled to remedy the default within a period of thirty (30) days or such longer
period specified in the Notice by the Non-Defaulting Party.
18.0
FORCE MAJEURE
37
SECTION: E1

Uttar Pradesh
SHEET 12 OF
18.1
Force Majeure means any circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor
or the PURCHASER , as the case may be, which substantially affect the
performance of the Contract, such as but not limited to:
(i) Natural phenomena, including but not limited to floods, droughts,

earthquakes, epidemics, storm & lightning substantially affecting Work;
(ii) Acts of any Government, including but not limited to war, declared or
undeclared,
confiscation;
priorities,
quarantines,
embargoes,
nationalisation,
(iii) Accidents such as fire and explosions;

(iv) Strikes or industrial disputes (which are not related to the breach of
agreement with the employees by either Parties), and sabotage;
(v) Riots, civil commotion, insurrection, act of terrorism, belligerence, hostilities,

revolution;
provided either party shall within fifteen (15) days from the occurrence of such
a cause notify the other in writing of such causes.
18.2
The Contractor or the PURCHASER shall not be liable under the Contract for
delays in performing his obligations resulting from any Force Majeure event.
The Scheduled Completion Period shall be extended by a reasonable time in
terms of Clause 14.1.6.
18.3
With the occurrence of a Force Majeure, the PURCHASER s shall not withhold
payments due under this Contract, unless the modus operandi of the payment
is affected by such Force Majeure.
18.4
If Force Majeure applies at any time prior to the Scheduled Completion Period
the parties shall meet to discuss a revised schedule for the completion of the
Contract and if the Force Majeure has applied for a period in excess of 120
days, the provisions of Clause 20 shall apply unless otherwise agreed between
the parties.
18.5
The parties hereto shall consult with each other and take all reasonable steps
to minimise the losses of either party resulting from Force Majeure. In case of
strike or lockout, the Contractor shall, as soon as possible, give written notice
thereof to the PURCHASER , but the Contractor shall nevertheless constantly
endeavour to prevent delay and shall do all that may reasonably be required to
the satisfaction of the PURCHASER to proceed with the Works.
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 13 OF
18.6
In addition, the Contractor shall be entitled to claim demonstrable and

reasonable compensation if such delays have resulted in any increase in the
cost, provided always that the PURCHASER shall be liable to make payment
of any increase in costs only if approved in accordance with the procedure set
out in Clause 31.
19.0
SUSPENSION
19.1
Suspension by Contractor
The Contractor shall be entitled to suspend the Work by giving a notice of 30
days to the PURCHASER , if -
(i) the PURCHASER fails to issue a certificate for payment, upon proper
application by the Contractor, without showing reasonable cause under the
terms of the Contract, or
(ii) the PURCHASER fails to make any payment that is due for payment as
per terms of payment given in clause 37.
19.2
Suspension of Work by PURCHASER
19.2.1
The PURCHASER reserves the right to suspend and reinstate performance of

the whole or any part of the Contract without invalidating the provisions of the
Contract. The PURCHASER shall issue all orders for suspension or
reinstatement of the Work under the Contract to the Contractor in writing.
19.2.2
Any necessary and demonstrable costs incurred by the Contractor as a result

of such suspension of the Works shall be payable by the PURCHASER
provided such costs are approved in terms of Clause 31.
19.3
Work Partly Abandoned
19.3.1
If any time after commencement of the work, the PURCHASER shall for any
reason whatsoever, not require the whole work thereof as specified in the
tender to be carried out, the PURCHASER shall give notice in writing of the fact
to the Contractor who shall have no claim to any payment of compensation
whatsoever on account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived
from the execution of the work in full but which he did not derive in
consequence of the full amount of the work not having been carried out nor
shall he have any claim for compensation by reason of any change having
been made in the original specifications, drawings, designs and instructions
which shall involve any curtailment of the work as originally contemplated.
19.3.2
The Contractor shall be paid the charges on the cartage only of materials
actually brought to the site by the Contractor and rendered surplus as a result
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 14 OF
of the abandonment or curtailment of the work or any portion thereof and taken
back by the Contractor, provided however, that the PURCHASER shall have in
all such cases, the right to purchase these materials at their purchase price or
at current local rates whichever may be less.
20.0
TERMINATION
20.1
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Contract, the non-defaulting Party in

case of (i) and (iii) below and the affected Party in case of (ii) below may
terminate this Contract by giving 60 days notice on any one or more of the
following grounds namely:
(i) A default as per Clause 0 is not remedied within the period indicated
therein;
(ii) A Force Majeure event has occurred, which continues for a period beyond
120 days as provided in Clause 18.4; or
(iii) For prolonged suspension of Work for a period exceeding 90 days.

20.2
Upon termination of the Contract by the Contractor due to the PURCHASER s

default, the PURCHASER shall pay to Contractor.
(a) The amount payable in respect of any preliminary items so far as the work
or service comprised therein has been carried out and an appropriate

proportion of any such item in which the work comprised has only been
partially carried out or performed duly certified by the PURCHASER.
(b) The cost of materials or goods for the Works or for use in connection with
the Works/ the amount of any other expenditure, which in the

circumstances was reasonably incurred by the Contractor in the
expectation of completing the Works, duly certified by the PURCHASER
based on documentary evidence.
20.3
Upon termination of the Contract by the PURCHASER due to the Contractors

default, the PURCHASER may Take-Over the Works and may complete any
Work pending under the Contract on his own or by other vendor/ contractor and
recover the cost of such completion from the Contractor, without prejudice to
the Contractors obligations hereunder. In such an event, the PURCHASER
shall pay to the Contractor only for the Works accepted by the PURCHASER ,
after adjusting the cost incurred by the PURCHASER towards getting the
pending Works completed. If the cost of completing the Work pending under
the Contract or executing a part thereof, exceeds the balance Contract Price
due to the Contractor at the time of termination, the Contractor shall indemnify
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 15 OF
the PURCHASER and pay such excess amount to the PURCHASER , within
30 days of demand being made by the PURCHASER .
21.0
NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS
Neither any inspection by the OWNER/CIPL/CONSULTANT/PURCHASER
nor any order, instruction, direction or issue of any certificate by the
PURCHASER for payment of money, or any payment for or acceptance of, the
whole or any part of the Works by the PURCHASER , nor any extension of
time, nor any possession taken by the PURCHASER , nor any exercise by the
PURCHASER of the rights of the Contractor shall operate as a waiver of any
provision of the Contract or of any power herein reserved to the PURCHASER
or any right to damages herein provided, nor shall any waiver of any breach in
the Contract be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, or
amount to a Variation, except in compliance with Clause 31.
22.0
CERTIFICATE NOT TO AFFECT LIABILITY OF CONTRACTOR

No interim payment certificate of the PURCHASER , nor any sum paid on
account by the PURCHASER , nor any extension of time for performance of
the whole or any part of the Contract granted by the PURCHASER shall affect
or prejudice the rights of the PURCHASER against the Contractor or relieve
the Contractor of his obligations for the due performance of the Contract or be
interpreted as approval of the Work done or of the Equipment furnished and no
certificate shall create liability in the PURCHASER to pay for any alterations,
amendments, variations or additional Equipment, except pursuant to Clause 31
or discharge the liability of the Contractor for the payment of damages whether
due, ascertained, or certified or not or any sum against the payment of which
he is bound to indemnify the PURCHASER .
23.0
SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
23.1
Any disputes or differences including those considered as such by only one of

the parties arising out of or in connection with the Contract shall be to the
extent possible settled amicably between the Parties.
23.2
If amicable settlement cannot be reached then all disputed issues shall be

settled by arbitration as provided in Clause 24 below.
24.0
ARBITRATION
24.1
Subject to the provisions of Clause 24.4, if any dispute or difference of any kind
whatsoever shall arise between the PURCHASER and the Contractor, arising
out of, in relation to, or in connection with the Contract (including, in relation to
the validity of the whole or any part of the Contract), whether during the
progress of the Work under the Contract or after the completion thereof or
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 16 OF
whether before or after the termination, abandonment or breach of the

Contract, it shall, in the first place, be referred to and settled by the
PURCHASER , who, within a period of thirty (30) days after being requested
shall give written notice of his decision to Contractor.
24.2
In the event the PURCHASER fails to notify their respective decision as

aforesaid, within thirty (30) days after being requested, or in the event the
Contractor is not satisfied with any such decision, either party may require and
claim within a further period of thirty (30) days after the expiry of the first
mentioned period of thirty (30) days that the matter in dispute be referred to
arbitration as here in after provided.
24.3
The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of The

Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 of India.
24.4
The arbitration shall be conducted by three arbitrators, one each to be

nominated by the PURCHASER and the Contractor and the third, to be
nominated by the President of Institution of Engineers, India. The arbitration
proceedings shall be conducted at Noida, UP.
24.5
The arbitrators shall have the power to grant interim relief and/ or interim
award.
24.6
The arbitrators shall have full powers to review and/ or revise any decision,
opinion, directions, certification or Valuation in consonance with the contract
and neither party shall be limited in the proceedings before such arbitrators to
the evidence or arguments put forth earlier. The award of the arbitrators shall
be final and binding on the parties.
24.7
Performance under the contract shall if reasonably possible continue during the
arbitration procedures and payment due if any to the Contractor by the
PURCHASER may not be withheld unless they are the subject matter of
arbitration proceedings.
24.8
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Contract, the Contractor shall

not be entitled to refer any dispute in respect of its obligations to pay liquidated
damages for arbitration, unless he has paid the liquidated damages which are
claimed to be due under the Contract by the PURCHASER . The liquidated
damages so paid or the relevant portion thereof shall be refunded to the
Contractor in the event it is finally decided by the Arbitrators that such
liquidated damages are not payable, or that a reduced sum is payable by the
Contractor to the PURCHASER .
25.0
LANGUAGE AND MEASURES
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 17 OF
All documents pertaining to the Contract including specifications, schedule,

notices, correspondence, operating and maintenance instructions, Drawings or
any other writing shall be written in English language. The metric system of
measurement shall be used exclusively in the Contract.
26.0
RELEASE OF INFORMATION
The Contractor shall not communicate or use in advertising, publicity, sales
releases or in any other medium, photographs or other reproduction of the
Works, any Equipment supplied or to be supplied under this Contract, or
descriptions of the Site, dimensions, quantity, quality or other information,
concerning the Equipment or the Works, without the prior written permission of
the PURCHASER .
27.0
COMPLETION OF CONTRACT
Unless otherwise terminated under the provisions of any other relevant clause,
this Contract shall be deemed to have been completed at the expiration of the
Defects liability period as provided under Clause 32.
28.0
ENFORCEMENT OF TERMS
The failure of either Party to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this
Contract or any rights in respect thereto or to exercise any option herein
provided shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provisions, rights
or options or in any way to affect the validity of the Contract. The exercise by
either party of any of the rights herein shall not preclude or prejudice either
party from exercising the same or any other right it may have hereunder.
29.0
PURCHASER S DECISION
29.1
In respect of all matters which are left to the decision of the PURCHASER
including the granting or withholding of the certificates, the PURCHASER
shall, if required to do so by the Contractor, give in writing a decision thereon.
29.2
If in the opinion of the Contractor, a decision made by the PURCHASER is not

in accordance with the meaning and intent of the Contract, the Contractor may
file with the PURCHASER, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the decision,
a written objection to the decision. Failure to file an objection within the allotted
time shall be considered as acceptance of the PURCHASER s decision and
the decision shall become final and binding.
29.3
The PURCHASER s decision and the filing of the written objection thereto
shall be a condition precedent to the right to request arbitration. It is the intent
of this Contract, that there shall be no delay in the performance of the Contract
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 18 OF
and the decision of the PURCHASER shall be promptly observed, without

relieving the Contractor of its responsibilities under the Contract.
30.0
CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS

The Contractor agrees to co-operate with the Other Contractors and exchange
with them such technical information pertaining to the Contractors scope of
Work, as is necessary, for optimal interfacing to enable the PURCHASER to
obtain the most efficient and economical design for the Project to avoid
unnecessary duplication of efforts. However, all such exchanges shall be under
intimation to the PURCHASER.
31.0
VARIATION
31.1
No instruction, direction, order or request made by the PURCHASER with

respect to the Work to be performed under the Contract shall be construed as
an alteration in the obligations of the Contractor under the Contract, unless
such instruction, direction, order or request has been agreed as constituting a
Variation in accordance with this Clause 31.
31.2
No alterations, amendments, omissions, suspensions or variations of the Work

to be performed (hereinafter referred to as Variation) under the Contract as
detailed in the Contract Documents, shall be made by the Contractor except as
directed in writing by the PURCHASER..
31.3
The PURCHASER shall have full power, subject to the provision hereinafter
contained, from time to time during the performance of the Contract, by a
notice in writing to instruct the Contractor to make Variations without prejudice
to any of the rights of the PURCHASER under the Contract.
31.4
In the event the Contractor is of the opinion that any instruction, direction, order
or request made by the PURCHASER constitutes a Variation which entitles
the Contractor to (a) an extension of time for performance of the Contract, and/
or (b) an increase in the Contract Price or the Contractor receives a notice of
Variation from the PURCHASER under Clause 31.3 and the Contractor is of
the opinion that such Variation entitles the Contractor to (a) an extension of
time for performance of the Contract, and/ or (b) an increase in the Contract
Price, the Contractor shall communicate the same to the PURCHASER in
writing within 15 days of making up of the instruction, direction, order or request
or the receipt of notice under Clause 31.3 as the case may be.
31.5
Any request for an extension of time or increase in Contract Price by the

Contractor under Clause 31.4 shall be based on the existing Project Schedule
and/ or the rates and prices contained in the Contract or where no comparable
rates or prices exist, it will be based on 31.11 & 31.12.
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 19 OF
31.6
The PURCHASER shall communicate its decision regarding the extension in

time and/ or increase in Contract Price requested by the Contractor under
Clause 31.4 within 15 days of receipt of such request.
31.7
Upon the agreement in writing of the PURCHASER and the Contractor on the
extension of time and/ or increase in Contract Price for the proposed Variation
where the proposed Variation does not entitle the Contractor to any extension
of time or increase in Contract Price, the Contractor shall commence Work with
respect to such Variation immediately upon the receipt of notice of Variation
from the PURCHASER.
31.8
In case any change (increase or decrease) in price due to any Variation, such
change in price shall be payable as per Agreed Schedule.
31.9
The Contractor shall carry out Variation and be bound by the same conditions
as far as applicable as though the said variations occurred in the Contract
Documents. If any suggested variations would, in the opinion of the Contractor,
if carried out, prevent him from fulfilling any of his obligations or guarantees
under the Contract he shall notify the PURCHASER thereof in writing and the
PURCHASER shall decide forthwith whether or not, the same shall be carried
out, and if the PURCHASER confirms his instructions, the Contractors
obligations and guarantees shall be modified to such an extent as may be
mutually agreed. Any agreed difference in cost and time occasioned by any
such variation shall be added to or deducted from the Contract Price as the
case may be in the original Contract, as a Variation Order.
31.10
In the event the Contractor does not send any notification to the PURCHASER
in accordance with Clause 31.4within the time specified therein then the
relevant instruction, direction, order or request made by the PURCHASER
shall not be considered as a Variation for the purpose of this Contract.
31.11
Extra items if any shall be paid on the basis of vouchers of cost of materials
and labour produced by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid 10% (Ten
percent) of the cost of materials, labour and operation of plant and machinery
etc. required to execute the item, towards his profit and overhead charges. For
such extra work, the Contractor shall maintain time sheets of personnel
engaged and machinery used for execution of same and get them certified by
the PURCHASER . Only such labour and plant cost based on above records,
which in the opinion of the PURCHASER is justified, shall be taken into
account to determine the extra item rate.
31.12
Items not covered by the Schedule of Quantities but are similar in nature to the
items already covered shall be paid for, the rates being worked out on the basis
of rates quoted for similar items.
32.0
WARRANTY OR DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 20 OF
32.1
The Contractor hereby represents and warrants that the works executed by it is
fit for purpose and in accordance with the Contract Documents and would be
free from defects in material and workmanship and shall be fit for Commercial
Use. A period of Eighteen (18) calendar months commencing from the date of
certificate of virtual completion will be deemed as Defects liability period. In
case any defects in the work due to bad materials and/ or bad workmanship
develop before the expiry of this period, the contractor on notification by the
PURCHASER shall rectify or remedy the defects at his own cost and he shall
make his own arrangements to provide materials, labour, equipment and any
other appliance required in this regard.
32.2
Repairs, adjustment or replacement of parts as may be required, shall be

commenced by the Contractor within 72 hours from the time of reporting the
defect. In case the Contractor is unable to attend the defect within 72 hours the
Contractor shall advise the PURCHASER through E-Mail/ Fax within the same
period of 72 hours. In case defects are not attended by the Contractor within 72
hours as indicated above, the PURCHASER may proceed to do the Work at
the Contractors risk and costs, but without prejudice to any other rights which
the PURCHASER may have against the Contractor in respect of such defects.
The appropriate remedial measures to be carried out by the PURCHASER
and cost of such repair shall be to Contractors account. In the event the
PURCHASER takes such action, the Contractor shall be notified promptly and
he shall assist wherever possible in making the necessary corrections. This
shall not extinguish the Contractors liability under the terms and conditions of
the Contract.
32.3
The Contractor shall conduct such tests as may be required by the

PURCHASER to demonstrate that any part of the Plant which has been
repaired or replaced is functioning in the manner in which such part is required
to function under the Contract.
32.4
If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to replace or renew any defective

Works under this clause, the provisions of this clause shall apply to the portions
of the Works so replaced or renewed until the expiration of eighteen (18)
months from the date of such replacement or renewal.
32.5
The acceptance of the works by the PURCHASER shall in no way relieve the
Contractor of his obligation under this Clause.
32.6
At the end of the Defects liability period, the Contractors liability shall cease.
33.0
DEFENCE OF SUITS
33.1
If any action in court is brought against the PURCHASER or an officer for

damage to third party property (except the works) caused by any act on the
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 21 OF
part of the Contractor to perform any acts, matters, covenants or things under
the contract or for death or injury to person caused by any act on the part of the
Contractor, or his Sub-Contractors, or in connection with any claim based on
lawful demands of Contractors Sub-contractors, unless such damage is
caused by negligence of the PURCHASER or due to non compliance of
statutory requirements on the part of Contractor or his sub contractors, the
contractor shall in all such cases indemnify and keep the PURCHASER or the
officer harmless from all losses, damages, expenses or decrees arising out of
such action.
33.2
The PURCHASER shall not make any commitment on behalf of the

Contractor.
34.0
MARGINAL NOTES
The marginal notes to any clause of the Contract shall not affect or control the
construction of such clause.
35.0
PROGRESS REPORTS AND PHOTOGRAPHS
35.1
Progress report and photographs (wherever applicable) shall be furnished by

the Contractor to the PURCHASER once in a month in accordance with the
requirements listed in the Specifications.
35.2
A daily diary register will be kept in the PUCHASERs office. The Contractor will
supply all detailed information every day at 9.00 hours for the day preceding
and the diary will be jointly signed by the PURCHASER and the Contractors
representatives, every day in token of its correctness. A works instruction book,
serially numbered will also be kept in the PURCHASERs office and all day to
day instructions will be given in that book. The Contractors representative shall
report everyday to see these instructions and sign them at the bottom in token
of his having seen them.
35.3
The Contractor shall supply all information regarding procurement of materials

and progress of construction work, as is required by the PURCHASER for
compiling the weekly progress reports. This information shall be supplied by
9.00 hours on every Monday, for the preceding week.
36.0
MEASUREMENT OF WORKS
36.1
The PURCHASER may from time to time intimate to the Contractor that they
require the works to be measured and the Contractor shall attend or send a
qualified representative to assist the PURCHASER
in taking such
measurements and calculations.
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 22 OF
36.2
If the Contractor fails to attend or neglect or omit to send such representatives

then the measurements taken by the PURCHASER 's representative or
approved by them shall be taken to be the correct measurements of the work.
Such measurements shall be taken in accordance with the mode of
Measurements mentioned in the specification.
36.3
Any claim which the Contractor may have to make in respect of such
measurement shall be made by him in writing to the PURCHASER within seven
days of the date of these measurements, failing which the measurements shall
be deemed to have been accepted by the Contractor.
36.4
Where mode of measurement is not specified, the measurements will be taken

at site as per I.S. Code of Practice for Measurements. The Contractor shall
give all assistance for taking measurements like steel measuring tapes,
scaffolds, ladder, etc.
36.5
The Contractor shall give not less than five days notice in writing to the
PURCHASER before covering up or otherwise, placing beyond the reach of
measurement, any work in order that the same may be measured and correct
dimensions thereof be taken and shall not cover up and place beyond the
reach of measurement any work without the consent in writing of the
PURCHASER.
36.6
If any work shall be covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement

without such notice having been given or consent obtained, the same shall be
uncovered at the Contractors expense or in default thereof no payment or
allowance shall be made for such work or the materials with which the same
was executed.
37.0
PAYMENT
37.1.1
Security Deposit
37.1.2
Successful Bidder shall be required to provide a security deposit of 2.5% of the

total contract price and shall furnish immediately after placement of LOI, either
in the form of unconditional Bank Guarantee (in the format given by
PURCHASER ) from a Nationalized bank or Demand Draft drawn in favour of
M/s Bajaj Infrastructure Development Co. Ltd at --------- or as advised by
PURCHASER . This Bank Guarantee shall be valid till completion of the defect
liability period.
37.1.3
Mobilization Advance
Interest free mobilization advance of 5% (Five percent) of the contract
value will be paid to the successful bidder on submission of an
unconditional Bank Guarantee for equivalent amount in the standard format
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 23 OF
given by the PURCHASER from a Nationalized bank. Mobilization advance

will be paid only on completion of mobilization at site and after the submission
of Security deposit.
Mobilization advance shall be recovered from the running account bills of the
Contractor on pro-rata basis till the mobilization advance is fully recovered.
37.1.4
Retention Money
10% of the gross value of each RA bill shall be retained as retention money.
The retention money will be released only after satisfactory completion of all
the works and against a bank guarantee (from a Nationalized bank) of
equivalent amount. This bank guarantee towards retention money shall be valid
till completion of defects liability period.
37.2
The PURCHASER shall make progressive payments as per the schedule

specified Section C2 for Chimney.
37.3
The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the PURCHASER for approval
monthly invoice on or before the date fixed by the PURCHASER for all works
executed in the previous month. PURCHASER shall certify the payable
amount of the invoice within one week of the receipt. PURCHASER shall
make the payment with in 28 days of receipt of certified invoice from the
PURCHASER .
37.4
The final Invoice shall be submitted by the Contractor within two months of the
completion of the work or of the date of the certificate of completion furnished
by the PURCHASER .
37.5
The contractor shall submit all the Invoices in printed forms and the amount in
the Invoices shall be based on the rates as per Schedule.
38.0
SECRECY/ CONFIDENTIALITY
38.1
The technical information, Drawings, Specifications and other related

documents furnished by the PURCHASER forming part of the enquiry or
Contract are the property of the PURCHASER and shall not be used for any
other purpose, except for execution of the Contract. All rights, including rights
in the event of grant of a patent and registration of designs are reserved. The
technical information, Drawings, specifications, records and other documents
shall not be copied, transcribed, traced or reproduced in any other form or
otherwise in whole and/ or duplicated, modified, divulged and/ or disclosed to a
third party nor misused in any other form whatsoever, without the
PURCHASER s previous consent in writing, except to the extent required for
the execution of this Contract. This technical information, Drawings,
Specifications and other related documents shall be returned to the
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 24 OF
PURCHASER with all approved copies and duplicates, if any, immediately

after they have been used for the agreed purpose.
38.2
In the event of any breach of this provision, the Contractor shall indemnify the
PURCHASER from any loss, cost or damage or any other claim whatsoever
from any parties claiming from or through them in respect of such breach.
38.3
The PURCHASER and the Contractor shall treat the details of the Contract and
any information made available in relation thereto as private and confidential and
neither of them shall publish or disclose the same or any particulars thereof
except to the extent required for the execution of this Contract, without the
previous consent of the other, provided that nothing in this Clause shall prevent
the publication or disclosure of any such information that has come within the
public domain otherwise than by breach of this Clause.
39.0
LIMIT OF CONTRACT
The works executed shall be complete in every respect as per Specifications
and suitable for safe operation of the equipment as required by applicable
codes though they may not have been specifically detailed in the respective
Specifications, unless included in the list of exclusions.
40.0
CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISION & WORKMANSHIP
40.1
The PURCHASER will engage his own supervisory staff at the site of works
as may be deemed fit. The Contractor shall afford the supervisors every facility
and assistance for examining the works and materials for checking and
measuring the works and materials.
40.2
The Supervisors will act as representatives of the PURCHASER and shall

have power to give notice to the Contractor or to his Foreman of non-approval
of any work or materials, and such work shall be suspended or the use of such
material shall be discontinued, until the decision of the PURCHASER is
obtained.
40.3
The work shall be conducted under the general direction of the PURCHASER
and is subject to inspection by his supervisors to ensure strict compliance with
the terms of the Contract. No failure of the PURCHASER or his supervisors
during the progress of the work to discover or to reject materials, or work not in
accordance with the requirement of this Contract shall be deemed as
acceptance thereof or a waiver of defects therein and no payment by the
PURCHASER on partial or entire occupancy of the premises shall be
construed to be an acceptance of the work or materials which are not strictly in
accordance with the requirements of this Contract. No changes whatsoever to
any provision of the specifications shall be made without written authorization
of the PURCHASER .
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 25 OF
40.4
The Contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the most
substantial and workmanlike manner as regards material and in all other
respects.
40.5
If it shall appear to the PURCHASER that any work has been executed with
unsound, imperfect or unskilled workmanship, or that any materials or articles
provided by him for the execution of the work are unsound, or of a quality
inferior to that contracted for, or otherwise not in accordance with the Contract,
the Contractor shall on demand in writing from the PURCHASER ,
notwithstanding that the same may have been inadvertently passed, certified
and paid for, forthwith rectify or remove and reconstruct such work in whole or
in part as the case may require or as the case may be, remove such materials
or articles at his own proper charge and cost. In the event of his failing to do so
within seven days of receipt of the PURCHASER s written notice thereof, or
any other period mentioned in such notice, the PURCHASER may rectify or
remove and re-execute the work or remove and replace with other materials
and articles complained of, as the case may be, at the risk and expense of the
Contractor in all respects. Also in the event the Contractor fails to carry out the
rectification within the period stipulated above, the Contractor shall be liable to
pay compensation at the rate of quarter (1/4) percent of the total Contract
Value, for every week or part thereof, beyond the period stipulated above, that
the rectification work remain incomplete.
40.6
The provisional acceptance of sections of the work for the purpose of preparing
partial estimates and the payment of money for such partial estimates shall not
operate as a waiver of any portion of this Contract and shall not be construed
so as to prevent the PURCHASER from requiring replacement of defective
work that may become apparent after the said provisional acceptance and shall
not be construed in any way as the basis for a claim of extra compensation for
any cause whatsoever by the Contractor.
40.7
The Contractor is normally expected to work during day time only and is
required to complete the work in all respects as stipulated elsewhere. However,
night work may be stipulated by the PURCHASER or permitted in exigencies
with prior approval of the PURCHASER .
40.8
Sufficient lights shall be provided to safeguard the workmen and the public and
to afford adequate facilities for properly placing and inspecting the material
when the night work is in progress.
41.0
DRAWINGS
One set of the drawings and specifications and schedule of quantities shall be
furnished by the PURCHASER to the Contractor, and PURCHASER shall
furnish, within such time as he may consider reasonable, one copy of any
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 26 OF
additional drawing/ s which in his opinion may be necessary for the execution
of any part of the work. Such copies shall be kept on the works and the
PURCHASER and their representatives shall at all reasonable times have
access to the same, and they shall be returned to the PURCHASER by the
Contractor before the issue of the certificate for the balance of his account
under the Contract.
42.0
MATERIAL SUPPLY AND FACILITIES BY THE PURCHASER
42.1
The PURCHASER will provide the following facilities to the Contractor

on chargeable basis:
a) Construction power at one point
b) Construction water at one point
42.2
The PURCHASER will provide the following facilities to the Contractor

free of cost:
(a) Provision of one permanent benchmark and base line for laying out.
(b) Supply of cement and reinforcement steel.
42.3
Following conditions and rates for reconciliation purpose are applicable for
Cement, reinforcement steel which are supplied free of cost by the
PURCHASER .
i) Cement OPC 43 Grade:
ii) Reinforcement steel:
iii) Empty cement bag:
Rs. 260/Bag of 50 kg
Rs. 43210/MT up to 12 mm
Rs.2.50/Bag (In case of non-return of empty
bags)
42.4
Issue of materials shall be based on actual weight of materials weighed on

Weigh Bridge (after deducting the tare weight). The timing of issue of materials
like cement and steel shall be mutually decided by the PURCHASER and
Contractor and shall be strictly followed.
42.5
In addition PURCHASER may supply any special materials/ fabricated parts,

to be provided in the works as per drawings. Such items shall be considered as
"Free Issue". Such special materials/ fabricated parts shall be collected by
Contractor from the PURCHASER 's stores/ godowns and shall transport the
same to work-site.
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 27 OF
42.6
No extra payment will be made to the Contractor for loading, transport and
unloading of materials, special materials/ fabricated parts from PURCHASER
's stores/ godowns to the actual site of construction work.
42.7
The Contractor shall submit to the PURCHASER his quarterly demand of

such materials at least one month in advance.
42.8
All materials supplied to the Contractor shall be used for the work only and
shall on no account be removed from the site of the work and shall at all time
be open to inspection by the PURCHASER . If at any time, it is noticed that
any material issued by the PURCHASER is found missing or misused by the
Contractor the recovery for such material/ materials shall be made from the
Contractor at twice the issue rate including incidental charges or the current
market value, whichever is higher plus 25% supervision charges.
42.9
All materials issued by the PURCHASER rendered surplus or left unused in

its original shape and size and in perfectly good condition shall be returned to
the PURCHASER . The decision of the PURCHASER as to whether the
material is in good condition or not, shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
The contractor shall have no claim for compensation on account of such
materials so supplied to him as aforesaid remaining unused by him or for any
wastage in or damage to any such materials.
42.10
The materials will be supplied by the PURCHASER in bags, sizes and lengths
or in coils as available. The cost of all wastage, due to rolling tolerance, cutting,
conversion, straightening and/ or fabricating shall be borne by the Contractor,
at the issue rates of Clause above, as long as wastage margin does not
exceed following limits:
(a) Cement 3%.
(b) Reinforcement steel 3% of the theoretical requirements. All scraps shall be
properly accounted for and no scrap or cut pieces shall be removed from
site or disposed off without prior inspection and written permission by the
PURCHASER . All scraps are deemed to be included within the above
allowances. PURCHASER shall have the right to take back the cut pieces
of the following dimensions and above, with due credit to Contractor for
such return at full issue rate. The wastage allowed for above shall be
inclusive of variation in the actual and theoretical weights due to over/
under size, consequent to rolling tolerance.
Reinforcement steel up to 16 mm dia - 2 metres and above
Reinforcement steel above 16 mm dia - 3 metres and above
Plates - All pieces of area 0.1 sqm each and above.
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 28 OF
Provided further, if the PURCHASER so desires, the Contractor shall have

to return to the PURCHASER cut pieces or scrap even below the
dimension stated above. Due credit will be given for such return at rates to
be fixed by the PURCHASER .
42.11
Cut pieces not required by the PURCHASER shall be the property of the
Contractor and the Contractor shall be responsible for their removal from the
site after due inspection by the PURCHASER .
42.12
Recovery for unaccountable wastage, i.e., excess over limits stated in Clause
42.10 which cannot be satisfactorily accounted for, shall be made from the
Contractor at twice the issue rate including incidental charges or prevailing
market rate whichever is higher. The quantities of materials for which such
value is to be recovered shall be decided by the PURCHASER and
PURCHASER 's decision shall be final and binding.
42.13
If for some reasons the PURCHASER is unable at any time to issue materials
herein and the work has to be stopped for want of materials, the contractor
shall not be entitled to any monetary claim arising out of such circumstances,
provided always that the work shall not remain suspended due to reasons
stated above for more than three months. The Contractor, however, shall be
granted time-limit extension to the extent of such period as his work remains
suspended for want of materials to be issued by the PURCHASER . The
Contractor shall bring such circumstances to the notice of the PURCHASER
in writing within 24 hours of the arising of such a situation.
42.14
Usual damages during transit and handling shall not be the cause for refusal by
the Contractor to accept the materials.
42.15
The contractor shall keep an up-to-date record of the materials, supplied by

PURCHASER , consumed on the work in a daily register. The Contractor shall
also submit weekly statements for actual consumption of such materials and
stock position with him. The actual consumption shall be calculated based on
theoretical quantities worked out from construction drawings issued by
PURCHASER or as jointly recorded on site.
42.16
Contractor shall use reinforcement steel as supplied by the PURCHASER in

diameters and lengths available at the time of issue. Substitution of
reinforcement, if required, shall be done by the Contractor. Contractor shall
work out all substitutions and take PURCHASER 's approval prior to the
execution of the work.
43.0
SETTING OUT WORKS
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 29 OF
43.1
The Contractor shall set out the works and shall be responsible for the true and
perfect setting out of the same and for the correctness of the positions, levels,
dimensions and alignment of all parts thereof. If at any time, any error shall
appear during the progress of any part of the work, the Contractor shall at his
own expenses rectify such error, if called upon, to the satisfaction of the
PURCHASER .
43.2
The Contractor shall provide all facilities, instruments and attendance to the
PURCHASER or his deputed representative to check his work. Instruments
brought by the Contractor shall be in good working condition and are subject to
approval of the PURCHASER . Checking in part or full or any setting out or
any line or level by the PURCHASER shall not in any way relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility for the correctness thereof.
43.3
The Contractor shall establish and maintain base lines and bench marks
adjacent of the various sections of work. All such marks and stakes must be
carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of their destruction by him or
any of his employees, they shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
43.4
The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of all dimensions within
the various sections of the work according to the figures of dimensions on the
drawings.
44.0
ACCESS
The OWNER / CIPL / CONSULTANT, their representatives and the
PURCHASER shall at all reasonable times have free access to the works and/
or to the workshops, factories or other places where materials are being
prepared or constructed for the Contract and also to any place where the
materials are lying or from which they are being obtained. The Contractor shall
give every necessary facility to the PURCHASER and his representatives for
inspection and examination and test of the materials and workmanship even to
the extent of discontinuing portions of the Work temporarily, or of uncovering or
taking down portions of finished Work.
45.0
CONTRACTORS SUPERVISION
45.1
The Contractor shall, during the whole time the work is in progress, employ a
qualified engineer to be in-charge of the works with adequate experience in
handing of jobs of this nature and with the prior approval of the PURCHASER .
Such Engineer shall be constantly in attendance at the site during working
hours. During Contractors/ RESIDENT Engineers absence during working
hours, when it may be necessary to give directions, orders may be given by the
PURCHASER and shall be received and obeyed by the Contractors
Superintendent or Foreman who may have charge of the particular part of the
work in reference to which orders are given. If requested to do so, the
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 30 OF
PURCHASER shall confirm such orders in writing. Any directions, instructions

or notices given by the PURCHASER to him, shall be deemed to have been
given to the Contractor. The representative of the Contractor shall have all
necessary powers to receive materials from the PURCHASER , issue valid
receipts for the same, engage labour or purchase materials and proceed with
the work as required for speedy execution.
45.2
None of the Contractor's Superintendents, engineers, supervisors or labour

should be withdrawn from the work without due notice being given to the
PURCHASER; further no such withdrawals shall be made if in the opinion of
the PURCHASER such withdrawals will jeopardise the required pace of
progress/ successful completion of the work.
45.3
The Contractor shall employ in or about execution of the work only such
persons as are careful, skilled and experienced in their respective trades, and
the PURCHASER shall be at liberty to object to and require the Contractor to
remove any person employed by the Contractor in or about execution of works
who in the opinion of the PURCHASER misconducts himself or is incompetent
or negligent in the proper performance of his duties and all such persons shall
not again be employed upon the works without the prior permission of the
PURCHASER .
45.4
Neither the Contractor, NOR the PURCHASER shall hire or employ any
employee of the other party except by mutual consent.
45.5
Compliance with Labour Regulations and Safety Precautions
45.5.1
Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 49.2, the Contractor shall observe
and comply with all laws/ rules/ regulations etc. applicable to the workmen
employed by the Contractor or any Sub-contractor for the Works. In the event
of any default by way of non-observance or non-compliance of the said laws/
rules/ regulations on the part of the Contractor or the Sub-contractor, the
Contractor shall indemnify the PURCHASER against all liabilities, costs and
expenses arising out of or in connection therewith.
45.5.2
The Contractor shall pay particular attention to ensure safety of his staff and
workmen and others in the vicinity and shall be solely responsible for any loss
of life or injury to person due to negligence or any other causes whatsoever.
45.5.3
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any loss or damage to his
material, tools or other articles used or held for use in connection with the
Works. The Works shall be carried on to completion without damage to any
work or property of the PURCHASER or of others and without interference
with the operation of existing machinery or equipment.
46.0
TAKE-OVER
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 31 OF
The works shall not be considered as completed until the PURCHASER has
certified in writing that they have been virtually completed and the Defects
Liability Period shall commence from the date of such certificates.
47.0
NOTICES
47.1
Any notice under the contract shall be sent by registered mail or by hand or by
facsimile or by e-mail together with a copy by registered post at following
Addresses:
Contractor:
Facsimile:
E-mail:
PURCHASER :
Director and Sr. VP

Bajaj Infrastructure Development Co. Ltd
Facsimile:
E-mail:
47.2
Any party may change the address for notice, by giving the other parties,
written communication of change of address and the same shall be effective,
when the other parties confirm receipt of such intimation.
47.3
The Contractor shall conform to the provisions of any Acts of the Legislature
relating to the works and to the Regulations and Bye-Laws of any authority and
of any water, lighting and other companies and/ or authorities with whose
systems the structure is proposed to be connected and shall, before making,
any variations from the drawings or specifications that may be necessitated by
so conforming, give to the PURCHASER written notice, specifying the
variation proposed to be made and the reason for making it and apply for
instructions thereon.
47.5
The Contractor shall arrange to give all notices required by the said Acts,
Regulations or Bye-Laws to be given to any authority and to pay to such
authority or to any Public Officer all fees that may be properly chargeable in
respect of the works and lodge the receipts with the PURCHASER .
48.0
USE OF SOFTWARE
48.1
The following software shall be used in the preparation of the documents.
48.2
All Drawings shall be prepared using AutoCAD R14 or 2000.
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 32 OF
48.3
All project net work schedules shall be prepared using MS Project/ Primavera
Version 3.
48.4
All documents/ reports shall be prepared by using MS Word, MS Power Point,

MS Access.
48.5
All work sheets shall be prepared using MS Excel.
49.0
RESPONSIBILITIES OF PARTIES
49.1
If so required pursuant to the terms of agreement between the PURCHASER

and the Lenders, the Contractor shall extend all such assistance and
cooperation as may be required by the PURCHASER for the financing of the
Project, including, without limitation, entering into direct agreements with
Lenders, making provision for cure periods and step-in rights for lenders,
postponement of suspension/ termination rights and novation in favour of
Lenders nominees.
49.2
The Contractor shall perform all its obligations under the Contract with due care
and diligence in accordance with good industry standards and practices, and in
compliance with applicable law, including, without limitation, all environmental
laws, rules, regulations (of JPL, Local/ State/ Central Government),
notifications, circulars orders and direction, and any condition specified in any
clearance, consent, approval, permit or licence obtained in connection with the
Contract or the Project, which compliance shall, in no circumstances constitute
a Variation, unless it amounts to change in Specification/ works. The
Contractor shall indemnify the PURCHASER for any loss, liability, suit, claim,
fine, penalty or proceeding for the non-performance or breach of its obligations
under this Clause.
49.3
The Contractor shall be responsible for the care of the works and materials
until the Take-Over and issue of certificate of virtual completion by
PURCHASER .
49.4
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all clearances, consents,

approvals and permissions from Statutory, Government or other authorities
required for the performance of the Contract, as described in Specification.
50.0
PERFORMANCE SECURITY
50.1
The Contractor shall furnish a bank guarantee to the PURCHASER equivalent

to the value of the advance payment of 5% of the Contract Price made to the
Contractor by the PURCHASER prior to the receipt of such advance payment.
Such bank guarantee shall be in the format set out and shall be valid until the
issue of virtual completion certificate.
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 33 OF
50.2
The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bank Guarantee equivalent to 10%

of the Contract Price valid till the end of Defects liability period in the format set
out, to the PURCHASER .
50.3
Each of the bank guarantees furnished under this Clause 50 shall constitute
security for the performance of all the obligations of the Contractor under the
Contract and shall be from a first class commercial bank acceptable to the
PURCHASER . The bank guarantees shall be assignable to the lenders of the
PURCHASER . The Contractor shall procure that the bank acknowledges any
notice of assignment provided by the lenders/ PURCHASER .
50.4
The bank guarantees issued in terms of this Clause 50 shall be returned to the
Contractor or his banker, in original, immediately on expiry of their validity. In
case the said bank guarantees are not returned on expiry of their validity, the
same shall be treated as non est. factum with respect to the Contractor and
his banker who has issued the bank guarantees.
51.0
OTHER INDEMNITIES
51.1
The Contractor shall indemnify the PURCHASER for all losses, liabilities,
damages, cost and expenses in respect of any notices, claims, suits and
proceedings by any third party in connection with the scope of works of the
Contractor under the Contract or by any or by all of his sub-contractors,
including, without limitation:
(i) in respect of death, sickness, disease or personal injury of any third party;
and
(ii) loss, damage or destruction of property by any third party.

51.2
The Contractor shall indemnify the PURCHASER for all losses, liabilities,
damages, costs, expenses, claims, suits and proceedings for acts of gross
neglect or willful default by the Contractor.
52.0
MISCELLANEOUS
52.1
Severability
If any provision of this Contract or part thereof is rendered void, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions hereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired
thereby and the parties shall negotiate an equitable adjustment of the
provisions of this Contract with a view towards effecting the provisions of this
Contract.
52.2
No Partnership
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 34 OF
Nothing in this Contract or in any document referred to in it or any arrangement

contemplated by it shall constitute either party as a partner of the other nor
shall the execution, completion and implementation of this Contract confer on
any party any power to bind or impose any obligations on any third parties on
the other party or to pledge the credit of the other party.
52.3
Amendments
No amendment to this contract shall be effective unless made in writing and
signed by both parties.
52.4
Entire Contract
The Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the PURCHASER and
the Contractor concerning the subject matter hereof. All previous documents,
undertakings and agreements, whether verbal, written or otherwise, between
the parties concerning the subject matter hereof (including the bid documents
and the letter of intent) are hereby cancelled or super seeded and shall not
affect or modify any of the terms of obligations set forth in this Contract, except
as the same may be made part of this Contract in accordance with its terms.
52.5
Contractor to remove all offensive matter immediately and clean-up
52.5.1
All soil, filth or other matter of an offensive nature taken out of any excavation,
trench, sewer, drain, cesspool or other place shall not be deposited on the
surface, but shall at once be carted away by the Contractor to some tip or place
provided by him away from the site of work and approved by local authorities.
52.5.2
As a part of the work included in this Contract, the Contractor shall completely
remove and satisfactorily dispose of all temporary works to the extent directed.
He shall tear down and dispose off all temporary buildings, shall remove or
grade, to the extent directed, satisfactorily dispose of all rubbish resulting from
the operations under this Contract and shall do all work necessary to restore
the territory embraced within the site of his operations to at least as good order
and conditions as at the beginning of the work under this Contract.
53.0
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
53.1
The Contractor shall pay particular attention to ensure safety of his staff and
workmen and others in the vicinity and shall be responsible for any loss of life
or injury to person due to negligence or any other causes whatsoever except
natural causes. He shall provide all necessary fencing and lights required to
prevent accidents and shall be bound to bear the expenses of defence of every
suit, action or other proceedings at law that may be brought by any person for
injury sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions and to pay any
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 35 OF
damages and costs which may be awarded in any such suit, action or
proceedings to any such person or which may with consent of the Contractor
be paid to compromise any claim of any such person.
53.2
The Contractor shall reinstate all damage of every sort mentioned in this clause
so as to deliver the whole of the Contract work complete and perfect in every
respect and so as to make good or otherwise satisfy all claims for damage to
the property of third parties.
53.3
The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary and shall be responsible
for the safety of the work and shall maintain all lights, guards, sign boards,
temporary passages, or other protection necessary for the purpose. All work
shall be done at the Contractors risk, and if any loss or damage shall result
from fire or from other cause, the Contractor shall promptly repair or replace
such loss or damage free from all expenses to the PURCHASER . The
Contractor shall be responsible for any loss or damage to material, tools or
other articles used or held for use in connection with the work. The work shall
be carried on to completion without damage to any work or property of the
PURCHASER or of others and without interference with the operation of
existing machinery or equipment.
53.4
The use of explosives in a manner which might disturb or endanger the

stability, safety, or quality of the works will not be allowed. Explosives shall be
stored, handled and used as prescribed by the law and regulation of the Indian
Union, the State in which the work is performed and sub-divisions thereof.
Special attention must be given to immediate disposal of paper wrappings from
explosives, which are poisonous to livestock.
54.0
UNFIXED MATERIALS
Wherein any certificate, of which the Contractor has received payment, the
PURCHASER has included the value of any unfixed materials intended for
and/ or placed on or adjacent to the works, such materials shall become the
property of the PURCHASER (for any loss or damage to which the Contractor
shall be responsible) and they shall not be removed from the site, except for
the works, without the written authority of the PURCHASER .
55.0
FAIR WAGES
55.1
The Contractor shall comply with all industrial and labour rules and regulations
which are in force from time to time. The Contractor has to follow strictly the
government labour acts, which are in force at present and at all future times,
and all necessary arrangements for labour will have to be made by the
Contractor. In the event of any default by way of non-observance or noncompliance of the said laws/ rules/ regulations on the part of the Contractor or
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 36 OF
the Sub-contractor, the Contractor shall indemnify the PURCHASER against

all liabilities, costs and expenses arising out of or in connection therewith.
55.2
No labourer below the age of eighteen years shall be employed in the work.
55.3
The Contractor shall pay not less than fair wage to labourers engaged by him
on the work. "Fair Wage" means wage whether for time or piece work notified
at the time of inviting tenders for the work and where such wages have not
been so notified the wages prescribed by the Central Public Works Department
for the district in which the work is done and it shall not be less than the
minimum rates of wages fixed by the Government (Central or State) for that
class of employees engaged on the same type of work in the same area.
55.4
The Contractor shall notwithstanding the provisions of any Contract to the

contrary cause to be paid a fair wage to labourers indirectly engaged on the
work including any labour engaged by his Sub-Contractors in connection with
the said work, as if the labourers had been immediately employed by him.
55.5
In respect of all labourers directly or indirectly employed in the works for the
performance of the Contractors part of this agreement, the Contractor shall
comply with or cause to be complied with Government of Uttar Pradesh Labour
Regulations made from time to time in regard to payment of wages, wage
period, deductions from wages, recovery of wages not paid, any deduction unauthorisedly made, maintenance of wage register, wage cards, publication of
scale of wages, leave, maternity benefits and other terms of employment,
inspection and submission of periodical returns and all other matters of alike
nature to the PURCHASER and/ or to the Labour Welfare Officer or any other
person authorised by the Government.
55.6
The PURCHASER shall have the right to deduct from the money due to the
Contractor, any sum required or estimated to be required for making good the
loss suffered by a worker or workers by reason of non-payment of wages or of
deductions made from his or their wages which are not justified by their terms
of the Contract or non-observance of regulations.
55.7
The Contractor shall at his own expense provide or arrange for protective
clothes and equipment like helmets, gumboots, welding goggles, etc for his
labourers/ employees engaged in trades which may be injurious to their health
unless proper precautions are taken.
56.0
CAMPS AND SANITARY CONVENIENCE
56.1
It shall be very clearly understood that the Contractor shall not put up any
structure for housing his labour or his supervisory staff on the PURCHASER 's
land without the specific prior consent of the PURCHASER .
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E1
SHEET 37 OF
56.2
The Contractor shall provide adequate supply of water for the use of labourers.
The provision shall not be less than 10 litres of pure and wholesome water per
head per day for drinking purposes and 20 litres of clean water per head per
day for bath and washing purposes.
56.3
The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements for providing temporary

sanitary blocks for labour and treatment of sewage by providing septic tanks.
He shall also provide efficient arrangement for draining away effluent from
septic tanks after consultation with PURCHASER . All charges on these
accounts including necessary permissions from concerned authorities shall be
borne by the Contractor.
56.4
The Contractor shall make arrangement for conservancy and sanitation in the
labour camps according to the rules of the local public health and medical
authorities.
57.0
INTOXICANTS
The Contractor shall not permit or suffer the introduction or use of intoxicating
liquor upon the works embraced in this Contract, or upon any of the ground
occupied or controlled by him.
58.0
IDENTIFICATION BADGES
58.1
The Contractor shall provide each of his employees including labour, with
identification badges, at his cost. The colour and design of these badges shall
be subject to the approval of the PURCHASER . The employees shall display
the badges on their person so that the badges are clearly visible for easy
checking by the gate man as they enter the premises of the PURCHASER .
The badges shall be serially numbered. The Contractors initials shall be
printed with the number on the badge.
58.2
The Contractor should immediately notify to the PURCHASER if any of the

badges is lost and a new one issued in its place, or when badges are carried
away by discharged labour. No employee of the Contractor, without a badge
will be permitted to enter the premises of work, except in such cases, where
special permission of the PURCHASER is obtained.
59.0
WORK IN MONSOON AND DEWATERING
59.1
The construction and erection work may entail working in monsoon period. The
Contractor must maintain a minimum labour force as may be required for
executing the construction and erection according to the agreed schedule. No
extra rate will be considered for such work in monsoon.
59.2
During monsoon and other period it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
to keep the construction site free from accumulating of water, at his own cost.
37

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 1 OF 27
1.0
SCOPE
This document gives broad guidelines to be flowed by the CONTRACTOR for
ensuring safe working conditions in and around the site.
2.0
SAFETY ORGANISATION
2.1
The CONTRACTORs organisation shall have a written HEALTH AND

SAFETY POLICY (POLICY) issued by the Chief Executive of the organisation,
appropriate to the scale and nature of the risks involved in the CONTRACT
works. A copy of the POLICY shall be made available to the OWNER at the
time of the award of the CONTRACT in evidence of the CONTRACTORs
commitment to management of employee's health and safety and compliance
to statutory and regulatory requirements. The POLICY along with its
component operation procedures shall be evidenced as working document
publicised among the CONTRACTOR's and his SUB-CONTRACTORS'
employees through appropriate language/ s. All the CONTRACTORs
employees shall be familiar with the POLICY and their role and obligations in
its implementation. The POLICY shall meet the relevant statutory and
regulatory requirements and the requirements of the OWNER/ CIPL /
PURCHASER / CONSULTANT. The POLICY shall periodically be reviewed for
updating with respect to new and emerging legal and other requirements.
2.2
Safety Representative
2.2.1
The CONTRACTOR shall appoint a Safety Representative (SR) meeting

statutory competence requirements, with a minimum experience of five years
of safety management in comparable contracts, approved by the OWNER on
the basis of his qualification and experience. The SR shall give his whole time
to the superintendence of the Health and Safety Programme of the
CONTRACTOR.
2.2.2
Responsibilities of the CONTRACTORs safety representative
2.2.2.1
He is responsible and accountable for

(a)
Preventing injury to personnel, damage to plant and equipment and fires.
(b)
Instituting ways to improve existing work methods from safety point of

view.
(c)
Legal and contractual requirements affecting safety, health, and welfare

of his workmen.
(d)
Provision and use of protective clothing and equipment and use of fire
fighting equipment.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 2 OF 27
(e)
Suitability of new and hired equipment from a safety viewpoint.
(f)
Identifying potential hazards.
(g)
Changes in safety requirements and fire precautions.
(h)
Carrying out site surveys to see that only safe work methods are in
operation, health and safety requirements are being observed and
welfare and first aid facilities are adequate and properly maintained.
(i)
Determining the cause of an accident or dangerous occurrence and

recommend means of preventing recurrence.
(j)
Supervising the recording and analysis of information on injuries,

damage and production loss. Assess accident trends and review overall
safety performance.
(k)
Assisting with training of employees at all levels. Organising periodic

demonstration of practising safe working conditions by experienced
safety instructors.
(l)
Taking part in discussions on injury, damage and loss control.
(m)
Keeping up-do-date with recommended codes of practice and safety

literature. Circulating information applicable to each level of employees
(n)
Fostering within the company an understanding that injury prevention

and damage control are an integral part of business and operational
efficiency.
(o)
Attending job progress meetings where safety is an item on the agenda.

Report on job safety performance.
2.2.3
The CONTRACTOR shall also nominate in writing competent Safety

Appointees (SAs) from various disciplines to assist the SR in implementation
of health and safety measures in their routine contract works. The SR shall
have sufficient authority to direct the CONTRACTOR's or his SUBCONTRACTOR's personnel to meet health and safety requirements and to
stop performance of work until such requirements are met.
2.3
Employee Consultations, Safety Committee and Communication
2.3.1
The CONTRACTOR shall ensure full involvement of all his employees

recognising their right to consultation on health and safety matters. The safety
appointees of the various areas, in conjunction with the SR shall be

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 3 OF 27
responsible for ensuring employees' involvement through routine safety

inspections, hazard and risk assessment in new and changed works and their
control. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain appropriate operating procedures
to guide these requirements.
2.3.2
The CONTRACTOR shall also appoint a Safety Committee (SC) comprising of

the SAs from the various areas under the chairmanship of the SR. The
committee shall meet at periodic intervals to discuss the status and adequacy
of the safety management, and any safety concerns of the employees. The
committee shall also formulate and validate the safety procedures
incorporating controls to prevent or mitigate hazards and risks before
submission for approval by the OWNER/ CIPL / PURCHASER /
CONSULTANT. The minutes of the SC meeting shall be submitted to the
OWNER/ CIPL / PURCHASER / CONSULTANT. The SR shall maintain the
records of the meetings.
2.3.3
The CONTRACTOR shall communicate to the employees regularly on job

hazards applicable to their tasks in hand. The SAs or any of the SR's
nominees shall hold 'Toolbox Talks' for this purpose on a routine basis before
undertaking any safety critical and/ or non-routine activities. Weekly meetings
of the CONTRACTOR and his SUB-CONTRACTORS attended by the SR and
the SAs shall include safety as a key item in the agenda to discuss hazards
and risk assessments, job safety analysis and control procedures and to
review accidents and incidents (Near-miss) for remedial measures to prevent
such occurrence. The minutes of the meeting shall be submitted to the
PURCHASER. The SR shall maintain the records.
2.4
Contractors Safety Records
2.4.1
The CONTRACTOR shall submit a monthly written report to the OWNER /

CIPL / PURCHASER / CONSULTANT, which shall be due on the fifth workday
of every month. The health and safety of all full time, part-time, permanent,
temporary, contract employees and any outsourced employee undertaking any
part of the CONTRACT works shall be included in the safety report. The report
shall include the total number of working hours for the month, the number of
recordable accidents and the number of lost-time accidents. A cumulative
trend plot of the monthly severity and frequency rate of the reportable
accidents shall be included in the monthly safety report and calculated as:
2.4.2
Severity =
Lost Mandays due to Loss - Time Injuries x 1,000,000

Manhours Worked
Frequency =
Number of Lost Time Injury x 1,000,000

Manhours Worked
The CONTRACTOR shall arrange to display the safety statistics and the

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 4 OF 27
cumulative plot of severity and frequency of accidents mentioned above

painted on a board prominently displayed, as a means of encouragement and
assurance to all interested parties and for publicising the safety achievements.
2.5
Contractor's Accident/ Incident Reports
2.5.1
Accident for the purpose of this Para is defined as Undesired Event Giving
Rise to Death, Ill-health, Injury, Damage or other Loss and Incident is defined
as Event that gave rise to an Accident or had the Potential to lead to an
Accident. An accident where no ill health, injury, damage or other loss occurs
is also referred to as Near-Miss. Incident includes Near-Miss. The
CONTRACTOR shall report orally, to the PURCHASER / CONSULTANT
regardless of their extent, duration and severity, immediately on occurrence of
all accidents resulting in:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Personal injury
Property damage
Fires
Spills
Near-Misses
2.5.2
The CONTRACTOR shall submit the accident and incident report in writing to
the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER / CONSULTANT within 24 hours of its
happening in the form as prescribed by the governing statute or in the absence
of which, in the form prescribed by the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER /
CONSULTANT. The CONTRACTOR shall detail in the Accident/ Incident
Report, the particulars of the dangerous occurrence leading to the accident,
lost time of absence due to accident, root cause analysis and the corrective
and preventive actions to prevent such recurrence. In addition, the
CONTRACTOR shall include his estimate of the impact of accident on project
schedule. Incidents shall also be reported in the same manner identifying root
cause/s to eliminate such potential occurrence or risks.
2.6
First-Aid-Personnel and Facilities
2.6.1
The CONTRACTOR shall make available first-aiders, first-aid boxes and or

first-aid stations as per statutory requirements. The persons holding current
certificates of competency of recognised institutions in prescribed numbers as
per any governing statute and in the absence of such regulatory requirement a
minimum of two first-aiders for each area of work for every hundred workmen.
First-aiders' names shall be prominently displayed.
2.6.2
The first-aid boxes shall display contents of medical and medicinal articles with
quantity maintained, which shall be in accordance with governing statute.
Nominated first-aider shall replenish stock promptly.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 5 OF 27
2.6.3
The first-aid refresher training shall be provided at least once in a year and all
employees shall be encouraged to undergo first-aid training. A record shall be
kept of all first aid treatments with particulars of treatment and personnel
providing the treatment.
2.7
Occupational Health Centre
2.7.1
Where required by the CONTRACT, the CONTRACTOR shall establish and

maintain an Occupational Health Centre where hazardous Processes are
involved such as roof work, steel work, working above or below water,
demolition and confined space. Where the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER
maintains the Occupational Health Centre facilitating the CONTRACTOR,
such a facility shall meet the requirements laid by the governing statute and
this shall be stated in the CONTRACT. Where the CONTRACTOR out-sources
such facility, it shall meet the statutory requirements and shall be approved by
the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER / CONSULTANT and the statutory body.
2.7.2
The Occupational Health Centre shall be served by a full time medical officer
holding a medical degree in allopathic medicine with a minimum of five years
experience in Occupational Health/ Medicine. A nurse, one dresser/
compounder and one sweeper-cum-ward boy who will all be available during
entire construction operation during the day shall assist the medical officer.
One additional Medical Officer shall be posted for every additional thousand
Construction workmen along with the team of nurse, compounder and ward
boy.
2.7.3
The Occupational Health Centre shall be capable of undertaking emergency

care services or emergency treatment facilities which shall include emergency
life saving aids and appliances to handle head and spinal injuries, severe
fractures, snake bites, burns of all nature, electric shocks, cases of
asphyxiation and such other severe injuries as could be reasonably anticipated
at the facilities and shall meet provisions of any governing statute.
2.8
Ambulance Room and Ambulance Vans

Unless otherwise specifically mentioned in special condition of contract (SCC),
the CONTRACTOR shall arrange for an ambulance room and an ambulance
van directly or outsource the facilities meeting the governing statutory needs
for prompt transportation of serious cases accident and or sickness to the
hospital. Such facilities shall be maintained in good repair and equipped with
facilities such as dry powder type extinguishers, flashlights, portable oxygen
unit, self-contained breathing apparatus etc. as prescribed by the governing
statute.
2.9
Induction and Job Safety Training

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 6 OF 27
2.9.1
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a procedure for identification of the training

needs and training his employees to create a health and safety conscious
work force that will comply with the law and safety requirements of the
Organisation. He shall also maintain a procedure for safety induction and initial
training as well as follow-up training on the job safety for new entrants. All
employees shall receive effective training and periodic refresher training on the
operation control procedures specific to their tasks designed to control the jobsafety risks. A booklet of such operation control procedures and safety rules
with need based pictorial illustrations shall be made available to all employees
who are to learn and be familiar with such procedures. All training shall be
monitored for effectiveness as per established procedures. The
CONTRACTOR shall maintain records of all training.
2.9.2
The SR and the SAs shall conduct regular fortnightly or weekly mock-safety
drills for different imaginary accident scenarios, in premeditated work areas to
provide on-job training such as:
(a)
Use of safety appliances such as water monitors, hydrants, hydrant

pumps, fire-hoses, extinguishers, breathing apparatus and safety
harness for working at height,
(b)
Response to health and safety emergencies,
(c)
Fighting fires using various equipment and
(d)
First-aid
2.9.3
Participants shall receive training during mock-drills through role-play of their

normal expected tasks during emergencies and fire fighting. The degree of
demonstrated ability in the chosen tasks during such safety drills shall be
recorded as participants' competence level for planning his further training.
The experience gained in mock drills shall be used to update of operational
control procedures and the training needs. The roster of participants and
contents for routine mock-drills shall be appropriately planned to cover all
employees in the training at least once in four months.
2.9.4
The SR and the SAs shall be trained on a standardised comprehensive

advanced training programme covering safety management, legal aspects,
techniques of hazard identification and risk assessment and specific job-safety
in various disciplines such as Civil, Electrical, Instrumentation and Mechanical
plant and equipment of the CONTRACTOR. The training records shall be
maintained subject to audit by the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER /
CONSULTANT. Training effectiveness shall be assessed and recorded and
used as input for further training plans of the employee.
2.10
Health and Safety Promotion

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 7 OF 27
Safety posters, banners and slogans displayed for safety promotion shall be
rotated at frequent intervals. The CONTRACTOR is encouraged to have safety
promotion as an item in the SC agenda. The CONTRACTOR is encouraged to
include safety promotion programmes such as: safety bulletins, magazines,
competitions in slogan and poetry writing on safety, screening of safety films,
celebration of national safety and environmental day, safety suggestion
schemes and safety library etc.
2.11
Purchase And Procurement Control
2.11.1
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a procedure for control of his purchases to

ensure that all safety requirements are appropriately vetted by the safety
personnel during all stages of procurement including planning of
specifications, inspection for acceptance and commissioning in order that
threats to safety are not overlooked and appropriate attention is paid to the
training of personnel in the operation of the CONTRACTOR's new or changed
machinery and their operation control procedures, to prevent/ control risks.
2.11.2
The CONTRACTOR shall exercise due diligence in appointing his

SUBCONTRACTORS and outsourcing contract services, that no new health
and safety threats are created. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure personnel of
SUBCONTRACTORS and outsourced contract services are competent in
health and safety management to meet the POLICY requirements. They shall
be made aware of the safety rules, emergency procedures and any
information that will have a bearing on the safety, health and related
contractual obligations.
2.12
Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment
2.12.1
The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that his key personnel and safety personnel
are trained to be competent in hazard identification, risk assessment and risk
control processes. The CONTRACTOR shall on a routine basis identify,
evaluate and control all health and safety risks especially in the hazardous
work activities and also to validate the previous risk assessments. Elements
such as hazard identification, evaluation of risks with existing control measures
in place and estimate of tolerability of the residual risks shall be an ongoing
process. Any additional/ New control measures shall be designed based on
this process on need basis.
2.12.2
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a Hazard Identification, Risk Analysis and

Risk Control Manual (HIRARC) pertaining to all his activities duly updated as
detailed above. The HIRARC manual shall be made available to the OWNER /
CIPL / PURCHASER / CONSULTANT during regular inspections and audits
2.13
Work Permits

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 8 OF 27
2.13.1
The CONTRACTOR shall obtain written permissions from OWNER / CIPL /

PURCHASER / CONSULTANT before starting any work at site. The
CONTRACTOR shall maintain a work permit procedure to limit the hazardous
processes and high risks tasks to authorised personnel, who shall be informed
of the job safety analysis and the job specific safety precautions, on issue of a
work-permit. The work permit issued under the procedure shall be valid for a
specified period and shall be issued only after all safety precautions are
fulfilled and duly verified by the SR or the SA or specialist who is authorised for
safety certification as a prerequisite for issue of a work permit. The work permit
shall be appropriate for the purpose for which it is issued. Various workpermits
are:
(a)
Safety Work Permit (SWP)

SWP is mandatory for working at heights, on fragile roofs such as
asbestos or such roofing works, steel erection, work over water, a live
substation or switch-yard even if section of work is not electrically
charged, demolition, blasting and such potentially hazardous
CONTRACT works in the opinion of the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER
/ CONSULTANT.
(b)
Hot Work Permit (HWP)

HWP shall be used where hot working, like electric or gas welding, gas
cutting, or burning or any other operation involving heating, open flames
or electric arcs, grinding and electrical works etc. are potentially
dangerous in areas such as inflammable materials storage, plant and
pipe lines handling inflammable and or explosive materials either
presently or in the past, or where new works are undertaken adjoining
such works which in the opinion of the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER /
CONSULTANT are potential risks. A HWP shall be deemed mandatory
in all such potentially dangerous areas. The CONTRACTOR shall get
areas such as welding shops or maintenance areas approved by the
OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER / CONSULTANT for 'Permit-Free'
operation.
(c)
Confined Space Entry Permit (CSP)

CSP is issued for entering and carrying out tasks in confined space.
Confined space for the purpose of this para is defined as an enclosed or
partially enclosed space which is not intended or designed primarily as a
work place and
(i)
(ii)
is at atmospheric pressure during occupancy

has restricted entry and exit

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 9 OF 27
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
has potentially harmful level of toxic or inflammable contaminant or

unsafe level of oxygen
is of a nature that could contribute to overwhelming a person by an
unsafe atmosphere
has a potential that safety on entry could be affected by unsafe
conditions stated above by accident or due to human errors.
Confined spaces shall include but not limited to storage tanks, process
vessels, bins, boilers, ventilation or exhaust ducts, sewers, underground
utility vaults, tunnels, pipelines and open top spaces more than 4 feet in
depth such as pits, tubs, vaults and vessels.
While a worker has entered equipment or a drainage system, another
worker shall be present outside all times to assist the worker inside in
the event of an emergency.
(d)
Electrical Safety permits/ Lock-out and Tag out (ESP/ LOTO)

The CONTRACTOR shall institute an electrical safety permit system to
ensure safe electrical isolation. Safety permits shall not be issued until
safe release tag is placed on the equipment isolated on all isolating
points. The safety permit shall be returned on satisfactory completion of
the job by the executing agencies duly signing off indicating that all
shorts and grounds and men and materials are removed from the job
and that the job safe for energising. This is a prerequisite to energise the
isolated equipment. The safety tags shall be collected in the order first
the isolated equipment and lastly the tag on the main control of the
equipment The tags and permit system shall be auditable.
2.14
Job Safety Inspection
2.14.1
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a procedure for Safety Inspection at

routine intervals to provide assurance that the instituted safety procedures are
in place to prevent deviations from established standards that could lead to a
safety hazard and consequential risk. The CONTRACTOR shall establish
appropriate standardised checklists for systematic job safety verification to
ensure.
(a)
Set standards are followed without deviation
(b)
Employees are competent to perform as per prescribed operation

control procedures
(c)
Monitoring of safety of the various work areas/ tasks
(d)
Adequacy of existing operation control procedures and practices to

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 10 OF 27
mitigate and eliminate risks.

2.14.2
Should the existing operation control procedures prove inadequate and the
residual risks are higher than tolerable levels, the SR shall initiate hazard and
risk assessment and analysis and consultations with the SC to deploy
appropriate remedial measures and improved operation control procedures.
Periodic inspection reports and proposed remedial measures shall be
submitted to the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER / CONSULTANT. Records of
changes change processes; consultations with the SC and revision of
operational controls shall all constitute objective evidence of the existence of
established procedures.
2.15
Safety Audits
2.15.1
The CONTRACTOR shall undertake periodic safety audits to confirm through

investigative methods the effectiveness of the measures set out in the
POLICY. In order to be effective such safety audit shall be comprehensively
covering all aspects detailed in this specification to ensure effective losscontrol/ accident prevention programme. Safety audits shall take into account
the safety inspection records, remedial measures and effectiveness of the
safety programme. Effectiveness of safety programme shall be based on the
CONTRACTORs effective hazard identification and risk assessment
processes for design of operation control procedures and on the safety
statistics. Audit reports and preventive actions and safety improvement
programmes shall be submitted to the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER /
CONSULTANT.
2.15.2
The OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER / CONSULTANT shall retain their right to

audit the CONTRACTORs Safety Management System either directly by their
employees or his nominated representatives for its effectiveness.
3.0
EQUIPMENT, SUBSTANCES AND PERSONNEL SAFEGUARDING
3.1
Mechanical Safety
3.1.1
The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all his equipment and machinery are
safe to use while in motion or working. Operators shall have received training
or instruction on operation of the machinery and the regulatory requirements.
The CONTRACTOR shall have adequate procedure to ensure the stability and
securing of his working machinery during operation. He shall restrict repair and
maintenance of the machinery to trained personnel and maintain records of
repairs and maintenance. The equipment shall have appropriately designed
means of isolating from sources of energy and shall have emergency stop
control, which is easily accessible. All controls shall be clearly and uniformly
marked. All operation controls, interlocks, sensing devices and guards on tools
and equipment shall be functional and their status shall be regularly checked

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 11 OF 27
and recorded. The CONTRACTOR shall provide evidence of compliance to

these requirements in any contractual write-ups submitted to the OWNER /
CIPL / PURCHASER / CONSULTANT for approval in respect of critical
construction/ contract works.
3.1.2
The CONTRACTOR shall provide only good quality hand tools and ensure
control of condition, storage, routine inspection and use of such hand-tools.
Unsafe tools such as with cracked or broken handles, mushroomed chisels
and punches, worn screwdrivers, hardened hammerheads; power tools with
unsafe resistance to earth or without safety guards shall be prohibited.
3.1.3
The CONTRACTOR shall submit a valid Test Certificate to the OWNER / CIPL
/ PURCHASER / CONSULTANT, from approved certifying authorities for all of
his lifting gear and hoists, slings, chains, wire ropes, hooks, chain-pulley
blocks, winches, hoists and cranes etc. before commencing work. These
certificates shall be available at site in the CONTRACTORs office for
inspection as and when required.
3.1.4
All safety ladders, scaffolding and such access equipment shall meet
requirements of IS 3696 and IS 4014 and such standards as the OWNER /
CIPL / PURCHASER / CONSULTANT may stipulate. The safety work permits
shall be issued only after ensuring that all safety requirements of access
equipment are complied with. Access equipment shall be inspected on a
routine basis to prevent injuries caused by falls.
3.1.5
The CONTRACTOR shall ensure safety of all those concerned with lifting and
those who may be affected by material hoisting, lifting and handling using
various mechanical aids. All lifting equipment such as cranes, hoists, lifting
shackles, hooks chains and links shall be designed as per appropriate
International codes of construction. Operators shall have been trained in
operation and maintenance of such equipment besides training on standard
hand signals to be employed during the hoisting and lifting operations. Safe
Working Loads (SWL) shall be marked on equipment prominently. SWL shall
be evidenced to have been established by test procedures in accordance with
acceptable codes of practices.
3.1.6
Staging supports shall be All Purpose Scaffolding (APS) steel tubes, safely
secured and supported on firm level footings or slung from overhead beams.
The supports shall be situated at maximum distance of 2.5 metres apart and
the staging shall be secured to each support.
3.1.7
Riding on construction equipment, forklifts and cranes shall be prohibited

unless such vehicles are provided with passenger seats.
3.1.8
The CONTRACTOR shall ensure at all times that his workers do not lie down
or sleep under or around any machine, equipment, vessel or vehicle in his

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 12 OF 27
work area.
3.1.9
Pressurised gas and air systems shall be maintained safe in good working
order and shall meet the requirements of the Factories Act 1948, The Static
and Mobile Pressure Vessels Rules 1984 and the Gas Cylinder Rules 1934 as
applicable. The safety relief valves, safety appurtenances and isolation
systems shall be compliant with safety code of practices. Any statutory register
of pressure vessel records and the code of practices shall be subject to
periodic auditing by the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER / CONSULTANT.
3.1.10
Pressure and leak testing of equipment shall be carried out hydraulically.

However, in special cases where pneumatic testing is specified, written
approval shall be obtained from the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER /
CONSULTANT before starting work. Under no circumstance gases other than
nitrogen, carbon dioxide, air or steam shall be used for testing. In case
nitrogen or carbon dioxide is used for testing, the equipment shall be
adequately ventilated and gas tested to ensure oxygen content of 21% before
permitting a worker to enter the equipment.
3.1.11
The areas of highly dangerous activities like hoisting, lifting and rock blasting,
and radiation, shall be appropriately barricaded to protect personnel and
machinery and guided by work permit discipline. Emergency plans shall cater
to emergencies arising out of such activities.
3.1.12
Signs, barricades, barrier tapes and warning or entry restriction devices or

accessories shall be provided to minimise work related risks of accidents and
injuries. Signage shall meet all regulatory requirements such as under The
Building and other construction workers Act 1996, Factory Act 1948,
Manufacture, Storage, Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules under
Environmental Protection Act 1986, Indian Explosives Act 1984 and Gas
Cylinder Rules 1981 and Indian Electricity Act 1910 and Rules there of and
any other safety requirements of the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER /
CONSULTANT.
3.1.13
The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that his workmen do not trespass into
prohibited areas.
3.1.14
The CONTRACTOR shall execute the work in a manner causing the least
possible interference with the business of the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER /
CONSULTANT, or with the work of any other CONTRACTOR who may be
engaged on the premises and shall at all times co-operate with the other
CONTRACTORS working at site.
3.2
Electrical Safety
3.2.1
The CONTRACTOR shall provide only such equipment for work that is

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 13 OF 27
electrically safe to work. The CONTRACTOR shall have a procedure to

identify and record all his electrical equipment in a register, with provisions to
record his periodic inspections of such equipment. Inspection shall cover
cables, extension leads, all electrical equipment drawing power from socket
outlet. He shall identify and maintain in good working order all electrical
installations such as distribution panels and major switchgear ensuring safe
accessibility. A clear area shall be maintained around panels and switchgears.
The installed equipment shall be periodically inspected by qualified personnel
to ensure their continued safe operating condition. Inspection shall include
earth polarity checks, continuity checks and earth resistance checks. The
CONTRACTOR shall ensure use of flameproof and explosion proof
switchgears and lighting fittings where required as per governing codes.
3.2.2
Approved earth leakage relays or alternative safety devices to relevant IS and

International codes shall be used on all portable electrical hand tools. Where
possible low-voltage electric power supply shall be used for hand tools, earth
leakage units shall protect electrical installations in workshops, kitchens,
cafeterias, first-aid rooms, laboratories and offices. Record of regular checks
shall be maintained. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with Code of Practice
for Earthing as per IS: 3043.
3.2.3
Portable power tools rated for above 50 V supply and hand lamps rated for
above 24 V supply shall not be used at site. An armoured cable with a 3 pin
Reroll type plug, properly earthed shall be provided between the
CONTRACTORs DG set and step down transformer. All power supply and
distribution boards shall have canopy for protection and all the distribution
boards shall be earthed securely. All supply points shall have proper plug and
socket.
3.2.4
Safety rubber matting of appropriate voltage rating conforming to IS 5424

entitled Rubber Mats for Electrical Purposes shall be provided in front of all
switchgears and power distribution panels for the safety of personnel operating
such equipment.
3.2.5
The CONTRACTOR shall arrange displaying signage under Indian Electricity

Act 1910, such as:
(a)
Danger notices as per IS: 2551 in conspicuous places on all low,

medium and High voltages as per Rule 35.
(b)
Instruction of restoration of persons suffering from electric shock in

English and local languages as per Rule 44 in switchgear rooms,
substations and places where electricity is used.
(c)
Notice prohibiting unauthorised entry in areas where electrical apparatus

are used.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 14 OF 27
3.2.6
All power cables providing construction power to various construction

machinery and the connectors shall be in safe and sound condition. Cables
shall be routed through cable trays supported on appropriately designed
structures, duly clamped, secured and identified. Road crossing cables shall
be laid in conduits buried at least 600 mm below the surface to prevent
damage due to vehicular traffic. All cables shall be off the floor to avoid
damage or tripping hazard. Cables shall be terminated at the switchgear and
sockets in a workman like manner to prevent loose contacts and flashover.
Only safety receptacles shall be used for providing power connection to handtools. All switches and distribution boards shall be clearly marked. All electrical
distribution and panel wiring diagrams shall be available with the electrical
maintenance personnel. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a safe electrical
isolation/ lockout procedure.
3.2.7
The CONTRACTOR shall ensure lighting circuits are not used for hand-tools.
No electrical equipment shall be overloaded. Tools and test equipment used
on electrical systems shall be insulated.
3.3
Substances Abuse Programme

The CONTRACTOR is encouraged to have a Substance Abuse Programme,
and pre-employment drug testing. Drinking during working hours shall be
strictly prohibited. The CONTRACTOR shall promote through poster and other
publicity, awareness on abuse of substances such as alcohol and such
depressant drugs that slows the activity of brain and spinal cord on abusive
usage endangering the safety and health of users and others affected by their
work.
3.4
Hazardous Substances Control
3.4.1
The CONTRACTOR shall prevent all injuries, illnesses and damage to

property or the environment caused by any article or substance, which proves
to be hazardous. The code of practices of construction and operation and
maintenance and control procedures shall meet required statutory and
regulatory requirements. Personnel shall be trained on use, handling, storage,
disposal and emergency spillage procedures.
3.4.2
The CONTRACTOR shall detail and deploy operational controls to reduce

hazardous wastes and their disposal as required by the statute Hazardous
Waste (Management and handling) Rules 2000. Oil wastes, used oils, soil and
cotton soaked in oil consequent to handling operations, grease and many
class of paints and asbestos sheets and gaskets are typical hazardous
wastes.
3.4.3
The CONTRACTOR shall identify, contain and control all sources of radiation.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 15 OF 27
Appropriate regulatory approvals shall be obtained before commencement of

work involving radiation sources. Radiation protection advisors suitably
qualified and experienced shall be appointed whose names shall be submitted
to OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER / CONSULTANT. Dosimetry and
surveillance of personnel engaged in such work shall be maintained in
accordance with regulatory requirements.
3.5
Safety During Welding
3.5.1
Only qualified welders shall be employed at the work site. The CONTRACTOR
shall organise the qualifying test at site for his welders and the OWNER / CIPL
/ PURCHASER / CONSULTANT shall approve the welders. All welders shall
have to undergo qualifying test and only on passing the test, they shall be
allowed to work at site.
3.5.2
For all welding work at site, generator sets shall be used instead of AC
transformer sets. AC transformer sets are banned for welding jobs inside
vessels (both open and closed top type).
3.5.3
The CONTRACTOR shall get his welding sets certified by the OWNER / CIPL
/ PURCHASER / CONSULTANT before starting work. These certificates shall
have to be renewed every two months. A copy of the certificates shall be
displayed on respective welding sets.
3.5.4
Cables in good condition and insulated holders only shall be used. The length
of supply cable to welding site shall not exceed 8 metres and the welding set
body shall be properly earthed.
3.5.5
A charged fire extinguisher of CO2 type shall be carried with each welding set.
The CONTRACTOR shall keep Halon or equivalent type fire extinguishers
near hot jobs like cutting oil lines.
3.5.6
The welder shall not use a building structure, pipeline or railway track etc. as a
return path of the current. Adequately rated circuit breaker shall be provided in
the power circuit for human protection on all power supply points.
4.0
PERSONNEL SAFEGUARDING
4.1
Personnel Protection Equipment (PPE) - General

The CONTRACTOR shall provide his employees required PPE meeting the
requirements of the stated IS specifications and guidelines or equivalent
International Standards as may be prescribed by the OWNER / CIPL /
PURCHASER / CONSULTANT from time to time. The CONTRACTOR shall
have instituted good working procedures and practices in providing PPE,
maintenance, issue and training on their use. All PPE shall be periodically

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 16 OF 27
checked to ensure worn, damaged equipment are replaced expeditiously.

4.1.1
Control Issue, Use and Maintenance of the PPE

Employees shall be responsible for the PPE issued to them. The
CONTRACTOR shall meet requirements of IS 8519 entitled Guide for
Selection of Industrial Safety Equipment for Body Protection or any equivalent
international specification that the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER /
CONSULTANT may prescribe.
4.1.2
Head Protection
The CONTRACTOR shall comply with requirements of IS: 2925. Hard hats
shall be used and worn where a hazard of falling or flying objects exist. Hard
hats intended for use by visitors shall have replaceable paper lining.
4.1.3
Eye and Face Protection

Eye protection shall be worn during all operations by operators and people in
the vicinity, where there is a danger of flying particles of metal such as
generated during use of hand tools such as chisels, grinding, welding and
cutting lathe work on brass and cast iron acid and alkali splash, high pressure
jet cleaning or insulation removal from heights using high pressure jets. The
CONTRACTOR shall meet the requirements of IS: 8520 entitled Guide for
Selection of Industrial Safety Equipment for Eye, Face and Ear Protection.
4.1.4
Footwear
Safety shoes, boots and gumboots fitted with steel toe-caps of approved
quality conforming to prescribed Indian or international standards. Wearing of
unsafe safety shoes such as jogging shoes, tennis shoes, slippers and sandal
etc. are prohibited. The CONTRACTOR shall meet the requirements of IS:
10667 entitled Guide for Selection of Industrial Safety Equipment for
Protection of Foot and Leg.
4.1.5
Protective Clothing
The CONTRACTOR shall prevent hazards of loose clothes worn by workmen
getting caught in moving machine parts. Loose and thin garments such as
dhoti and pyjamas are prohibited. While the CONTRACTOR shall ensure that
all workmen wear long sleeved shirts, jackets or the like with the sleeves rolled
down and secured at the cuff, long pants/ trousers extending up to the top of
the safety shoes so as to prevent injuries caused by contact with heat, cold
abrasive and sharp surfaces shall be strictly enforced. Such protective clothing
shall be mandatory in hazardous areas especially during start-up operations
involving hot, inflammable, and other chemical hazards, furnaces and Boilers

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 17 OF 27
and such fired equipment and asphalting plants. Personnel exposed to acids
and alkalies hot fluids and steam during such operations shall be provided with
appropriate heat or corrosion resistant clothing. The CONTRACTOR shall
meet the requirements of IS 8990 entitled Maintenance and Care of Industrial
Safety Clothing.
4.1.6
Hand Protection
The CONTRACTOR shall provide appropriate hand gloves as per IS 8807
entitled Guide for Selection of Industrial Safety Equipment for Protection of
Arms and Hands to prevent injuries to hands during work. The
CONTRACTOR shall maintain appropriate inventory of gloves for different
applications like acid and alkali handling, general-purpose work gloves and
asbestos or heat resistant hand gloves etc.
4.1.7
Safety Harness or Fall Arrest

The CONTRACTOR shall provide safety harness or means of restraint such
as safety belts, harness and lifelines etc. to workmen engaged to work in
heights such as open-sided floors, open-sided scaffoldings, floor and roof
openings, overhead construction works of various nature etc. where there is a
falling hazard of two metres or above. Storage, issue, wearing and
maintenance of safety harness shall be under strict supervision and records
shall be maintained. All fall arrests shall consist of full-body harnesses,
lanyards with shock absorbers, lifelines, rope grab, safety nets, crawling
ladders and associated hardware. Two alternate lanyards shall be used to
facilitate tying off at a new location before disconnecting from the previous
location. Practices for safety harnesses and fall arrests shall conform to IS:
4912, IS: 11972 and IS: 8519 or equivalent international codes.
4.1.8
Falling Object Protection

Where work is in progress in elevated areas, barricades, barrier tapes, signs
and such entry restriction devices shall be used to keep area below clear of
personnel to prevent injury due to falling objects. If work is required in the area
below elevated work area, it shall be scheduled at a time different from
elevated works. The workmen below shall be protected from falling objects by
the debris net or a catch platform with an adequate toe board to prevent
material from falling off. Use of safety net for elevated works shall be
considered in the work permits where appropriate. Where a lift is made above
a working area, the area below the path of the lift shall be cleared of personnel
during the lift and barricaded and guarded to prevent entry of persons
generally in conformity with IS 4912, IS 11972 and IS 13416 for protective
barriers in and around building and preventive measures against safety
hazards in work places and safety requirements for floor and, wall opening,
railings and toe-boards.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 18 OF 27
4.1.9
Respiratory Equipment
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain where appropriate, procedures for training
and use of Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA). The SCBA shall be
provided together with lifelines and rescue teams to safeguard personnel
working in areas where gases such as carbon monoxide, methane chlorine
and such life endangering atmospheres are present. The CONTRACTOR shall
meet requirements of IS: 9623 for Selection, Use and Maintenance of
Respiratory Protective Devices. The CONTRACTOR shall have trained
adequate number of personnel including the identified fire fighting teams, hose
teams and SAs in the use of the SCBA. The CONTRACTOR shall use the
periodic safety drills to demonstrate, train and establish competence of
personnel in the use of SCBA.
4.1.10
Hearing Conservation
The CONTRACTOR shall ensure reasonable precautions are taken to avoid
injury to the hearing of the employees. All noise levels shall be controlled
within 85 dBA. The CONTRACTOR shall identify noise areas where noise
levels exceed prescribed safe level for arranging for appropriate engineering
revision. Where this is not feasible, appropriate earmuffs or protectors shall be
provided to workmen ensuring these are worn by those exposed to noise
levels beyond safe levels. Periodic hearing acuity tests shall be conducted on
such persons exposed to high noise levels to ensure that they do not suffer
any hearing impairment as per requirements of IS: 8520.
4.2
Manual Handling and Ergonomics
4.2.1
The CONTRACTOR shall have procedures to identify risks involved in manual

handling operation and tasks. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure appropriate
training to prevent any possible injury. Full use of mechanical aids shall be
made to avoid risks arising out of such manual handling. Employees shall be
adequately trained on such manual tasks and related safety precautions to
reduce the risk of injury to personnel engaged in such work.
4.2.2
The CONTRACTOR shall undertake ergonomic study of manual operations to

prevent musculoskeletal injury during manual handling, besides visual fatigue
and mental stress giving considerations to matters such as seating lighting and
ventilation etc.
5.0
FIRE PROTECTION AND PREVENTION
5.1
General Requirements
5.1.1
Where the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER
maintains the fire protection

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 19 OF 27
equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall comply with the OWNER / CIPL /

PURCHASER 's fire regulations, warning signals and procedures. The
CONTRACTOR shall arrange to train his personnel meeting the prescribed
qualifying competence needs, in requisite numbers in the operation of such fire
protection equipment and systems.
5.1.2
Risk assessments shall be carried out to identify potentially vulnerable areas

to provide sufficient quantities of correct type of extinguishers and ancillary
equipment to deal with various types of fire hazards.
5.1.3
Where required under the CONTRACT the CONTRACTOR shall provide

appropriate type of extinguishers close to areas of fire hazard but not too close
they are cut off from use during a fire. Water based extinguishers shall not be
positioned close to or used on electrical equipment.
5.1.4
Extinguishers shall be marked/ labelled and recorded with location particulars

in a register. These shall be inspected at monthly intervals to ensure they are
in operable sound condition. There shall be a systematic plan for servicing,
repairing and recharging fire extinguishers and for recording such dates on the
register and equipment.
5.1.5
The location of fire fighting equipment shall quickly and easily be identifiable
especially in emergencies in a conspicuous manner painted as high as
possible to identify the location of the extinguisher to prevent it from being
obscured by machinery and goods stacked in front and to return the
equipment to its location after emergency use in other locations. In order to
ensure this, Keep Clear area shall be demarcated and maintained. Location
plans of extinguishers and Fire-fighting equipment shall be prominently
displayed when desired by the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER /
CONSULTANT.
5.1.6
SR and SAs shall be trained on fire fighting techniques who shall co-ordinate
and control fire protection and prevention programmes.
5.1.7
Where required under the CONTRACT, the CONTRACTOR shall maintain

alarm systems powered by mains and by battery for back-up. Where required
under the CONTRACT, emergency lighting shall be provided to aid evacuation
in poor lighting conditions following the alarm. The alarm system shall be
made known to all employees. When the OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER
extends these facilities for use by the CONTRACTOR, he shall provide
appropriate training to his personnel in the use of such emergency facilities
and duties.
5.1.8
A clear written procedure for action in the event of fire should be produced.
Fire teams and hose teams shall be identified and their responsibilities during
emergencies shall be detailed in writing. Personnel shall be trained on their fire

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 20 OF 27
duties and use of fire-fighting equipment. Regular drills shall be conducted to

test procedures and to validate them. Fire instructions and emergency
procedures shall be displayed throughout the premises. Emergency response
procedures are detailed under Para 6.0 below.
5.1.9
A means of escape shall be provided in all work areas and storages and
maintained and kept free from obstruction. All exits shall be clearly marked
and kept unlocked whilst the premises are in use. Escape routes shall be
protected from fire.
5.1.10
When a hot work permit is issued, the CONTRACTOR shall ensure:

(a)
Obtain prior permission from OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER /

CONSULTANT. The permit shall be renewed on day to day basis.
(b)
Identification of combustibles such as paper, cardboard and wood and

moving away from area where hot work is undertaken using open flame
or electric arc.
(c)
Determination that flammable vapours and liquids are not present.
(d)
Protection of floor and wall openings to keep out sparks.
(e)
Determination that sprinkler and hydrant and other installed fire systems
are functional.
(f)
Establishing a fire-watch with fully loaded extinguishers or charged

water-hoses throughout the operation and 30 minutes after completion of
operation.
(g)
Adequate ventilation for welders, by means of natural air movement local

exhaust ventilators or air-line respirators as required.
(h)
Workmen performing the task are adequately briefed on job safety

analysis, hazards and risks and the safeguards against risks.
(i)
The CONTRACTOR shall ensure purging of piping and equipment to

make it totally safe before carrying out any hot work.
(j)
Smoking is strictly prohibited in work areas except at designated

locations. Smoking areas shall be identified with sign board at strategic
locations showing:
SMOKING IS PERMITTED IN THIS LOCATION ONLY
(k)
At permitted locations, cigarette ash or butts shall be disposed off only in

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 21 OF 27
ash trays provided.

(l)
No combustible material shall be stored on or near any source of heat

like hot pipes, welding or gas. Before leaving the place of work or the
CONTRACTORs sheds, the CONTRACTORs workmen shall ensure
that no material or item that could start a fire is left at site. Special
attention shall be paid to collection and disposal of oil soaked cotton
waste or rags. On no account are these to be dropped into corners,
pushed below equipment or left hanging on pipes.
(m)
Gas cylinders shall be used in a safe manner. These shall not be

dropped from heights or dragged on the floor. Trolley with rubber rimmed
wheels shall be used for transporting gas cylinders within the site.
Acetylene cylinders shall be kept in upright position. Oxygen cylinders
shall not be kept near inflammable materials like oil etc.
(n)
Tarpaulins shall not be used in the vicinity of welding and gas cutting
jobs.
(o)
The CONTRACTORs supervisor, of the rank of a foreman or equivalent

shall examine the arrangements made for hot work before
commencement of work and shall satisfy himself that all reasonable
safety precautions have been taken.
(p)
The CONTRACTOR shall return the hot work permit after completion of
welding work.
5.2
Security
5.2.1
Where required under the contract, security personnel shall do all that is
reasonably practicable to ensure the safety of employees and property of the
company in the face of accidents by fighting fires and containing losses due to
pilferage, theft, vandalism and industrial espionage both by employees and
external elements. Security personnel shall be appropriately competent and
receive adequate safety training. Security personnel shall routinely report on a
standardised basis on aspects such as violation of fire-protection rules, use of
alcohol and narcotic drugs, condition of security fencing, floodlighting and
storages etc.
5.2.2
Where the project is located where a number of other companies are in

operation, the CONTRACTOR shall plan for mutual assistance programmes in
cases of emergencies, as are practiced in the area in conjunction with the
PURCHASER.
5.2.3
Where common boundaries exist between companies, the CONTRACTOR in

conjunction with the PURCHASER shall co-ordinate security control over

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 22 OF 27
factors common; such as floodlights, fencing, pipelines containing gas, fuel

and electricity.
5.2.4
Security personnel shall be represented in the SC through the SA nominated

from the area.
6.0
EMERGENCY PALNNING (EP)/ EMERGENCY RESPONSE (ER)
6.1
The CONTRACTOR shall plan to deal with emergencies. An EP/ ER specific

to the job site shall be written and communicated to all employees. The EP/
ER shall identify for the potential for and responses to incidents and
emergency situations and for preventing and mitigating the likely illness and
injury that may be associated with them.
6.2
The CONTRACTOR shall review his emergency preparedness and response

plans and procedures in particular after occurrence of incidents or emergency
operations.
6.3
The CONTRACTOR shall designate his emergency team with their duties
during emergencies defined, Including those of the hose teams, medical
personnel, first-aiders and security. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a
procedure as to how his emergency organisation shall liaise with the
PURCHASER 's representatives in the EP/ ER.
6.4
The CONTRACTOR shall also periodically test such emergency procedures

by conducting mock-drills and use the experience for updating the EP/ ER and
for training the employees on the perceived competence needs.
6.5
The EP/ ER of the CONTRACTOR shall be under the control of the SR who
shall be able to co-ordinating with the OWNER/ CIPL / PURCHASER /
CONSULTANT for liaising with government agencies, neighbouring industries
and community.
6.6
The EP/ ER shall be designed to allow people to work under disaster

conditions when normal services such as telephone water, light power,
transport and sanitation are not available and first aid and fire fighting facilities
are not able to cope with sudden demand on services.
6.7
The telephone numbers of ambulance, police, managers and the

OWNER/CIPL/PURCHASERs key executives shall be prominently displayed
in the identified Emergency Response Centre.
7.0
PREMISES AND HOUSE-KEEPING
7.1
Orderly Work - Place

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 23 OF 27
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a well-managed safe working place in

sound clean condition. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that there is a place
for everything and everything in its place so that optimum use is made of
valuable floor space with commensurate cleanliness and reduced handling
time. He shall ensure that his entire infrastructure including temporary and
semi-temporary buildings are kept clean and good repair.
7.2
Good Lighting - Natural and Artificial

The CONTRACTOR shall provide lighting natural or artificial to enable work
Processes are carried out safely. Artificial lighting shall be adequate especially
in the nights and emergencies. The lumen levels shall meet the statutory
requirements.
7.3
Ventilation - Natural and Artificial

The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that workplaces are ventilated with at least
prescribed amount of clean or cleaned fresh air of a suitable temperature,
especially where toxic or irritating substances are present such as welding,
vehicle exhaust fumes, irritating dusts, organic solvents or any other inimical
atmosphere creating health hazards or safety.
7.4
Welfare and Hygiene Facilities

The CONTRACTOR shall provide welfare facilities to ensure a high standard
of cleanliness for all activities and rest. The CONTRACTOR shall provide
facilities for his employees such as ablutions, toilets change rooms, kitchens
and cafeterias adequate and in a clean and hygienic state.
7.5
Pollution to Ground, Air and Water

The CONTRACTOR shall strive to exceed established minimum performance
norms in waste and pollution control. All drains shall be identified as clean
water and foul water to aid non-armful disposal.
7.6
Traffic Routes and Aisles

The CONTRACTOR shall arrange to separate pedestrian and vehicular
including material handling equipment traffic wherever possible and maintain
the routes clear of obstruction. To ensure safety of users clear painted
demarcation is encouraged as a discipline to be enforced.
7.7
Stacking and Storage Practice
7.7.1
The CONTRACTOR shall ensure stacked material is bonded on a stable and

level footing capable of carrying the mass of the stack. Adequate clearances

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 24 OF 27
shall be provided between the sides of the stack and top to facilitate
unimpeded access to service equipment like overhead wiring, cranes, forklifts
and fire fighting equipment, and hoses. Circular items shall be sufficiently
choked with wedges not with odd bits of materials. Free-standing stacks of
gunny bags and sacks such as cement bags shall be stacked to prescribed
safe-stack heights with layers formed for stable bonding, preventing slippage
causing accidents. Stacking against walls shall not be permissible.
7.7.2
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the premises and surrounding areas in

clean and clear manner with safe access and egress. There shall be sufficient
and adequate storage racks, shelving, bins and pallets and material handling
equipment to stack his construction materials such as pipe structures and
construction enabling materials. Unwanted materials shall be promptly moved
away for efficient material movement.
7.8
Storage of Hazardous Materials
7.8.1
Hazardous materials shall be stored on solid bases. Solid bases shall include
compacted earth, pallets, concrete or asphalt platforms or paving. Hazardous
materials shall be stored, stacked and secured to prevent toppling, spillage or
other unintended dislodgement. Aisles and clearances shall be as detailed
under 7.6 above. Hazardous materials shall be stacked in such a manner that
an observer standing in the aisle can read their labels and legend.
7.8.2
Each hazardous material contained hall be identified by a legible or legend as

per governing statute, code or regulation. The label shall identify the item,
quantity and appropriate warnings.
7.8.3
Hazardous materials which if brought in contact with each other could react or
pose equal or greater hazard than either material stored alone shall be stored
at a distance not lesser than twenty feet apart.
7.8.4
Warnings shall be posted and maintained in a legible condition at all access

points clearly defining the specific hazardous nature of the stored materials
such as Corrosive, Flammable, Explosive, Oxidising, Compressed Gas or
other hazardous nature.
7.8.5
Where hazardous materials are unloaded in the CONTRACTOR's storage

maintained at site in a semi-permanent installation, such installations shall be
approved by relevant statutory bodies. Copies of licences for storage shall be
lodged with the PURCHASER . The containers and storage shall display
quantities stored with name of the hazardous material and the UN hazard
classification label in prescribed colour code prominently painted in a
conspicuous manner.
7.8.6
The CONTRACTOR shall inspect the hazardous storages and installations on

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 25 OF 27
a daily basis and hall undertake any requisite preventive action necessary to
avoid safety risks.
7.9
Storage of Flammable and Explosive Materials
7.9.1
The CONTRACTOR shall secure flammable and or explosive materials

against accidental ignition.
7.9.2
Storage facilities for flammable liquids such as petrol, diesel kerosene and
lubricants as well as the quantities stored shall meet the legal and statutory
requirements. These shall be stored in approved fire-resistant rooms with a
sump of sufficient volume to contain any spillage.
7.9.3
The electrical fittings to be flame -proof and on a strict maintenance schedule.

Containers shall be appropriately bonded in receptacles into which low flash
point fuel is decanted.
7.10
Compressed Gas Cylinders

Compressed gas cylinders shall be stored and secured in the upright position
at safe distances from shielded from welding and cutting operations.
Compressed gas cylinders in storage shall be shut off and torches, hose and
manifolds removed and capped. Cylinders shall be periodically checked for
leakages. Storage shall meet requirements of Gas Cylinder Rules
1981.Compressed gas storages shall be provided with safety relief valves,
Safety valves and rupture disc to protect them overpressures. Appropriately
designed to ensure their continued availability in the face of process changes.
7.11
Scrap and Refuse Bins - Removal System

The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that he has sufficient waste bins that are
identified for different wastes and maintained in clearly demarcated areas.
Wastes with oily or other ignitable materials such as oily cotton wastes and
hand gloves shall be stored separately with covers to prevent fires and shall
be made of metal. Different wastes shall be segregated and stored separately
and disposed off. These shall be emptied at routine intervals to prevent that
they do not overflow with wastes.
8.0
INSURANCE
All the CONTRACTORs workmen shall be covered under the Employees
State Insurance Scheme, Workmen Compensation Policy or any other scheme
which may be specified by the Statutory Authorities from time to time.
9.0
SAFETY PRACTICES - GENERAL

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 26 OF 27
9.1
Avoid working under un-insulated live conductors or working on freshly painted

steel, which is still wet.
9.2
Stairs and railing shall be in place as long as necessary. Ladders shall be

periodically checked for any defects. Ladders shall be securely fastened to
prevent movement while in use.
9.3
The CONTRACTOR shall advise his workmen to take the following

precautions while using ladders:
(a)
While ascending or descending, face the ladder. Use both hands for
holding.
(b)
Do not climb higher than the third rung from top on straight or extensionladders and second rung from top on set ladders.
(c)
Step-ladders shall be fully open before use.
(d)
Sliding down a ladder shall be prohibited.
(e)
Make shift ladders such as clear fastened across a single rail and short
ladders spliced together shall never be used.
(f)
Ladders shall be kept free from dirt and grease.
(g)
Defective ladders shall be removed from use.
(h)
Ladders shall not be left un-attended unless these are securely

anchored at top and bottom.
(i)
While using ladders, shoes shall not be greasy, muddy or otherwise

slippery.
(j)
Ladder shall not be used during severe windy conditions.
9.4
Lumber shall be piled out of the work area. Nails shall be removed or bent
while handling lumber to avoid injury to workmen.
9.5
While tearing down plaster or brickwork, dust shall be controlled with water.
9.6
Walls shall not be subjected to lateral pressure or impact from materials stored
or falling materials.
9.7
The safety valves for boilers shall be set by trained personnel and shall be
sealed or padlocked at safe working pressure. Only authorised person shall
change the setting of safety valves. The safety valve relieving pressures shall

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: E2
SHEET 27 OF 27
be checked as recommended by the manufacturer and applicable codes.

9.8
Blow down valves shall be operated strictly as per instructions. If blow cock is
not marked with an arrow to show open and close position, the same shall be
marked at site.
9.9
Safety slogans and safety instructions shall be prominently displayed in

English, Hindi and local language at strategic locations.
10.0
WORK AFTER NORMAL WORKING HOURS
10.1
Extra care shall be taken for jobs to be carried out after normal working hours
with due revalidated work permit and supervised by the CONTRACTORs sitein-charge. The site-in-charge shall make available his residential address and
telephone number to the OWNER/ CIPL / PURCHASER / CONSULTANT so
that he can be contacted in case of an emergency.
10.2
Proper lighting shall be ensured at the workplace for any work carried out after
the normal working hours.
11.0
REVIEW MEETING
The OWNER / CIPL / PURCHASER / CONSULTANT shall conduct fortnightly
Safety Review Meeting to review the safety conditions practised at work areas
by the CONTRACTOR.

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: F1
SHEET 1 OF 1
SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
All deviations from the Technical Specifications shall be filled in by the BIDDER clause by clause
in this schedule.
SECTION
SPECIFICATION NO.
CLAUSE NO.
DEVIATION
The BIDDER hereby certifies that the above mentioned are the only deviations from the
PURCHASERs Technical Specifications for this enquiry. The BIDDER further confirms
that in the event any other data and information presented in the BIDDERs proposal and
accompanying documents including drawings, catalogues, etc are at variance with the
specific requirements laid out in the PURCHASERs Technical Specifications, then the
latter shall govern and shall be binding on the BIDDER for the quoted price.
COMPANY SEAL
SIGNATURE
NAME
DESIGNATION
COMPANY
DATE

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: F2
SHEET 1 OF 1
SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM

GENEARAL CONDITIONS
All deviations from the General Conditions shall be filled in by the BIDDER clause by clause
in this schedule.
SECTION
SPECIFICATION NO.
CLAUSE NO.
DEVIATION
The BIDDER hereby certifies that the above mentioned are the only deviations from the
PURCHASERs General Conditions of Contract. The BIDDER further confirms that in the
event any other data and information presented in the BIDDERs proposal and
accompanying documents are at variance with the specific requirements laid out in the
PURCHASERs General Conditions of Contract, then the latter shall govern and shall be
binding on the BIDDER for the quoted price.
COMPANY SEAL
SIGNATURE
NAME
DESIGNATION
COMPANY
DATE

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: F3
SHEET 1 OF 1
SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENTS
The BIDDER shall indicate here under the equipment he has in possession and the
equipment he proposes to bring to the site, in case the work is awarded to him.
Sl.
No.
1
Type and description of

the Equipment
2
Numbers the BIDDER

has in possession
3
Numbers he proposes to
bring on to site
4
BIDDER hereby confirms that the quantity and type of tools he will employ for construction
will not be less than those listed above, and agrees to bring more equipment, if so
warranted, in the opinion of the Engineer.
COMPANY SEAL
SIGNATURE
NAME
DESIGNATION
COMPANY
DATE

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: F4
SHEET 1 OF 1
SCHEDULE OF RATES FOR LABOUR
BIDDER shall quote here under the all-inclusive price of labour assumed for the
purposes of this Contract.
Sl.
No.
i)
Supplying Labour
Per day of 8 hrs
Unskilled Labour
Over time rate

each per hour
ii)
Semiskilled Labour female
iii)
iv)
Skilled Labour male

(Masons/ Carpenters)
Painter
v)
Fitter (Structural steel)
vi)
Welder
vii)
Rigger
viii)
Welders with Welding equipment
Per hour
ix)
Gas Cutter with all equipment
Per hour
x)
Per hour
xii)
Hydraulic
Excavator
Gockor
equivalent
Back Hoe cum front end Loader
(JCB)
Dumper/ Tipper (10 T Capacity)
xiii)
Tractor with Trolley/s (4 m3 Capacity)
xi)
Per hour
-
Per hour
Per hour
ENGINEER/ PURCHASER shall have the right to ask Contractor to supply labour for
any work at the rates quoted above.
COMPANY SEAL
SIGNATURE
NAME
DESIGNATION
COMPANY
DATE

Uttar Pradesh
SECTION: F5
SHEET 1 OF 1
SCHEDULE OF BIDDERS EXPERIENCE
The BIDDER shall furnish hereunder a list of similar jobs executed by him to whom a
reference may be made by the PURCHASER in case the PURCHASER considers such
a reference necessary.
Sl.
No.
1
Name and Scheduled

description completion
of work
period
2
COMPANY SEAL
Actual
completion
period
4
Value
of
work
Year
of Client
start and
completion
SIGNATURE
NAME
DESIGNATION
COMPANY
DATE
Persons to
whom ref.
may
be
made
8
3W+50 SQ
(200MIN)

CHIMNI

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

CHIMNI

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

DOC.

LALITPUR SUPER THERMAL POWER PROJECT 3X660 MW

BAJAJ INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT

3X660 MW LALITPUR SUPER THERMAL POWER PROJECT

BAJAJ INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT CO.LTD

CARBERY INFRATSTRUCTURE PTE LTD

DEFINITION OF TERMS AND SPECIFICATION

SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES AND PRICES GENERAL NOTES

SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES AND PRICES

LIST OF BID DRAWINGS

EARTHWORK IN GRADING EXCAVATION AND

CONCRETE & ALLIED WORKS

SUPPLY AND FABRICATION OF STRUCTURAL

ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL

PAINTING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL

GALVANIZING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL

REINFORCED CONCRETE MULTIFLUE CHIMNEY

CARBERY INFRATSTRUCTURE PTE LTD

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM TECHNICAL

SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM GENERAL

SCHEDULE OF RATES FOR LABOUR

SCHEDULE OF BIDDERS EXPERIENCES

CARBERY INFRASTRUCTURE PTE LTD

Some of the important items of work are given below:

Providing structural steel platform at various levels such as roof supporting

g) Providing structural steel flues supported from support platforms. Top

Providing bottom portion of structural flues below expansion joint supported

CARBERY INFRASTRUCTURE PTE LTD

Structural steel flue gas ducting of rectangular configuration from terminal

m) Providing restraint and support arrangement for ducts on the windshield of

Aviation warning lighting, general lighting inside the chimney and

CARBERY INFRASTRUCTURE PTE LTD

It is proposed to develop the power plant in future by installing another

CARBERY INFRASTRUCTURE PTE LTD

DEFINITION OF TERMS AND

OWNER' shall mean LALITPUR POWER GENERATION COMPANY

PURCHASER mean M/s Bajaj Infrastructure Development Co. Ltd or their

ENGINEER shall mean any authorised representative like General Manager/

CONSULTANT / PROJECT CONSULTANT / CONSULTING ENGINEER shall

VENDOR/ CONTRACTOR/ FABRICATOR' shall mean the successful BIDDER

SUB-VENDOR/ SUB-CONTRACTOR/ SUB-FABRICATOR' shall mean the

MANUFACTURER', refers to a person or firm who is the producer and

CARBERY INFRASTRUCTURE PTE LTD

DEFINITION OF TERMS AND

INSPECTOR' shall mean the authorised representative appointed by the

'MONTH' shall mean calendar month.

'SPECIFICATION' shall mean collectively all the terms and stipulations

'PLANT' or 'EQUIPMENT' and 'WORK' or 'WORKS' shall mean respectively the

'CONTRACT' or 'PURCHASE ORDER' shall mean the order and associated

'DATE OF CONTRACT' shall mean the calendar date on which the

CARBERY INFRASTRUCTURE PTE LTD

DEFINITION OF TERMS AND

'APPROVED' and 'APPROVAL', where used in the 'SPECIFICATION' shall

"PROJECT CONSULTANT's instructions" shall mean any drawings and/ or

'WRITING' shall include any manuscript, typewritten or printed statement,

'NOTICE IN WRITING' or 'WRITTEN NOTICE' shall mean a notice in written,

"CONTRACTOR's Works" or "MANUFACTURER's Works" shall mean and

'VIRTUAL COMPLETION' shall mean that all work is completed as directed

Word IMPORTING PERSONS shall include Firms, Companies, Corporations

CARBERY INFRASTRUCTURE PTE LTD

DEFINITION OF TERMS AND

'DRAWINGS' shall mean all: